CHAPTER SUBJECT

1 AIRFRAME GENERAL
2 CONSTRUCTION
3 TRANMISSION
4 ROTOR SYSTEM
5 SERVO SYSTEM
6 FLYING CONTROLS
7 LADING GEARS
8 VIBRATION
9 HEATING SYSTEM
10 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
11 BAD WEATHER PROTECTION
12 INSPECTION
13 ELECTRIAL DC POWER SYSTEM
14 NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY
15 AIRCRAFT STARTING SYSTEM
16 AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM
17 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
18 ENGINE GENERAL
19 CONSTRUCTION
20 FUEL SYSTEM
21 OIL SYSTEM
22 STARTING AND STOPPING SYSTEM
23 AGEING COEFFICENT AND JPT CORRECTION FACTOR
24 INSTRUMENTS INSTALLATION
25 GENERAL INSTRUMENTS
26 FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
27 ENGINE INSTRUMENT
28 GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS
29 NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
30 OXYGEN INSTRUMENTS
31 RADIO INSTALLATION
32 AIRCRAFT INTERCOM SYSTEM
33 HFSSB
34 VHF/UHF COMMUNICATION
35 ARC 610A
36 SSCVR
37 GPS
38 ELT/PRB
39 CHEETAL AIRFRAME
40 CHEETAL ELECT
41 CHEETAL ENGINE
42 CHEETAL INSTRUMENT
43 CHEETAL RADIO
44 THEORY OF FLIGHT
45 TECH ADMIN
46 EBT
47 PRACTICAL EXAM QUESTION-AIRFRAME
PRACTICAL EXAM QUESTION-ELECT
PRACTICAL EXAM QUESTION-ENGINE
PRACTICAL EXAM QUESTION-INSTRUMENT
PRACTICAL EXAM QUESTION-RADIO

APPENDIX
CATEGORY(CAT)
FACTUAL
APLICATION
COMPREHENSIVE
DIFFICULTY (DIF)
MUST KNOW
SHOULD KNOW
COULD KNOW
PRIORITY(PRI)
EASY FOR AIRCREW
HARD FOR AIRCREW
EASY FOR TECHNICIAN
HARD FOR TECHNICIAN
HARDEST QUESTION
PAGE NO
1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3
4
5
 CHAPTER 1
AIRFRAME GENER
Q NO QUESTION OPTION1
1 Cheetah can carry total persons 4 persons
2 Cheetah helicopter was awarded with civil airworthiness certificate on; 21-1-62
3 Chetak is an improved version of Alouette II
4 12-12-62 on
Chetak is an improved version of Alouette II and was awarded with civil airworthiness certificate
5 CTK/CTH helicopter where designed originally and manufactured in France
6 In SA 315 LAMA 1 stands for HQ at Paris
7 In SA 315 LAMA 3 stands for HQ at Paris
8 In SA 315 LAMA 5 stands for HQ at Paris
9 In SE 3160 Alouette III, 1 stands for HQ at Paris
10 In SE 3160 Alouette III, 3 stands for HQ at Paris
11 In SE 3160 Alouette III, 60 stands for HQ at Paris
12 Low level fuel warning light comes ON in the cabin at 60 Ltrs
13 The tail rotor diameter of Chetak h/c is 1.912 mtrs
14 Useful load of Chetak h/c is; 1000 Kg
15 Don't approach to helicopter till Tail rotor stops
16 In rainy weather it is recommended to wear rubber gloves for handling operations. TRUE
17 When ever a voltage in excess of 100 volts AC orDC is used during servicing in, ensu TRUE
18 The type of rotors fitted in chetak helicopters are articulated type TRUE
19 Chetak can carry seven persons excluding pilot TRUE
20 In Chetak helicopter the location of fire extinguisher is in side the cabin TRUE
21 In SA 315 LAMA 5 standards for final drawing number of ac but in SE 3160 N.60 standTRUE
22 The difference of cargo sling load between chetak and cheetah helicopter is 250 kg TRUE
23 The empty weight and useful load of helicopter is called gross weight TRUE
24 What are the safety precautions are observed while working on CTK/CTH helicopter?
25 What are the lethal warnings are observed while working on CTK/CTH helicopter?
26 What do you mean by useful load?
27 What are the armament can be fitted on Chetak helicopter ?
28 What do you understand by cruising speed of H/C ?
29 What are the major differences of CTK and CTH helicopter ?
30 What are the roles of CTK and CTH helicopter ?
CHAPTER 2
CONSTRUCTION
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 The attachment points for nose undercarriage and servo jacks are provided in Cabin floor
2 The cabin floor supporting structure consists of Two longitudinal beam and five cr
3 The fuselage of Cheetah h/c comprises of three distinct assemblies which are; Cabin assembly
4 The hatch which form a recess for the rescue hoist operation ; the hatch is hinged Right hand side rear end of cabin floor
5 The hatch which form a recess for the rescue hoist operation, the hatch is located In cabin
6 A diagonal brace tube is to be removed from centre section of Chetak/Cheetah h/c to facilit Starboard side
7 As long as pressure in the centre section is maintained; the band colour of tell tale indRed
8 In Chetak h/c two stabilizer fitting are bolted to reinforced side skin panel at frame no. 5 and 6
9 In Chetak tail boom construction of the upper plate is stiffened by two 'Z' section be Frame No 01to 05
10 In tail rotor control the location of quadrant on the centre section is near to the cluster 3-D
11 Jacking points are provided at cluster no 2L,2R,3L AND3R
12 Main landing gear are attached to body structure at cluster no. 3LH and 3RH
13 MGB 'A' frames are attached to centre section at cluster no: 7 and 8
14 Oil cooler is mounted on TSP at Port side
15 Tail boom is attached to centre section at cluster No. 3 and 4
16 Tail boom structure of Cheetah h/c is charged with dry nitrogen to a pressure of; 23 psi
17 The tail boom is attached to body structure by; Two vertical bolt and two horizontal bolt
18 Transmission platform is made of which sheet: Steel sheet

5
19 Vertical and horizontal firewall are made of Steel sheet
20 welded joints of the structure tube is called cluster and each cluster is identified Letter
21 Mandatory replacement of aircraft spares in 200 hrs servicing from stabilizer assemblyRubber ar ring
22 Incidence angle check of horizontal stabilizer is carried out After replacement of stabilizer
23 While checking the incidence angle of horizontal stabilizer a/c should be leveled longitud TRUE
24 When the ctk helicopter is horizontal longitudinally and laterally the MRS centre line is TRUE
25 When the MRS of Chetak helicopter is perfectly set horizontal; both longitudinally and lat TRUE
26 In emergency the pilot can jettison the front doors and can come out from the helicopteTRUE
27 The forward port seat can be unclipped and repositioned for use by VIP TRUE
28 To adjust the leg length of the pilot in Chetak/Cheetah h/c to reach the rudder pedal pi TRUE
29 The tail rotor guard protects the tail rotor during approach and landing . 1
30 Additional flexibility of mounting of stabilizer is given by flexible mounts consists of TRUE
31 As long as pressure in the body structure is maintained the, tell tale indicator on ins 1
32 Cabin forward structure is attached to centre section at cluster No 1L; 1R; 2L and 2R TRUE
33 Cabin play at the attachment point to the body structure should not be more than 0.1 TRUE
34 Flexible mounts consists of two studs passing through two shock absorbing rubber bu TRUE
35 If the cabin play at the point of attachment to the structure is more than 15 to 100 mm TRUE
36 Leveling point of CTK h/c are provided near cluster no. 3L,4L and 4R. 1
37 Tail rotor guard of Cheetah/Chetak is interchangeable TRUE
38 The tail boom of CTH helicopter is having honeycomb construction 1
39 To carryout a crack check in the centre section pressurize the structure to 58 PSI 1
40 Towing bar is stowed in baggage hold door in RH side 1
41 Whenever stabilizer is removed the rubber seal and the tufnol washers must not be c TRUE
42 While carrying out the leak test if pressure falls below 1.4 bar replace the telltale indicaTRUE
43 Stabilizer horizontal panel is held on to the spar by three clamps, these clamp bolts are1
44 If the incidence angle of stabilizer is not within the range adjust the stabilizer 1
45 Write the construction of stabilizer.
46 Write a short note on tail rotor guard.
47 What are the checks carried out on tail rotor guard?
48 Write the procedure of leak test for centre section?
49 how the flexibility is provided to the stabilizer mountings?
50 How the flexibility is provided to the stabilizer mountings?
51 What is the procedure of checking the incidence angle of horizontal stabilizer ?
52 What is the purpose and location of tell tale indicator?
53 Write the purpose and location of hatch panel.
54 Write the main assemblies of fuselage and sub assemblies of cabin.
55 Write the construction of forward bottom structure.
56 Write the construction of tail boom of chetak h/c?
57 What action you will take if pressure drop tell tale indicator is red?
58 What are the fittings in body structure ?
CHAPTER 3
TRANSMISSION
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 A green strip around the upper part of main housing of MGB identifies the MGB for theSE 3160 H/C
2 In construction of clutch unit assembly, a clearance is maintained between the shoe o 0.3-0.4mm
3 The clutch unit dissipates heat generated by friction during acceleration of rotor up to Autorotation position
4 The purpose of centrifugal clutch unit is to get automatically engaged when engine rpm18500-19500rpm
is in between:
5 The tail rotor drive system consists of Inclined drive shaft, clutch unit , tail d
6 Twist on the TDS is due to Impact on tail rotor guard
7 Two holes provided on the power take off cover on clutch unit should be positioned at To drain out extra grease
8 After applying the rotor brake at a rotor RPM of 170 and below, the rotors will come to12-15 a sec
9 Main rotor brake are applied at main rotor RPM of 170
10 The purpose of rotor brake in helicopter is Slow down the speed of rotor while de
11 Transmission system divided into two groups, main rotor brake comes under the systeReduction system
12 In free wheel assembly, rollers and bearings are lubricated by Grease XG-284

6
13 Main drive shaft and free wheel assembly allows transmission of torque in Up and down
14 MDS assembly contain the rollers: 8
15 The axial play in MDS and free wheel assembly is 01 mm
16 The component which gives rotation in one direction only is Clutch unit
17 The purpose of two springs fitted in free wheel unit as to keep rollers in High point
18 To check independent lubrication on free wheel unit by positioning the hole on the top, 15 t deg
19 While positioning the MDS and free wheel assembly, the free wheel end must be instalEngine side
20 Continuous lubrication of MGB is indicated by Two warning lights
21 First stage planetary reduction gear contains 8 pinions
22 IN MGB lubrication system the bypass valve ensures continuous lubrication in the event 36.25+-1.45 PSI
23 Main transmission comprises of the following components:- MGB, MRS, MRH, Free wheel assy and c
24 MGB oil pump is located on MGB at: Front side
25 MGB oil sight gauge is marked for low level mark with colours of: Blue
26 MGB oil specification is OEP-70 and it`s capacity is 3.5 Ltr
27 On top of the oil pump two pads are mounted, one pad is for oil outlet and another padOil inlet
28 'Red' warning light on instrument panel to come on immediately concerning to the lubri110degC
29 RED' warning light on the instrument panel to come 'ON' immediately when the oil pre 21.75psi
30 The pressure relief valve of MGB oil pump is set to operate at; 73+-15 psi
31 Torque of main rotor shaft unit is: 2.25kg/m
32 In inclined drive shaft smooth rotation of shaft without stressing the attachment point i Universal joints
33 TDS transmits the drive from coupling shaft to TGB, the shaft consists of steel tube carFour sleeves
34 The floating bearings of TDS must be lubricated with OM-11
35 The quantity of grease filled in TDS couplings 15 gms
36 An axial play is essential for correct operation of tail drive shaft in chetak h/c should be4mm
mi
37 In tail gear box out put shaft rotates on Two ball bearing
38 Tail gear box reduce the RPM from 2480 to 2001
39 TGB is attached to the tail boom at frame no Six and seven
40 The angle of tail shaft is fitted by 95deg towards the L.H.S.
41 The oil capacity of tail gear box is 0.5 Ltrs
42 TGB attachment bolt torque is: 1.5-2mdaN
43 Having a specification of oil OEP-70 and having a capacity of 4.5 Ltrs is TGB TRUE
44 The inclined drive shaft is known as tube and universal joint 1
45 In main rotor shaft the lower roller bearing take the weight of rotor during on ground. 1
46 In main rotor shaft the upper roller bearing take the weight of helicopter during flight 1
47 In reduction gear system of MGB the first stage sun gear will have the same RPM whaTRUE
48 The purpose of anti-torque scissor which is connected to lower non rotating star is to t TRUE
49 The MGB is sent to repair agency if the deposits of the metal particles on the magnet 1
50 The time required for synchronization of clutch unit is 35-45 seconds 1
51 Main Gear Box oil pressure filter is cleaned by dismantling the filter elements 1
52 A hollow shaft which is splinted at both end attached to the second stage reduction gear 1
53 Main rotor shaft taper roller bearings are lubricated by MGB lubrication system. 1
54 In free wheel assembly roller and bearings are lubricated by OM-11. 1
55 During assembly of coupling shaft, the shaft housing is filled with graphite grease to haTRUE
56 Axial play in TDS of Chetak helicopter is essential for correct operation. This play sh 1
57 The TGB changes direction of drive by 95 deg towards port side of a/c TRUE
58 what is the purpose of inclined drive shaft ?
59 How much grease is filled during assembly of coupling shaft and its grade ?
60 What are the adjustments and tests carried out on main rotor brake?
61 Write the purpose of transmission system and name the components?
62 Draw a block diagram of transmission system and name the components.
63 Write the twist check procedure of TDS.
64 Draw a block labeled diagram of MGB reduction system and name the gears with RPM at various stage.
65 Write the purpose and operation of clutch unit.
66 How the pilot will ensure function of MGB oil system?

7
67 what are the seven jets are provided for proper lubrication of MGB?
68 How will ensure proper healthy operation of MGB lubrication system ?
69 What happen when viscosity of MGB oil goes too high?
70 Write the construction of main rotor blade
71 What is the purpose MGB lubrication system and name the components?
72 Write the purpose and operation of MDS and free wheel unit.
73 What is the purpose TGB?
74 Write the purpose of upper roller bearing and the type of lubricant used of main rotor shaft?
CHAPTER 4
ROTOR SYSTEM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 The type of Main rotor head fitted in CTK/CTH h/c is Fully articulated
2 On main rotor the angle which is measured after track adjustment and air test is know Actual angle
3 Static discharge are attached to main rotor blade at: Root end
4 The blade with the lowest number will be installed on the Red sleeve
5 The installation angle of main rotor blade is 12deg 40'
6 When Main Rotor Blades are marked with `X' It means that the number of time MRB hOnce
7 In hydraulic drag damper, the number of relief valves fitted are. Two
8 On tail rotor head the movement which can be carried out Feathering
9 Root end rigidity of tail rotor blades is ensured by: Two plates
10 A hole is located on root end of tail rotor blade known as: Vent hole
11 Angular contact bearings are fitted at: Tail rotor head
12 Angular contact bearings fitted at the TRH which provide the movement; Feathering
13 In tail rotor head flapping angle is limited :- Two stops on the spindle
14 In tail rotor head flapping hinge consists of Ball bearing
15 The type of Tail rotor head fitted in CTK/CTH h/c is Fully articulated
16 The difference of clearance between tail rotor blade and tail boom of CTK h/c is: Not less than 45mm
17 The marking 'N' printed on main rotor blade means that it is painted by polyurethane paTRUE
18 The marking 'P' printed on main rotor blade means that it is painted by nitro acrylic paiTRUE
19 When no marking printed on blades means tnat it is painted with nitro cellulose. TRUE
20 The difference of lift between root and tip of TRB is compensated by providing taper 1
21 Two vent holes are provided in tail rotor blade to equalize the atmospheric pressure. 1
22 While checking the incidence angle of tail rotor blade , the variation should not exceed TRUE
23 Shape and rigidity of main rotor blade is maintained by moltoprene material 1
24 Cleaning of filter in Air conditioning system during 100 hrs servicing before we apply jet1
25 For perfect tracking of main rotor blades, the tracking flag should be 45 degrees to the1
26 Main rotor blade is cleaned with a mixture of water and tee pol. The correct mixture i 1
27 The hydraulic drag damper is fitted with two relief valve TRUE
28 Rigidity of tail rotor blade is ensured by two plates 1
29 While carrying out checks on TRH, there should a axial play of one mm TRUE
30 While removing the Main Rotor Blade from main rotor head, we use lock washer as an1ex
31 What are the requirements of perfect tracking?
32 What are the various type of markings provided on main rotor blade?
33 Write the purpose and construction of hydraulic drag damper .?
34 Write the bleeding procedure of hydraulic drag damper .
35 Write the main assemblies of main rotor head
36 What is the type of main rotor head and write the purpose of drag hinge ?
37 Why flapping hinge is designed?
38 What is the type of tail rotor head fitted in CTK/CTH h/c ?
39 write the construction of tail rotor blade
40 what are the checks carried out on TRB
CHAPTER 5
SERVO SYSTEM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1

8
1 When servo system fails, the servo cock should be kept in ON position
2 When the controls are not in actuation, the pressure in the system ; Increases
3 In servo system when 20 micron filter get clogged, the filter by pass valve operates at a1.5 bar
4 In the event of hydraulic pressure failure, to put off the servo system. Turn the servo c Anti clockwise
5 50 micron filter is located; After the servo cock
6 During installation of 20 micron filter, the dimension between nut and flange should be 50+-0.4 mm
7 Servo system efficiency is checked at the pressure of 80 psi
8 The hydraulic fluid used in servo system is OEP-70
9 The square drive shaft of hydraulic pump type 700 is checked with the help of Magnifying glass
10 The nominal operating pressure in servo system is 20 bar
11 During flying the pilot keeps the servo cock in ON position TRUE
12 Hydraulic pump takes the drive from engine before tacho-generator TRUE
13 In the event of hydraulic system failure, servo cock is in ON position to alleviate stick foTRUE
14 The filter and valve unit is located on the right side of the right side of the reservoir TRUE
15 The flat shape of HYD reservoir is to improve the cooling of the fluid. TRUE
16 The level of hydraulic fluid can be seen through cabin in HYD reservoir 1
17 The reservoir is located on starboard side of TSP 1
18 The servo system is provided to eliminate the load on main rotor flying control. TRUE
19 While carrying out inspection of 20 micron filter, cleaning solution to be used to clean th1
20 In 20 micron filter’ if filter elements are dirty or discolored replace it with new one 1
21 HYD Reservoir is of flat shape for heating the hydraulic fluid. 1
22 The maximum useful capacity of hydraulic reservoir is 0.6 U.S. gallons 1
23 When electrical failure takes place, the servo system will not work. 1
24 When engine failure takes place, the servo system will not work. 1
25 While checking the serviceability of hydraulic pump square drive, the square drive shou1
26 If the hydraulic oil is found contaminated the helicopter still can go under observation 1
27 Neutral setting off piston valve of lateral and longitudinal servo's of cyclic stick is adju 1
28 If the leakage in servo jack return line exceeds the 200 cc per minute with hydraulic fl 1
29 While adjusting the pressure in the hydraulic system; the pressure is adjusted by rotating 1
30 What is the purpose of servo system and write its operation?
31 How will you check the serviceability of hyd pump square drive
32 What is the procedure of adjustment of collective pitch servo unit eccentric pin?
33 Write the purpose and location of servo cock in cheetah h/c.
34 Write the main assemblies of the servo system.
35 Draw a block diagram of servo system and names its components.
CHAPTER 6
FLYING CONTRO
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Collective stick sensitivity is adjusted by the Friction nut
2 Cyclic stick sensitivity is adjusted by the Friction nut
3 In Cheetah/Chetak h/c the collective pitch variation is controlled through : Rudder pedal
4 In Cheetah/Chetak h/c the cyclic pitch variation is controlled through : Rudder pedal
5 Permissible play in collective control is; 2 mm
6 The swash plate assembly is actuated by. One control tube
7 When right rudder is fully forward, the cable drum should be: Fully extended
8 Cable tension given on cheetah helicopter is: 5+1kg
9 Cable tension given on chetak helicopter is: 5+/-1kg
10 Cable tension of tail rotor control is adjusted by means of : Pulleys
11 Cable tension of tail rotor control is checked by Tensiometer
12 Maximum permissible vibration on tail rotor is 1.5 ips
13 Mean time for one stroke of houdaille damper of Chetak helicopter is 8 to 12 seconds
14 While filling hydraulic oil in the top chamber of the main shock strut by operating with the
40 mm
he
15 Mean time for one stroke of houdaille damper of Cheetah helicopter is 9 to 12 seconds
16 In the tail rotor control system :- The rotational motion of the drum tra

9
17 Adjustable low pitch stop screw of collective pitch lever will vary engine RPM. 1
18 During FFS, collective pitch control lever is to be kept in fully up position. 1
19 In the event of hydraulic failure, collective forces are trimmed out by pitch angle transmi1
20 During LFS, collective pitch control lever is to be kept in fully up position. 1
21 If servo system fails collective control forces are reduced by bungee type compensator1
22 When helicopter is hovering still in air, the pitch angle is equal on all the main rotor bl 1
23 The dimension between the drum shaft end and tail rotor gear box flange should be102mm 1
24 There are four circlips seated in its groove in both the rudder pedals 1
25 Cable tension given on cheetah helicopter is 5+1 kg 1
26 In tail rotor control the tension should be checked halfway between control quadrant and 1 first pulley in CTK.
27 To decrease the descent time of Houdaille damper, screw the adjustment screw “OUT”. 1
28 To increase the descent time of Houdaille damper, screw the adjustment screw “IN”. 1
29 The permissible play acting on the drum shaft is 0.3mm. 1
30 Tail rotor vibrations are reduced by a quadrant fitted at cluster No.3RH 1
31 While positioning the rear cable when ball fitting is seating over helical groove; the yell 1
32 Write the layout of collective pitch control
33 Write the layout of cyclic pitch control
34 What are the checks carried out on mixing unit ?
35 Write the components of tail rotor control system
CHAPTER 7
LANDING GEAR
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Main wheels of Chetak h/c are provided with disc type brake which is operated Hydraulically
2 Main oleo leg of Chetak h/c is charged with dry nitrogen to a pressure of 342 PSI
3 Maximum permissible bow on the cross tube of CTK landing gear is 02 mm
4 Nose oleo leg of Chetak h/c is charged with dry nitrogen to a pressure of 342 PSI
5 The parking brake control handle is located in the cabin: Port side to the pilot
6 The tyre pressure of main and nose wheel of Chetak helicopter is: 60 psi
7 Brake disc clearance and one of the two friction lining is set at when brake is off : 3.2 mm
8 During brake clearance adjustment one slot screwing in or screwing out of the adjusting 0.5 mm
9 Originally clearance between brake disc and ferrodo friction lining is 0.4 mm
10 Parking control unit accumulator is charged to a pressure of 1204 psi with Nitrogen
11 When installing fulcrum bar on one of the wheel tyre tighten clamps to grip the circumference
20 kg of the
12 When the parking brake is ON the position of the RED indicator of the accumulator willPartially out
13 While filling and bleeding of parking brake with hydraulic oil brake handle position will Fully release position
14 Shoes of high skid in CTH H/C is checked during LFS 1
15 The parking brake control handle is located in front of pilot 1
16 Nose oleo leg of Chetak H/C is with separator 1
17 On Chetak h/c nose main wheels are provided with disc type brake which is pneumatic1
18 Brake disc clearance and one of the two friction lining is checked with brake ON. 1
19 Nose landing gear is attached to body structure at cluster No 7 L & R 1
20 Nose oleo leg of Chetak h/c is charged with air pressure 1
21 Main oleo leg of Chetak H/C is without separator 1
22 Forward nose landing gear barrel of the leg is attached to the forward structure of the h1
23 Write short note on self centering mechanism.
24 What are the types of landing gear can be fitted on CTK/CTH helicopter?
25 Write the short note on high skid type landing gear.
26 Write the charging procedure of nose shock strut.
27 Why fluid is charged or fill in gas chamber of main oleo leg?
28 Write the purpose of wheel type landing gear.
29 Write the construction of main wheel of chetak h/c.
30 How will you carry out brake torque check?
31 What are the inspections carried out on brake unit ?
32 Write the main parts of brake unit?

10
33 Write the adjustment of brake unit?
34 Write the purpose of skid type landing gear.
35 Write the inspection of swivel arm and cross tube.

CHAPTER 8
VIBRATIONS
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Rocking of h/C on ground while take off or landing is called ground resonance and its Unequal tyre pressure
2 Lateral vibration caused by Unequal tyre: pressure
3 Maximum weight on one main rotor blade can be 360 gm
4 Unit of vibration is PSI
5 Maximum weight on one tail rotor blade can be 40gm
6 Maximum weight of 360 grams on main rotor blade can be added while balancing or vib 1
7 A faulty drag damper causes low frequency vibration. 1
8 Rocking of h/C on ground while take off or landing is called ground cushion 1
9 The type of vibrex equipment used is 8500c 1
10 When trailing edge of main rotor blade is distorted will cause the type of vertical vibrati 1
11 Main rotor frequency vibration is caused due to houdaille damper faulty. 1
12 Maximum permissible width of main rotor track is 5mm 1
13 Cabin vibration mainly caused in vertical plane 1
14 Faulty speed governor causes high frequency vibration 1
15 High frequency vibration is generally caused by incorrect adjustment of drag damper. 1
16 High frequency vibration which originates in the rear section of the h/c are generally fe 1
17 If tail rotor blade incidence angle exceeds 20 will lead to high frequency vibration 1
18 High frequency vibration is considerably reduced by Houdaille damper fitted in control 1
19 What is vibration? Write the types of vibration in term of frequency?
20 What are the causes of vibration felt on ground?
21 What is high frequency vibration? Write the causes of low frequency.
CHAPTER 9
HEATING SYSTE
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 In heating system regulating box is located Between the pilot and co-pilot seat
2 If the control lever of regulating valve is in 'ON' position the temperature of hot air coming
45-50
o ºC
3 Pressure of hot air which is used for heating at P2 point is : 76.4 psi
4 The temperature of hot air extracted from engine P-2 is: 200 deg centigrade
5 The opening of the regulating valve permits a temperature to be decreased by exhaust1
6 In heating and defrosting system ,while re- installation of filter, the direction of arrow 1
7 The top portion of the box situated outside the cabin is fitted with hinged door control 1
8 To clean the filter in heating system first immerse filter in trichloroethylene for few mi 1
9 What are the inspections carried out on filter of heating system?
10 Write the purpose of cabin heating and defrosting system?
11 Write the main components of heating and defrosting system?
12 How will you clean the venturi tube?
13 What are the adjustment carried out on regulating valve ?
CHAPTER 10
OPTIONAL EQUIPM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 In chetak H/C during hoisting operation ,the LH rear cabin door should be Open
2 In rescue hoist, hoist cable is to be replaced if 7strands are broken
3 Release unit support frame of cargo swing is secured to body structure by 4 cables
4 Rescue hoist on Cheetah h/c is supported at ; One point
5 The hooking load can be released in cargo swing Mechanically
6 Clearance between collective pitch control lever and mechanical release lever should b15mm
7 Hooking on cargo load in cargo swing is Manually

11
8 Max. permissible load on cargo swing in Cheetah h/c is 750 kg
9 Max. permissible load on cargo swing in Chetak h/c is 750 kg
10 Mechanically release lever for releasing the load of cargo swing is fitted on Pilot cyclic stick
11 Inflation pressure in float type landing gear is charged at 0.250 bar
12 Hoist motor operating pressure is 3 bar. 1
13 On rescue hoist the shear load of the cable is 1300kgs 1
14 In rescue hoist automatic disc type brake comes on whenever motor is switched off 1
15 Main rotor blade folding kit is used to park the ac in narrow and confined space 1
16 If the five or more than five strands of rescue hoist cable are broken then cable has to 1
17 A push button on pilot's cyclic pitch control stick can be used to sheer the hoist cable 1
18 Cargo swing is attached to the structure at 3 points only 1
19 Maximum hoist able load on rescue hoist is 750 kg 1
20 The number of stretchers can be used in Cheetah h/c are two. 1
21 What is the purpose and operational height of rescue hoist?
22 What are the checks to be carried out on rescue hoist cable?
23 What do you mean by ambulance configuration?
CHAPTER 11
BAD WEATHER PROT
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 In tropical condition MRBs are protected by applying a thin coat of SI-4
2 Harsh clutch engagement causes : Damage of clutch
3 If autorotation R.P.M. exceeds 420 and less than 440, check M.R.B. skin for deboning
4 If rough landing causes unacceptable damage to the landing gear then reject Six bolt attaching pitch change rods
5 Auto rotation rpm should not exceed 300 rpm
6 If heavy turbulence has been reported by the pilot; it is mandatory to inspect: M.R.B.
7 Rudder sticking is due to unserviciability of battery bearing 1
8 In tropical condition MRBs are protected by applying a thin coat of SI-4 1
9 In desert condition main rotor blades is protected with 100 mm wide scotchol tape applie 1
10 Ethyl-glycol is coated to MRBs; if a/c is parked in icing condition and it acts as anti-icin1
11 When a/c M.R.Bs are coated with glycerin glycol; it is to be cleaned by spraying Iso prop 1
12 What are the checks to be carried if rotor over speeding from 420 - 440 RPM ?
13 What are the checks to be carried if rotor r over speeding exceeds 440 RPM ?
14 If the a/c has been subjected to an impact which has caused distortion or crack to tail rotor guard. Write the checks.

CHAPTER 12
INSPECTIONS
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Daily servicing on H/C is carried out as per: FSS Part- I
2 MGB is returned to overhaul when the volume of steel particles on the magnetic plug is1 cubic millimeter
3 The collective pitch lever is kept after FFS in: Bottom most position
4 The collective pitch lever is kept after LFS in: Bottom most position
5 Ist line servicing is carried out on H/C as per: FSS Part- I
6 Whenever 25 hrs servicing is carried out if during the servicing one end fitting of spacingChange
cable is
the end fitting
7 Hydraulic drag dampers are removed for servicing at component of 100hrs
8 Hydraulic pump type 700 is checked for condition of shaft during servicing: LFS
9 Hydraulic pump type 720 is checked for conditions of spines during servicing LFS
10 Teflon seal and rubber seal of stabilizer fitting are to be change at ; 25 hrs servicing
11 What are the ranges of servicing carried out at unit level? Ist line servicing
12 During 100hrs servicing square drive shaft of hydraulic pump type 700 is checked with Magnifying
the glass
13 Check of servo piston valve setting is done at 200hrs
14 Hydraulic oil change and time check of hydraulic drag dampers are carried out during the 200hrs
servicing
15 Leak test of oil cooler is to be carried out during 200hrs
16 Stabilizer slotted nut torque check carried out after re- installation of Stabilizer after 10 hrs of flying

12
17 Blackening of TR Control Cable is cleaned with Kerosene
18 Baggage Hold Floor removal is mandatory for the removal of Mixing Unit
19 H/C Alignment check is carried-out during 400 hrs servicing
20 To check independent lubrication on free wheel; turn the free wheel to bring hole under25hrs
hor
21 MGB -A Frame Upper attachment Torque is checked during II Line servicing, it should 1-1.2 m dan
22 Replace the MGB , if Angular Displacement is 1.0mm and above
23 For carrying out FFS; TRS we use 0423-00-44.1 FSS Pt I 1
24 Hoisting eye is removed and cleaned for its breather hole by compressed air or by a locking
1 wir
25 On TGB Attachment Lugs , anti-fretting compound MOHY KOLE is recommended. 1
26 If magnetic plug of MGB holding a steel particles, the volume of which exceeds 1 cubi 1
27 Last flight servicing is to be carried out after each higher inspection. 1
28 Cleaning of filter in Air conditioning system during 100 hrs servicing before we apply jet1 of compressed air first it is to be immerse
29 During inspection of hydraulic pump type 720 for its condition the dimension between 1
30 During installation of hydraulic drag damper make sure the red dot on the damper and 1p
31 Rejection of one Spacing Cable implies replacement of all 03 Cables. 1
32 Replacement of Teflon seal during installation of TR Blade is mandatory during II Line 1
33 Diagonal Body Structure Tube is to be wrapped with adhesive tape near mating surface, 1
34 Minor damage such as dents, wrinkling & hammering is permissible in leading edge are1
35 No bonding separation of S.S. Leading Edge Strip of TRB is permitted 1
36 CTK/CTH II-Line servicing is carried- out as per IAPT-0423/0424-00-46 9 (PMS) 1
37 The items marked with ** (Double Asterisk Marks) are to be performed by supervisor hi1
38 While checking TDS Axial Travel, a metallic sound may be heard when Shaft is brought1
CHAPTER 13
ELECTRICAL DC POWER
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 The purpose of Suppressor is To reduce radio interference
2 1 P junction box is located Behind fuel tank at the port Top side
3 14P in chetak H/C is located behind the control pedestal
4 23P Relay controls the circuit of Internal Battery relay circuit
5 Battery s/w is for remote control of 2P Relay
6 External battery contactor is 2P
7 Gen. power failure wx. Light is located on Flying inst. Panel
8 In Cheetah H/C 13P fuse is located Inside 1Pjunction box
9 In cheetah H/C 23P relay is located On the control pedestal
10 In cheetah H/C 2P relay is located Behind the control pedestal
11 In Cheetah H/C Battery S/W is located On over head panel
12 In chetak H/C 4P relay is located Behind the control pedestal
13 In Chetak H/C Battery S/W is located Behind the control pedestal
14 In chetak helicopter 10P is located Inside 1P junction box
15 In chetak helicopter location of the battery is Port side behind fuel tank
16 In CTH External power receptacle is located On 1P Jn. Box
17 In CTH H/C Diodes are located Behind the control pedestal
18 In CTK External power receptacle is located On 1P Jn. Box
19 In CTK Gen. s/w is located Behind the control pedestal
20 In CTK H/C 24 V power receptacle is located Over head panel
21 Location of the BAT in cheetah helicopter is Port side rear
22 Purpose of voltmeter is To indicate the network volt.
23 Range of DC Voltmeter is 0-30 volts
24 RC relay is also called 14 P
25 Safety relay is also called 4P
26 Suppressor type 7502 is located Behind the control pedestal
27 Suppressor type 8301 is located at Behind the control pedestal
28 Suppressor type 8501 is located Behind the control pedestal
29 The purpose of 2P relay Connects/disconnects internal batte

13
30 The purpose of 4P relay Connects internal battery to bus bar
31 Through small pin of external power receptacle supply goes to 2P Relay coil
32 Type of Voltmeter used is Type 522-1
33 Voltmeter is located On the flying instrument panel
34 If shunt field of a starter generator is open circuited then Starter will not crank the engine
35 In chetak H/C,3P fuse is connected in Internal battery circuit
36 Minimum insulation resistance of a starter generator with 45 Volt DC insulation testers 0.8
is Megaohm
37 Minimum permissible brush length of Starter generator is 12-16 mm
38 Out put of starter generator is 4 kw at 45 volt 1
39 Output of a starter generator is 4 KW at 30 volts
40 Starter generator functions as a starter to crank the engine while starting ,upto an eng 13000±1000RPM
41 The new brush length of a starter generator type 2687A1and A2 is 27 mm
42 The purpose of carbon pile voltage regulator Keeps battery voltage constant
43 Type of brush used in generator type 2687A1and A2 KEG11 Or GEG 11
44 Through bottom pairs of contact of safety relay supply goes to Internal battery circuit
45 Through top pairs of contact of safety relay supply goes to Internal battery circuit
46 What is the rating of power fuses 50/100 amps
47 While adjusting voltage with the help of trimmer the voltmeter to be connected between Battery +ve of RC relay and -ve of ba
48 Nickal Cadmium battery type SAFT VOLTA BLOC having the positive plate of Nickel hydroxide
49 Voltage of each cell of Nickal Cadmium battery type SAFT VOLTA BLOC 1.5volt
50 Capacity of each battery in the starting trolley is 230AH
51 If 13P fuse blown off then which will not function Gnerator
52 If 31P fuse of Cheetah helicopter is blown off Internal Battery will not come on line
53 In Cheetah H/C 13P fuse is located Inside the main control panel
54 In cheetah H/C 26P diode is connected in Series with safety relay
55 In cheetah H/C 28P diode is connected in Series with safety relay
56 In cheetah H/C 29P diode is connected in Series with safety relay
57 In Cheetah H/C 31P fuse is located Inside 1Pjunction box
58 In cheetah H/C 41P diode is connected in parallel with which relay 23 P relay
59 In cheetah H/C 42P diode is connected in parallel with which relay 23 P relay
60 Rating of 31P fuse of Cheetah helicopter is 10 amps
61 The rating of 13P fuse of Cheetah is 10 amps
62 Rating of 6P fuse in CTH H/C is 16amps TRUE
63 In CTH H/C diodes are located inside cabin TRUE
64 In CTH H/C diodes are located inside the cabin TRUE
65 In CTH H/C diodes are for the protection of GCPU TRUE
66 Rating of 6P fuse in CTH H/C is 10 amps TRUE
67 Only one source of supply is connected to the bus bar is ensured by 23P relay TRUE
68 26P diode is connected in series with 4P relay coil TRUE
69 26P diode is connected in series with 23P relay coil TRUE
70 DC voltmeter used in CTK/CTH H/C.is moving iron type TRUE
71 DC voltmeter used in CTK/CTH H/C.is moving coil type TRUE
72 11P fuse controls voltmeter and gene power failure warning light in CTK TRUE
73 Range of DC Voltmeter is 0- 35 V DC TRUE
74 Range of DC Voltmeter is 0- 30 V DC TRUE
75 Rating of 31P fuse of Cheetah helicopter is 10 amps 1
76 40 P relay is also known as safety relay 1
77 Purpose of 40 P relay is to isolate GCPU during starting of aircraft 1
78 In CTH H/C 30 P relay is located behind control panel in cabin 1
79 In CTH H/C 30 P relay is located inside 1P junction box. 1
80 In CTH H/C 3P fuse controls internal battery circuit. 1
81 In CTH H/C 3P fuse controls RC relay circuit (Gen. Circuit) 1
82 31P fuse of Cheetah helicopter controls GCPU circuit 1
83 In CTH H/C 31P fuse is located inside 1P junction box 1

14
84 In CTH H/C 24 V power receptacle is located on the control pedestral left side 1
85 In CTK H/C 24 V power receptacle is located on the control pedestral left side 1
86 In CTH H/C battery is located Stbd side behind fuel tank 1
87 Purpose of RC relay is to keep the generator out put constant 1
88 23 P relay is also known as RC relay 1
89 Supressors are used to reduce radio interferance 1
90 Supressors are used to enhance radio interferance 1
91 Regulating capacity of a carbon pile voltage regulator with the help of trimmer is 27-31 1volts
92 Minimum permissible brush length of Starter generator is 12 - 15mm 1
93 No Voltage adjustment is permitted in aircraft fitted with GCPU 1
94 Type of brush used in generator type 2687A1and A2 is KCEG-11 OR PEG-11 1
95 Maximum speed of generator at full engine RPM is 6500 RPM 1
96 Maximum speed of generator at full engine RPM is 3700 RPM 1
97 Generator warning light goes out between 21000 to 22000 engine RPM 1
98 Generator warning light goes out between 16000 to 19000 engine RPM 1
99 Minimum permissible brush length of Starter generator is 27 mm 1
100 Regulating capacity of a carbon pile voltage regulator with the help of trimmer is 27.5-28.5
1 vo
101 We can mix brushes,bearings two different references numbers 1
102 During starting for 1 to 2 seconds starter consumes 800 - 850 amps current TRUE
103 New brush length of starter generator type 2687A1 is 27 mm 1
104 New brush length of starter generator type 2687A1 is 23 mm 1
105 What are the probable causes if generator supply is not getting connected to the bus-bar ?
106 What will happen, if generator switch is put 'OFF' during flight ?
107 Write the purpose and principle of operation of RC relay ?
108 What is the purpose of differential coil & series coil in RC relay (10P)?
109 What is the purpose of operating coil & holding coil in RC Relay?
110 What is the purpose of polarised contact in RC relay (10P)?
111 Write the location and purpose of 2P relay?
112 Write the location and purpose of 4P relay?
113 Write the location and purpose of voltage regulator 14P?
114 Name the various DC power sources of CTK/CTH H/C and explain?
115 Write the name of DC power System Components in CTH H/C ?
116 Name the various circuit fuses fitted in 1P Box of CTH H/C and explain each?
117 Name the various circuit fuses fitted in 1P Box of CTK H/C and explain each?
118 Name the additional components fitted in DC power system in CTH H/C?
119 Name the additional components installed in DC power system in CTH H/C?
120 What are the checks carried out on carbon pile voltage regulator during installation of new regulator ?
121 Draw a block diagram o f1P junction box in CTH Write the name of components located in side?
122 Draw a block diagram of 1P junction box in CTK Write the name of components located in side?
123 Write the name of components located in side the 1P junction box in CTK ?
124 Write the purpose of safety relay ( 23P) ?
125 Explain the procedure of carrying out voltage adjustment on Electronic voltage regulator /GCPU ?
126 What will happen,if battery switch is put 'OFF' during flight give reasons for your ANS ?
127 Write the main differences of 1P junction box between Chetak and Cheetah H/C ?
128 Write the main differences of rescue hoist assembly between Chetak and Cheetah ?
129 How will you adjust the voltage with the help of trimmer in Chetak H/C.
130 What are the probable causes if internal battery supply is not getting connected to the bus-bar ?
131 What is the purpose of suppressors used in chetak H/C in power system ?
132 Write the purpose of diodes in DC power system in CTH H/C ?
133 How generator power failure warning light goes `OFF' explain ?
CHAPTER 14
NICKEL CADMIUM BA
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 A serviceable vent valve should operate between 2 to 10 PSI

15
2 Battery maintanence record is kept in Form 700 B
3 Capacity of Ni-Cd cell used in CTK/CTH H/C is 2 AH
4 Connecting links of Ni -Cd battery made of Nickel plated copper
5 If electrolyte falls in the eyes, then Wash with electrolyte
6 If electrolyte falls on skin, then Flush with large amount water.
7 Level of electrolyte should be adjusted 30 minutes before end of charging
8 Maximum allowalable consumption of distilled water per cell of 4000A or 4000A1 is 40cc
9 Neutralising agent for Alkaline battery is/are Boric Acid
10 Nickel cadmium cells have a nominal voltage of 1.2volts
11 Nominal battery voltage of chetak H/C is 32 volts
12 Capacity test of NI-CD battery is carried out after every Initial charge
13 Rate of discharge during capacity test is 44 Amps
14 Through out the service life of NI-CD battery total no of cells which can be replaced is Three
15 Permissible leakage current in SAFT battery should not exceed 10 micro amps
16 Positive and negative plates are housed in Polymide container
17 The grease used in the terminal of Ni -Cd battery is PX – 7
18 The most efficient working temperature of Ni -Cd battery is - 15 to 32 deg C
19 Torque on each cell terminal nut of Ni-Cd battery is 1.7 ± 0.1kg/m
20 Total number of cells connected in series in NI-Cd battery in chetak H/C is 24
21 Weight of Ni- Cd battery used in Chetak helicopter is 35 Kg
22 While discharging battery to zero volt, the resistance should be connected across the ea 4 Ohm
23 In 0.5C1 method ,the additional charge is given for a period of 4 Hrs
24 In 1C1 method ,the additional charge is given for a period of 4 Hrs
25 In 0.1C1 method ,the additional charge is given for a period of 4 Hrs
26 In A/C battery is charged by Constant current method
27 With rapid partial charge method the Ni-Cd battery can be charged at least what percen 80 Percentage
28 Abnormally high cell voltage at beginning of charge may be due to Shot circuit of cell
29 Causes of failing in first discharge for NI-CD battery Battery was used for power consumers a
30 Causes of low cell voltage at the end of charge is Loose main connector
31 Causes of zero voltage on cell of Ni-Cd battery is Loose main connector
32 Causes of zero battery voltage of Ni-Cd battery are Loose main connector
33 Foaminig taking place during charging of Ni-Cd battery is due to Short circuit
34 Low cell voltage at the end of the charge is due to Electrolyte level is too high
35 The cause of insufficient battery insulation is Leakage of electrolyte
36 Direction of rotation of starter generator is Clock wise when viewed from drivin
37 During starting at 20 volt supply and 400 amps current flowing starter develops torque25 ft lbs
38 Capacity of cell can be imbalanced due to constant potential charging 1
39 At the end of charge, electrolyte level of each cell should be 20 mm from resting of ven1
40 Battery cell capacity is equal to multiple of discharge current and TC 1
41 Nominal rated capacity of Ni-Cd battery of chetak H/C is 40 AH at 1 Hrs rate. 1
42 Ni-Cd battery is having negative plates of Cadmium hydroxide 1
43 Capacity of each of Ni-Cd cell is 40 amp hr 1
44 Any of the cell continuous foaming on charge indicate electrolyte contaminated 1
45 A good vent valve should operate between 2 to10 PSI 1
46 Minium permissible insulation value of Ni-Cd battery is 10 Mega ohms after washing 1
47 Minium permissible insulation value of Ni-Cd battery is 15 kilo ohms after washing 1
48 Minium permissible insulation value of Ni-Cd battery is 15 kilo ohms before washing 1
49 NiCd battery is having positive plates of Nickle hydroxide 1
50 During routine maintenance of the battery, it can be charged with 1C1 method 1
51 In 1C1 method ,the additional charge is given for a period of 1
52 In 0.5C1 method ,the additional charge is given for a period of 1
53 In 0.5C1 method of charging , after 2Hrs 15 mts the individual cell voltage should read1
54 In 0.5C1 method of charging , after 2Hrs 15 mts the individual cell voltage should read1
55 In 1C1 method of charging , after 1Hrs 15 mts the individual cell voltage should read 11

16
56 In 1C1 method of charging , after 1Hrs 15 mts the individual cell voltage should read 11
57 Write the procedure for carrying out insulation check of Ni-Cd battery ?
58 How will you determine the approximate state of charge of Ni-Cd battery?
59 Write the procedure for checking vent valves ?
60 Write various types of charging methods of Ni-cd battery & explain charging at constant current ?
61 Explain rapid partial charge method?
62 Write the disadvantage & advantages of charging at constant potential method ?
63 Write the disadvantage & advantages of charging at constant current method ?
64 Explain the constant current charging procedure for completely discharged battery with 0.1C1 method ?
65 Write the procedure of carrying out capacity test of Ni-Cd battery?
66 How you will determine the approximate state of charge of Ni-Cd battery?
67 Write the occasions for capacity test of Ni-Cd battery ?
68 Write the procedure of electrolyte level adjustment ?
69 How the internal battery is disconnected from the busbar when external power is 'ON' ?
70 How will you find out the defective cell during second discharge ?
71 Write the procedure of replacing faulty cells in Ni-cd battery ?
72 What action you will take if battery remain inactive for more then two weeks but less then one months.
73 What action you will take if battery remain inactive for more than two months or if its exact state of charge is not known ?
74 What are the various checks carried out on battery before putting in service?
75 Explain the various OOPS carried out on Ni-Cd Battery in CTK/CTH H/C ?
76 What are the probable causes if external battery supply is not getting connected to the bus-bar ?
77 What are the causes of over flowing electrolyte during charging?
78 What are the causes of excessive use of water in battery/cell ?
79 What are the causes & effects of corroded connectors ?
80 What are the causes of abnoramally high cell voltage at the beginning of charge write remedial action ?
81 What are the causes of burned or pitted main battery connector write remedial action ?
82 What are the causes of low cell voltage at the end of charge write remedial action ?
83 What are the causes of zero battery voltage ?
84 What is to be done if Ni-Cd battery is having poor insulation ?
85 Write the possible (probable) causes if battery capacity is less than 85% in first discharge ?

CHAPTER 15
AIRCRAFT STARTING
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 During booster pump current consumption check in Chetak H/C lead to be removed from 5Y te
Terminal Block
2 During engine running condition if starter master switch is put 'OFF' before half throttl Engine will stop
3 During starting delay in rise of temperature of JPT, cause may be SSV faulty
4 During starting FFCL should be in 2 / 3 Position
5 During starting green light does not go OFF at self-sustaining rpm, Possible cause is Starter cut out switch faulty
6 During starting if close throttle micro switch contact is not in made condition, then Relay 'm' will not energise
7 During starting if FFCL is forward position then engine will not crank because Relay 'm' will energise
8 During starting starter green light fails to come 'ON',starter does not crank cause may Starter relay faulty
9 During starting the condition of relays in MCU will be 'a' energised and 'm' de-energised
10 During starting(after starter relay is de energised) number of shunt provided across relayOne
11 During starting, both the relay `a' and `m' are de-energised by the operation of Full throttle micro switch
12 During starting, if engine stops 2 to 3 Sec after self sustaining RPM,then cause may beRelay 'a' gets de-energise
13 During ventilation operation, the condition of the relay will be a' will energise and 'm' will de-energise
14 FFCL operates the half throttle micro switch to open position at approximately 13000 RPM
15 Flickering of amber light during stopping cycle indicates EFC in verge of opening
16 Generator warning light goes ‘OFF’ at approximately 24000 to 25000 RPM
17 Idling RPM of engine of Chetak H/C is 16000 to 19000
18 If ventilation operation exceeds more then 50 to 60 Sec,then engine will switched OFFT-30 unit.
19 Maximum time duration of starting and ventilation sequence is controlled by T5a

17
20 Minimum battery voltage before starting should be 27 volt
21 On selecting the ON/OFF/VENT Switch to OFF position which relay gets energised Relay 'a'
22 80 ohm resistance is connected across Starter cutout switch
23 Starter cut out switch operates at self sustain rpm of engine To switch off engine
24 Starter cut out switch operates at the pressure of 5.7 PSI
25 Atomisation is a test for Dual coil
26 Dual ignition coil is located Top of RG casing
27 During current consumption check of booster pump , the operation should not exceed8sec
28 During starting maximum pressure build up by the micro pump is 47 PSI
29 For post Mod dual coil ignition, the insulation should not be less than 40 M Ohm
30 For pre Mod dual coil ignition , the insulation should not be less than 10 M ohms
31 Fuel booster pump is located Above the fuel tank
32 Insulation value of micro pump should not be Less than 5 megaohms
33 Maximum current consumption by micro pump is 9 Amps at 14V
34 Micro pump amber light comes `ON' with in 1 to 2 sec
35 Micro pump is located at Top of RG casing
36 Micrp pump develops a pressure between 40 to 50 PSI
37 Operating voltage of micro pump is 14V to 28V
38 Out put of a dual coil ignition is 12000 volt
39 Time taken by micro pump to build a pressure of 43-57 PSI is 5-7 secs
40 Torch igniters are located Top of RG casing
41 Starter generator is located Rear face of accessories gear box
42 Starter is converted to generator at 12000-14000 rpm of engine
43 Towards the end of starting cycle , current consumption by the starter reduced to 250 amps to 3 00 amps
44 Type of Starter generator used is Labinal
45 Waiting time after three false start is 15 minutes
46 Waiting time after two false start is 5 minutes
47 current consumtion of EFC is 15 amps
48 Duration of opening and closing of EFC is 2sec
49 Half throttle micro s/w cut the supply of relay 'a' and 'm' when FFCL is Fully back position
50 Time delay in opening of EFC is provided to Allow micro pump to build sufficien
51 AC Box is located Port side on engine RG casing
52 latest modification carried out on AC Box for EFC is TU-153
53 purpose of AC Box is to Control starting cycle automatically
54 Purpose of resistances connected in series with relay'a' and 'm' is To reduce current
55 Blockage light goes `OFF' with in 16 to 20 sec with the help of EFC limit switch
56 On switching to start yellow light does not come ‘ON’ the reason is SSV faulty
57 On switching to start yellow light comes ‘ON’and remains 'ON' the reason is Micro pump faulty
58 On switching to start, yellow light comes ‘ON’ immediately, the reason is Micro s/w of micro pump jammed
59 On switching to start, yellow light comes ‘ON’ but no rise in T4 Possible cause is Starter cut out switch faulty
60 Safety earth is located on Starter relay
61 Ventilation operation should not exceed more than 20 sec
62 Idling RPM of engine of Chetak H/C is 16500± 1500
63 Speed of the engine during ignition phase is 8000RPM
64 Speed of the engine during ventilation run is 3700 RPM
65 Starter green light should come 'ON' As soon as starter switch is place to
68 Upto self-sustaining rpm relay 'm' remained energized 1
69 Upto self-sustaining rpm relay 'a' remained energized 1
70 Ventilation operation should not exceed more than 20 sec 1
71 Ventilation operation should not exceed more than 80 sec 1
72 Whenever relay 'a' energized it close the fuel cock 1
73 Whenever relay 'a' energized it open the fuel cock 1
74 On switching to star, yellow light comes ‘ON’ but no rise in T4. Possible cause is SSV faulty.
1
75 On switching to start, yellow light comes ‘ON’ but no rise in T4. Possible cause is Dual 1co

18
76 On switching to start,starter does not crank and green light does not come ‘ON’ . Possible
1 cause
77 On switching to start,starter does not crank and green light does not come ‘ON’ . Possible
1 caus
78 Speed of the engine during ventilation run is 6000 rpm 1
79 Starter cut out switch operates at the pressure of 43 - 57 PSI 1
80 Starter cut out switch operates at the pressure of 5.7 PSI 1
81 If the index mark of EFC towards the engine, EFC is in open position. 1
82 If the index mark of EFC towards the engine, EFC is in closed position. 1
83 Electrical fuel cock is a split series field motor. 1
84 Micro pump amber light remains 'ON' for maximum 5 - 7 secs 1
85 Micro pump amber light remains 'ON' for maximum 15 secs 1
86 micro pump can be tested on torch ignitor test bench 1
87 In situ, for checking dual coil, the HT lead should be held about 3 mm from engine ca1
88 Blockage light comes `ON' after EFC is fully closed. 1
89 Blockage light comes `ON' indicates EFC is fully open. 1
90 Blockage light goes `OFF' with in 5 to 7 sec with the help of T-5a Unit 1
91 Blockage light goes `OFF' with in 16 to 20 sec with the help of T-5r Unit 1
97 What are the differences between 2687A1 and 2687A2 starter generator ?
98 How will you carry out the insulation check on starter generator in situ ?
99 What are the checks to be carried out on starter generator brushes ?
100 Write the various sub systems of a/c starting system?
101 Name the electrical components of starting system fitted on engine?
102 Write the name & purpose of various controlling devices of starting system?
103 Explain the various safety devices fitted in starting system ?
104 Write the name & purpose of various protective devices of starting system?
105 In starting system, how close throttle micro switch functions as a safety device ?
106 Why resistance is connected in series with T5r time delay switch and write its value ?
107 Write the name & purpose of various components fitted in AC Box
108 Write the function of T-5 time delay unit ?
109 Write the function of T-30 time delay unit ?
110 What is the purpose of second shunt of relay'a' in starting system ?
111 Write the purpose of safety earth ?
112 Name the components of Mobile Control
113 Unit ? starting of aircraft T-30 contacts open after self sustained RPM, contacts do not resume its position after cooling down.
During
114 (a)
Write the will
What name be &
the immediate
purpose effect on
of various fuelengine (b) What
equipments will be the
of starting after effect on switching 'OFF' and next starting ?
system?
115 Why booster pump should not be switched 'ON' for more than 5 Seconds during current consumption check?
116 Write the procedure of checking Dual Coil Ignition Unit in situ (Checking on the Engine)?
117 Write the procedure of checking Torch Ignitors for ignition in situ (Checking on the Aircraft)?
118 Write the procedure of checking Torch Ignitors for Automisation in situ (Checking on the Aircraft)?
119 Write the purpose of rectfier (miniature diode) in starting system ?
120 Which type of motor and pump is used in micro pump also write the purpose of Micro pump ?
121 What will happen if micro pump does not function during starting ?
122 Why booster pump should not be switched 'ON' for more than 5 Seconds during current consumption check?
123 Write the name & purpose of various indicating devices of starting system?
124 Write the purpose of open throttle micro switch?
125 Write the purpose of half thorttle micro
126 switch
Explain?the various resistances used in starting circuit ?
127 Write the purpose and occasion of
128 ventilation
Write run? of ventilation run ?
the purpose
129 Explain the starting procedure?
130 Explain the stopping procedure?
131 Explain the ventilation procedure?
132 Write the various pre-starting conditions ?
133 Write the name & purpose of various ignition equipments of starting system?
134 How boosterpump function automatically during starting ?

19
135 Write the procedure for carrying out current consumption check of fuel booster pump?
136 What does it indicate if green light comes `ON' during starting / ventilation ?
137 What does it indicate if amber light comes `ON' during starting ?
138 What does it indicate if amber light goes `OFF, during starting ?
139 What does it indicate if blockage light comes `ON' durig stopping ?
140 What does it indicate if blockage light goes `OFF' during stopping cycle ?
141 If starter master switch is put to 'OFF' at full engine RPM,will the engine stop why ?
142 What does it indicate if starter green light goes 'OFF' during starting ?
143 Write the probable causes of blockage light coming 'ON' when ON/OFF/VENT s/w is put 'ON' ?
144 Write the probable causes of starting cycle getting intrruptted 2 to 3 seconds after start and blockage light comes 'ON' ?
AIRCRAFT LIGHTING S
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 70L relay is located 1P junction box
2 Anti collision light is located Top of cabin
3 Cabin light ON-OFF switch is located Top control panel
4 Colour of tail light dome used in CTK/CTH helicopter Red
5 Extention chord length of cabin light is 1.0 m
6 In Cheetah helicopter landing light is located Forward side of the bottom panel
7 In Chetak helicopter landing light is located Starboard side of cabin
8 In upper anti-collision light dome the hole is blanked with plug to prevent entering of Air
9 Instrument panel light is used to Illuminate the lower padestal panel
10 Purpose of the Dome hole of lower anticollision light Visual inspection
11 Total numbers of cabin light fitted in Chetak H/C is 1
12 Type of landing light used in Chetak helicopter Synerva type 250
13 Wattage of panel light bulb in chetak H/C is 1.7 Watt
14 Wattage of starboard nav lamp in chetak H/C is 40 Watt
15 Wattage of port nav lamp in chetak H/C is 18 Watt
16 Wattage of tail nav lamp in chetak H/C is 18 Watt
17 Wattage of the landing light lamp 150 watt
18 Where is the green navigation light located Port side
19 Where is the red navigation light located Port side
20 How many flashes given by anti-collision light in 1 min 70 to 75
21 Location of extension/retraction s/w of landing light in CTH H/C On pilot collective
22 Location of extension/retraction s/w of landing light in CTK H/C On pilot collective
23 Location of the ON-OFF switch of the landing light Cyclic stick
24 Total no. of lamps in a Anti collision light fitted in CTK/CTH 0ne
25 Total numbers of anti-collison light fitted in Chetak H/C is 3
26 Total numbers of cabin light fitted in Cheetah H/C is 1
27 Type of port lamp assembly is used in Chetak H/C is SGE type - 31.01
28 Type of starboard lamp assembly is used in Chetak H/C is SGE type - 31.01
29 Type of tail lamp assembly is used in Chetak H/C is - SGE type - 31.01
30 Wattage of cabin light lamp in chetak H/C is 3.5Watt
31 Wattage of anti-collison lamp in chetak H/C is 18 Watt
32 If pilot selects s/w to ‘EXT’ position which relay will be energised in Chetak helicopter30L
33 What is the RPM of the anti-collision light 35
34 Cabin light assembly of Chetak can be rotated azimuthally. 90degree
35 In Chetak helicopter Override facility of landing light is provided for Pilot
36 Landing light should be 'ON' for maximum 3 min ON 15 min OFF
37 Extension and retraction of landing light can be controlled by trigger switch fitted on pil1
38 Extension and retraction of landing light can be controlled by trigger switch fitted on 1
39 Extension and retraction of landing light can be controlled by trigger switch 1
40 Purpose of landing light is to illuminate the landing area while landing and taxying d 1
41 Purpose of the cabin light is to assist pilot during night flying and bad weather conditi 1
42 Purpose of the navigation light is to show the position of A/C 1

20
43 Landing light ON/OFF switch is located on Pilots collective stick 1
44 Afrer a continuous operation of 15min allow cooling by switching 'OFF' for 45min 1
45 Landing light ON/OFF switch is located on Overhead panel 1
46 Landing light SYNERVA type 250 is used only in cheetah h/c. 1
47 Write the purpose of landing light in Cheetah H/C ?
48 Write the purpose of landing light in CTK/CTH H/C explain safety precautions used for its operation?
49 Write the different type of navigation lights fitted in Chetak H/C with their wattage ?
50 Explain the various lights fitted in CTK H/C ?
51 Write the main differences of landing light between Chetak and Cheetah H/C ?
CHAPTER 17
OPTIONAL EQUIPM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Purpose of rescue hoist is To rescue the persons during emergen
2 12 M box is related to - Rescue hoist
3 Current consumption of rescue hoist motor at decent is 2amps
4 Current consumption of rescue hoist motor at no load is 2amps
5 Current consumption of rescue hoist motor at under load is 2amps
6 Hoisting speed of rescue hoist motor with 100 Kg load is 0.25m/sec
7 Hoisting speed of rescue hoist motor with 175 Kg load is 0.25m/sec
8 In Cheetah H/C cargo swing can carry load of 500 kg
9 In Chetak H/C cargo swing can carry load of 500 kg
10 In Chetak H/C 22 M box is located at - Inside the cabin left rear wall
11 On Cheetah H/C winch man control grip handle is connected to the socket which is lo 24Volt receptacle.
12 Purpose of cargo swing is To carry the passengers
13 Rescue hoist is capable of lifting how much of load from a height of 82 feet 450 kg
14 Rescue hoist motor operates - Electrically
15 Rocker s/w for cargo swing is located on Cyclic control stick of pilot.
16 Squib cable cutter push button switch is located on Cyclic control stick of pilot.
17 The hoist cable is 5x5 Strands
18 Total cable length of a rescue hoist is - 26.5 Meters
19 Total useful length of a rescue hoist cable is - 26.5 Meters
20 22 M box is related to - Rescue hoist
21 What is the meaning of of lethal warning Warning
22 In cheetah helicopter hot air for the cabin heating and defrosting system is tapped Compresor
23 While carrying out electrical check on squib installation if ammeter is used it should re2-2.3amps
24 While carrying out electrical check on squib installation of rescue hoist following meter Safety ohm meter
25 While carrying out electrical check on squib installation with ammeter the duration of 2 secs
26 Rocker button switch used only as Toggle s/w
27 Weight carrying capacity in cargo of cheetah helicopter 750 kg
28 Weight carrying capacity in cargo of chetak helicopter 750 kg
29 The cargo load can be released Automatically
30 After completion of electrical circuit the mechanical end of travel of rescue hoist should0.05
operate
Meters
afte
31 Cargo swing can be operated 3 ways
32 For testing the squib of rescue hoist following meter is required Voltmeter
33 Greasing of motor and brake assy. Is to be carried out every after 50 hoisting / 6months
34 In rescue hoist motor the valve with concave head is for Upward/Hoisting
35 In rescue hoist motor the valve with concex head is for Upward/hoisting
36 Rescue hoist cable is to be changed every after how many hoisting operation? 100
37 If an ammeter is used to check the squib installation the duration of test should be mo 1
38 If an ammeter is used to check the squib installation the duration of test should not 1
39 If the reading of ohm meter during squib checking is 12 ohms then squib is open circui1
40 If the reading of ohm meter during squib checking is 12 ohms then squib is healthy 1
41 If the reading of ohm meter during squib checking is zero then squib is healthy 1
42 Cargo sling green warning light comes `ON' when load is attached 1

21
43 Cargo sling green warning light comes `ON' when load is released 1
44 During rescue hoist operation if load is increased more then 30 Kgs then load detector1
45 At rescue hoist assy pneumatic valve with convex head is for upward operation 1
46 At rescue hoist assy pneumatic valve with convex head is for downward operation 1
47 At rescue hoist assy pneumatic valve with concave head is for downward operation 1
48 At rescue hoist assy pneumatic valve with concave head is for upward operation 1
49 While testing the squib with safety ohm meter the equipment master s/w should be 'ON1
50 Rescue hoist cable is to be checked for broken strands after 100 hoisting operation? 1
51 What is the purpose of GCPU?
52 How will you carry out electrical check on rescue hoist installation ?
53 Write the procedure of testing the squib?
54 How will you carry out electrical check on squib installation ?
55 How will you carry out the electrical check on cargo swing installation ?
56 What are the checks to be carried out on wiring installation during serviceing ?

CHAPTER 18
ENGINE GENERA
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 A gas turbine engine under goes a series of operations such as Compression
2 A ram jet with air intake guide vanes which open and close according to changes in airRam
pressjet
3 Intermittent thrust is provided by Ram jet
4 In a compressor, the component which convert velocity into pressure is: Air intake vanes
5 Engine in which air intake guide vanes, open and close according to changes in air pressure
Ram jet is
6 In turbo shaft engine, maximum expansion of gases occurs mainly in the turbine and in 1
7 Pulse jet engine is also called Schmidt tube 1
8 Ram jet engine has no moving parts. 1
9 The rotational speed of the turbine assembly is expressed in revolution per hour. 1
10 Turbo propeller engine is more efficient in medium speed and medium height. 1
11 Turbojet engine is more efficient in high speed and high altitude 1
12 After burning or reheat is a method for increasing thrust in a turbojet engine. 1
13 Air intake guide vanes, discharge valve and acceleration control are some devices to p1
14 A compressor consists of a rotor stage and a stator stage. 1
15 A turbine assembly consists of a nozzle guide vanes and a wheel. 1
16 Compression ratio =P2/P1=pressure at compressor outlet /pressure at the compressor1i
17 Exhaust system expends the gases to obtain thrust 1
18 In a compressor the rotor blade increases the velocity. 1
19 In a compressor, the pressure is increased at rotor stage and the velocity is decreased1
20 In a compressor, the stator stage increases the pressure. 1
21 In a turbojet engine, the expansion of gases occurs in convergent tail pipe. 1
22 In turbo jet engine exhaust system expands the gases to obtain thrust. 1
23 Purpose of turbine is to convert KE 1
24 and PE
How are into mechanical
jet engines energyExplain with example.
classified?
CHAPTER 19
CONSTRUCTION
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 The air intake assembly is fitted after the : Reduction gear assembly
2 To prevent surging in turbojet engines during flight, the recommended procedure and Reduce the fuel flow
3 10℅ of aviation gasoline is added for starting of engine due to extreme cold condition. 2
T5:00 Engine Hrs
4 Exhaust gas velocity of ARTOUSTE III B engine is 95.2 Mtr
5 Fuel flow rate at idling RPM is a 60 ltrs /Hr
6 Fuel low level warning light comes on at 60 ltrs
7 If engine rpm is between 33700 and 34500,and does not stabiles then Adjust the governor
8 If the booster pump fails in the flight, EDP is capable of supplying the fuel to engine Only for level flight with no rapid m

22
9 Maximum oil consumption of Art-III B is 100 gms/ hr
10 The axial flow Compressor shaft is connected af the front to RG assy shaft and rear to Muff
c coupling
11 The axial flow diffuser is fitted to: Increase pressure and increase veloci
12 The centrifugal compressor front bearing is a: Bush bearing
13 Axial flow compressor consists of 23 Blades
14 Axial Flow compressor is supported at the rear by a: Bush bearing
15 Axial flow compressor rotor blade are fitted by Blades are pined
16 Maximum voltage drop during starting is 24 volts
17 Minimum oil required for starting Art III B engine is 5 ltrs
18 Residual thrust produced by the engine is 42.4 Kg
19 Rich mixture leads to Steady start
20 Specific fuel consumption of Artouste III B engine is 0.345 Kg/HP/hr
21 Starter cut out fuel pressure switch is operating at 5.7 PSI fuel pressure
22 The air fuel ratio of Artouste III B engine is: 4.5 / 1
23 Diffuser assembly fitted after 2nd stage of compressor includes 1st stage radial and 2nd stage axial diffus
24 The direction of rotation of Artouste III B engine, viewed from rear is Clockwise
25 Artouste III B engine is single shaft, constant speed gas turbine engine with: Three stages of compressor and Two st
26 Calendar life of Art III B engine is 20 years
27 TBO life of Artouste III B engine is 1750 hours or 18 years
28 Air Intake Assy is assembled between RG Cover and RG casing
29 Air Intake Assy is made of Steel
30 Stage of diffuser fitted after centrifugal compressor includes Radial flow followed by Axial flow d
31 Suction and initial compression to atmospheric air is provided by Air intake
32 The axial flow compressor rotor blades are made of Light alloy
33 Jet pipe temperature (T4) is tapped from Turbine casing
34 Turbine inlet temperature is: Temperature inside the combustion ch
35 Arrangement of reduction gears to transmit drive from RG Shaft to Crown wheel is thr Intermediate shaft
36 Drive from two intermediate gear shafts is transmitted to RG shaft
37 Engine Tachogenerator is fitted at the Top of RG casing
38 Reduction gear shaft is supported on Two roller bearings
39 Starboard auxiliary drive housing drives EDP
40 Starter generator is fitted at the Top of RG casing
41 The output shaft is the integral part of the Reduction shaft
42 The reduction gear system steps down the rotational speed from 33500 RPM to: 573 RPM
43 Two auxiliary drive housing are mounted on Reduction gear casing
44 If any Axial Flow compressor blade root has a notch Smooth file it
45 The tail pipe is attached to the exhaust diffuser by means of: Three marmon collar and a safety clamp
46 Crown wheel is integral part of Output shaft
47 Out put shaft is supported on Two roller bearings
48 RG shaft is supported on Ball bearing at both end
49 The axial compressor front bearing is a: Bush bearing
50 The output shaft rear end is supported by: Ball bearing
51 Tail pipe is made of Light alloy
52 Number of stages of turbine fitted in Artouste III B engine One
53 P2 air pick up point provided at the rear top starboard side of the turbine casing is for : Torch igniter ventilation
54 P2 pick up is installed in – Turbine casing
55 P2 pick up is installed on the turbine casing facing – Against the P2 air flow
56 Tapping of P2 air from P2 pick probe is done for Ventilation of Torch igniters
57 Presently Cleaning agent being used for washing of Compressor is Teepol and water
58 In Saline weather washing of Compressor is done during LFS
59 During rear bearing play check ,if the difference of two reading exceeds 0.5 mm Reject the engine and dispatch to repa
60 For carrying out Centering check on 3rd stage of turbine, eng must be cooled minimum06 hrs
61 Outer and inner part of combustion chamber are made of Titanium alloy
62 Outer part of Combustion chamber is attached to Compressor casing

23
63 The Labyrinth is installed inside the inner part of combustion chamber to Prevent gas leak
64 Type of combustion chamber fitted in Art III B Engine is Can type
65 The Turbine blades and discs are arranged in order of No. of blades decreasing and disc a
66 Exhaust diffuser inner wall is attached to outer wall by means of Four long bolts
67 Stub shaft, three turbine discs and flanged shaft are coupled together by means of Four long bolts
68 Axial compressor rear bearing is ball bearing. 1
69 The turbine blades are cut from the disc itself. 1
70 Axial flow compressor consists of a disk on which twelve blades of titanium alloy are se1
71 Axial flow compressor consists of thirteen blades. 1
72 Axial flow compressor is made of titanium alloy. 1
73 Axial flow compressor shaft is attached to RG Shaft at front by sleeve coupling. 1
74 Axial flow diffuser constants of two rows vanes with convergent passage section welde1
75 Baffle plate is fitted at the rear of diffuser holder cover. 1
76 Baffle plate is made of titanium alloy. 1
77 The direction of rotation of the engine is anticlockwise when viewed from front. 1
78 Diffuser holder cover is bolted to first stage diffuser . 1
79 In centrifugal compressor , the bonding between entry wheel and impeller is known a 1
80 In centrifugal compressor , the front half is known as entry wheel and rear half is known1
81 Flange shaft is supported on ball bearing at rear. 1
82 Out put shaft is supported on ball bearing at front and needle bearing at rear. 1
83 RG shaft and compr shaft are attached by sleeve and coupling. 1
84 RG shaft is supported on ball bearing on both end. 1
85 In extreme cold weather 10℅ of aviation gasoline may be added for early starting of engi 1
86 Power plant is installed into the airframe on two points . 1
87 A blanked spare drive is provided on the starboard side of the accessory drive casin 1
88 Intermediate pinion shaft front end is supported by deep groove ball bearing. 1
89 Reduction gear shaft is supported by two roller bearing . 1
90 Reduction gear casing is made of Stainless steel. 1
91 The engine tachometer generator is driven by lower train of gears. 1
92 The engine tachometer generator is driven by lower train of gears. 1
93 The jet holder is located in the reduction gear casing. 1
94 Oil leakage from the front end of output shaft is prevented by sealol seal. 1
95 Out put shaft is supported on ball bearing at front and needle bearing at rear. 1
96 Starter generator is located on the front top right hand side of the R G Cover. 1
97 The bonding between two halves 1
98 of
Thecentrifugal
outer sidecomp. is known
of diffuser as cover
holder curvicisbonding
fitted with a baffle pate. 1
99 The purpose of baffle plate is to protect turbine casing from the flame emitted by the to1
100 The stub shaft is bolted to turbine shaft by means of four bolts. 1
101 The two halves of centrifugal compressor are bonded by means of neoprene bonding. 1
102 Torch igniters are fitted at 10 and 2 'O' clock positions on the exhaust diffuser assembl1
103 Booster pump low pressure warning light come on at when pressure falls below 1.25 1
104 During starting if tail pipe temperature exceeds 6300C but remains below 680oc , the engine 1 should be sent for overhauling.
105 Electrical starting resetting time after engine stopping is 16 - 20 Seconds. 1
106 Air intake grid is attached to air intake casing. 1
107 Air intake shroud is fitted around reduction gear casing. 1
108 Mod 171A, consists of drilling a second on the opposite side of each air intake shroud t1
109 Filling capacity of four lobe fuel tank is 565 liters 1
110 Maximum RPM variation in transit condition is ± 2000 RPM 1
111 Maximum starting time of Art-III B engine is (0-idling)is 50-60 Sec 1
112 Residual thrust of the engine is 44.2 Kg. 1
113 The compression ratio of Art-III B is 5.2 : 1 1
114 Axial compressor blade erosion check is carried out to keep the compressor blade within 1
115 Blade erosion check is 1
116 carried
While on centrifugal
carrying out blade compressor .
erosion check on axial compressor, if the danger mark is visi 1

24
117 For washing of compressor ,the mixture consists of 2 Percentage ZOK-27 and 98 P1
118 The cleaning agent used for washing of compressor is Teepol. 1
119 Washing of compressor is carried out by spraying a mixture through air intake durin 1
120 Turbine casing is made of 1
121 lightcompression
The alloy. ratio of axial compressor is higher than the centrifugal compressor. 1
122 The rotational speed of the turbine-compressor assembly is expressed in revolution pe1
123 To obtain the maximum thrust in turbo shaft engine, the expansion of gas occurs mainly 1
124 A baffle plate is fitted in inner side of the diffuser holder cover is to prevent damage to 1
125 A labyrinth is installed inside the inner parts of inner combustion chamber to prevent g 1
126 Baffle Plate protects the diffuser holder cover from flame emitted by torch igniters 1
127 Outer part of combustion chamber is not supported at the rear side and left free for ex1
128 The combustion chamber is installed inside the turbine casing and around the turbine s1
129 The front end of combustion chamber is secured by means of bolts on to the nozzle rin1
130 The purpose of labyrinth installed inside the inner part of combustion chamber is to pre1
131 Type of combustion chamber fitted in Art III B engine is annular type direct flow. 1
132 Type of combustion chamber fitted in Art.III B engine is can – annular type. 1
133 In tail pipe assembly threaded bosses are provided to take the tail pipe temperature co1
134 Rear engine mount is screwed in, at the rear bottom of the turbine casing 1
135 Engine cowling are made of titanium material. 1
136 The turbine blades and discs are arranged in the order of number of blades increasing1
137 The turbine blades are cut from the disc itself. 1
138 Before carrying out rear bearing play check, the turbine blade should be gagged by 02 1
139 It is not necessary to remove the tail pipe for carrying out rear bearing play check.. 1
140 It is necessary to remove the engine for removal / installation of rear bearing. 1
141 Measuring the gap between the inner wall of compressor casing 1
142 and compressor blades is known as eccentric check.
Rear bearing of rotating assy housed in the turbine casing 1
143 Rear bearing play check is carried out during 25 hrs periodical servicing. 1
144 The first stage turbine blades are smaller in size than the third stage in order to comp 1
145 The turbine rear bearing is of roller type bearing. 1
146 When rear bearing end play exceeds the limits, the complete bearing box is to be cha 1
147 When rear-bearing arm endplay exceeds the limits, the turbine is to be changed. 1
148 When rear-bearing endplay exceeds the limits, the complete bearing box is to be chan1
149 Heat exchanger is fitted on the Tail pipe of Cheetah helicopter 1
150 In chetak helicopter a heat exchanger in the form of a shroud is provided for cabin heat1
151 Tail pipe is attached to exhaust diffuser with the help of marman collar only. 1
152 Tail pipe is made of light alloy. 1
153 The tail pipe is curved upward on to the right to cause upward ejection of hot gases to 1
154 The turbine bearing or rear bearing is of roller type bearing. 1
155 What is the purpose of tail cone in exhaust diffuser assembly?
156 What are the periodic inspections carried out on engine, packed in metal container?
157 Explain exhaust diffuser assembly of Artouste III B engine.
158 What action is to be taken incase of red mark is visible while carrying out compressor blade erosion check?
159 What are the checks carried out on the third stage of turbine blades?
160 Name the oil seal used on the front of the output shaft .
161 Write the thermodynamic cycle of Artouste III B engine
162 Explain the thermodynamic operation of Art III B engine
163 What is the purpose of secondary air .
164 Name the various accessories driven by the lower train of accessory gears
165 Write location and purpose of ;
166 (a)
WhatJet
areHolder (b) Baffle
the probable causesplates
& remedial action to be taken if white smoke comes out from combustion chamber drain while swi
167 Write the purpose & location of jet holder.
168 Write short notes on the accessory drive gears .
169 Write short notes on the reduction gear casing .
170 Name the main assemblies of ART III B engine and explain the air intake assy .

25
171 List out the accessories mechanically driven by the engine .
172 Explain Mod 171 A on Artouste III B engine
173 Name the sub assemblies of compressor
174 Name the various accessories fitted on compressor casing
175 Write the purpose of baffle plate fitted inside the diffuser holder cover .
176 List the accessories fitted on top of the compressor casing .
177 Explain purpose, location & construction details of Exhaust Diffuser assembly
178 Write short notes on exhaust diffuser assy .
179 Is it necessary to remove the engine during removal / installation of rear bearings?
180 Write short notes on tail pipe .
181 How is the tail pipe secured ?
182 Name the sub assemblies of combustion chamber assembly
183 How is the outer part of the combustion chamber secured .
184 Name the sub assemblies of combustion chamber. .
185 What type of combustion chamber is fitted in ART III B engine .
186 Write the location of engine lifting eyes
187 Write short notes on the turbine casing assembly .
CHAPTER 20
FUEL SYSTEM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 The engine accessories operating voltage is 12 Volts
2 The engine driven pump normal working pressure is 116 psi
3 The engine run down time is : 5 - 15 Seconds
4 The maximum oil consumption of ART III B engine is 400 gm / hr
5 The minimum oil pr at idling speed should be 7.12 psi
6 The minimum oil temperature before applying power should be 0 Deg C
7 The minimum quantity of oil required in the oil tank for engine lubrication during ground 5run
Ltrs
is :
8 The rate at which the atmospheric air is drawn through the air intake is 2.25 Kg / sec
9 The run down time of Artouste III B engine is Minimum 45 seconds
10 The TBO life of the Art-III B engine is 1700 hrs
11 The type of Artouste III B engine is a Single shaft
12 Total thermal power of Artouste III B engine is 860 HP
13 Usable capacity of four lobe tank is 565 Ltrs
14 Ventilation speed of Art III B engine is 13000 RPM
15 The opening of electrical fuel cock is indicated by : Amber light of micro pump coming
16 The purpose of Starter cut out fuel pressure switch is to Convert starter into Generator
17 Idling RPM of Artouste III B engine is controlled by Constant Speed Governor
18 Idling speed of the engine fitted with barostatic idling device remains: Practically constant at sea level
19 In barostatic idling device meters fuel as per – Atmospheric pressure
20 Starter is converted into generator when pressure reaches to 5.7 Psi
21 During adjustment of maximum RPM on CSG the tachometer should read between 9719 - 8012 RPM
22 During decreased load condition, oil pressure in CSG is made to act at the Front of Metering Needle
23 Maximum RPM of Artouste III B engine is controlled by Constant Speed Governor
24 Milling slot in damper piston comes in operation During constant load condition
25 Minimum and Maximum adjustable stops are placed across Damper piston
26 EFC is located on Top of compressor casing
27 EFC is opened When starter switch is put ON
28 Excess fuel is drained out to atmosphere through Magnetic drain valve when EFC is o Ensure proper start
29 Magnetic drain valve is a component of Main Fuel System
30 Magnetic drain valve is located on Top of compressor casing
31 Starter is converted into generator by: Micro pump
32 By pass jet of EDP remains effective For Starting Phase only
33 During EDP fitment ensure Proper fitment of paper gasket
34 Fuel pump is attached to the external pumps by means of – two bolts

26
35 Fuel pump is attached to the external pumps by means of: Four bolts
36 Close throttle micro switch is fitted on the Lay shaft bracket of FFCL Lever
37 The purpose of close throttle micro switch is to: To close the EFC
38 Which Micro switch acts as a safety device to prevent high JPT during starting Open throttle Micro switch
39 Max over temperature during starting is allowed 630 degree centigrade for 2 Sec only
40 Maximum over speed limitation of ART III B engine is 35,500 RPM for 5 Sec only
41 The maximum over JPT allowed during starting of the engine : 630 Deg C for 5 minutes
42 Blockage in vent connection of fuel tank may cause Tank burst
43 Booster pump is a component of Aircraft Fuel System
44 Fuel filter filtering capacity is – 10 micron
45 Fuel filter is a component of : Main fuel system
46 Shutoff cock is a component of Aircraft Fuel System
47 The capacity of standard fuel tank is – 545 ltrs
48 The fuel specification used is Aviation Gasoline
49 The purpose of NRV of aircraft fuel system is to: Prevent air and vapors lock
50 Type of fuel tank used in ctk\cth h\c is – Two type
51 When a quadrolobic fuel tank is fitted in H/C and low level warning light comes a pilot c15 minutes
52 After refueling, the set telling time of fuel in fuel tank is 20 mints
53 Aircraft fuel system is leak tested at a pressure of : 21.1 PS
54 Booster pump warning light comes on , when booster pump fails to operate or pressu 5 PSI
55 Booster pump warning light comes on if pressure drops below – 1.25 PSI
56 Empty fuel tank is leak tested at a pressure of : 14.5 PSI
57 Fuel tank low level warning light comes , ON when the level of fuel drops down to 100 Ltrs
58 The delivery capacity of booster pump at 30 volt is – 200 Ltrs / hrs
59 Flushing fluid of fuel tank is Kerosene /ATF
60 While carrying out leak check (Soapy water method ) of fuel tank , apply a air pressure1.45 PSI
61 While flushing of fuel tank, pour 05 ltrs of ATF
The Specific gravity of Kerosene fuel is :- 0.72 G
62 At what air pressure is the leak test of empty fuel tank is carried out . 3 PSI
63 Before carrying out Fuel tank Cable tension check, ensure that Tensiometer calibration is up date
64 Fuel tank Cable tension is checked during 25 Hrs Servicing
65 On installation of new fuel tank, the tension of the cables should be re-checked after : 25 Hrs of flying
66 Booster pump low pressure warning light is set at 1.45 PSI
67 Fuel filter By Pass Valve 0perates at 4.0 PSI differential pr
68 Four way union is fitted on Compressor casing
69 P2 pick up probe provided at the top of the turbine casing is for the operation of : Cabin heating
70 The necessity of the starting fuel system is due to : Reduced efficiency of centrifugal inject
71 After the starting phase and during normal operation of the engine, torch igniters are veP1 air
72 Dual Ignition coil is fitted at the Top of compressor casing
73 During ignition phase before EFC is opened, fuel inside the combustion chamber is sp Injection wheel
74 Fuel delivery capacity of the micro pump is : 80 Ltrs per Hr
75 Micro pump built up max. pressure of – 52 psi
76 Micro pump is fitted on Reduction gear casing
77 NRV fitted at the inlet of micro pump is to prevents P2 air entering in the Aircraft fuel tank
78 P2 air during ventilation period Closes four way union
79 P2 air from P2 pick probe is utilized for Ventilation of Torch igniters
80 The fuel flow rate through torch igniters is : 45 Ltsr per Hr
81 The operating pressure for micro switch in micro pump is : 57 PSI
82 Ventilation of Torch igniters by P2 air takes place During Ignition Phase
83 Ventilation of torch igniters takes place After engine is switched off
84 Starter Cut out fuel pressure switch is fitted on Port side of RG casing
85 In jet holder fuel sealing is ensured by Flexi box seal
86 Injection device( Jet Holder ) is fitted in RG casing
87 Injection wheel hole cleaning is done during following occasions During periodical servicing ( 100hrs in

27
88 Injection wheel is sand witched between RG shaft and Compressor shaft
89 Purpose of Injection device( Jet Holder ) is to ensure sealing between Fuel static supply and fuel rotating
90 NRV is leak tested at a pressure of : 15 PSI
91 The by pass valve fitted in the oil filter operates at a pressure of : 28 to 57 PSI
92 While carrying out NRV leak check of A/C fuel system , apply a air pressure of 21.7 PSI
93 If the fuel differential pressure across fuel filter reaches 2.03 psi By pass valve operates
94 If the fuel differential pressure across fuel filter reaches 4.0 psi: Unfiltered fuel supplied to the engine.
95 Cleaning agent used for fuel filter element cleaning is: ATF
96 Fuel filter element are cleaned during 25 hours servicing
97 The steel ball of four way union prevents entry of P2 air into Micro pump after starting 1
98 The steel ball valve in four way union allows P2 air to clean the tip of torch igniter after 1
99 The steel ball valve in four ways union prevents fuel leaks towards the P2 pick up during 1
100 Torch igniters are ventilated by the P2 air during normal operation of the engine. 1
101 The electric fuel cock opens when fuel pressure in micro pump reaches to 34.5 PSI. 1
102 Starter cut out fuel pressure s/w operates at air pressure 5.7 psi. 1
103 NRV of A/C fuel system prevents P2 air entering the main fuel system if Micro pump d 1
104 During idling speed of the engine fuel pump supplies the fuel directly to the constant 1
105 Faulty EFC is the probable cause of engine not cutting off, on starter switch to off . 1
106 If any time engine RPM exceeds 35500 then speed governor is to be adjusted. 1
107 If at any time RPM exceeds 35,500, the engine has to be overhauled. 1
108 If during starting, the JPT of engine exceeds 680ºC for more than 02 Sec then engine 1i
109 Torch igniter are ventilated by the P2 air during normal operation of the engine 1
110 Torch igniter supplies fuel and ignition during starting. 1
111 When the starter switch is put to 'ON' position the micro pump drain valve starts draini 1
112 Micro pump is located on top of the compressor casing. 1
113 Fuel filter consists of three filtering elements. 1
114 The maximum RPM of the Artouste III B engine is 33500 ± 200 1
115 The maximum RPM of the Artouste III B engine is 33900 ± 200. 1
116 During increased / decreased load conditions the damper scroll balance the pressure on 1
117 The by pass jet in the fuel pump is effective only in the lower RPM of the engine. 1
118 The by pass valve fitted in the fuel filter which prevents entry of unfiltered fuel to the 1
119 The by pass jet in the fuel pump is effective only in the lower RPM of the engine 1
120 The EFC opens when fuel pressure in micro pump reaches to 34.5 psi 1
121 The usable fuel capacity of the four lobe fuel tank is 583 ltrs. 1
122 The usable fuel capacity of the four lobe fuel tank is 573 ltrs. 1
123 The waiting time after three false starts is 5 minutes. 1
124 The idling RPM of Artouste III B engine is 16000 to 19000 RPM. 1
125 Aviation Turbine Fuel must be able to lubricate the fuel system components. 1
126 Duel ignition coil gets energized as soon as the starter s/w is put to ‘ON’ position and 1
127 Early opening of electric fuel cock will cause high jet pipe temperature during starting. 1
128 Spool valve of sensing unit in CSG moves in rearward direction during increased load c1
129 EFC is located on the left hand side of the compressor casing. 1
130 The purpose of adjusting device in CSG is to adjust the tension of the spring in such a 1
131 The purpose of speed sensing unit in speed governor is to cause piston valve to move 1in
132 When load increases on the engine, the pilot valve moves and uncover the pressure oil1
133 In barostatic idling device, screwing in of adjusting screw will increase the fuel flow. 1
134 In idling device adjusting screw, screwing out will cause increase in idle RPM 1
135 Waiting time after three false starts is 20 minutes. 1
136 Waiting time after two false starts is 20 minutes. 1
137 The fuel pressure switch cuts off the starter when engine RPM reaches to about 6000 1
138 The starting solenoid valve comes into operation as soon as the starter switch is put to1
139 A blanked spare drive is provided on the starboard side of the accessory drive casi 1
140 When by pass valve operates, the tell tale indicator becomes visible and filter cloggin 1
141 When barrel refuelling is done, fuel filter is cleaned during LFS. 1

28
142 Write about the different procedures of fuel filter cleaning .
143 Name the cleaning agent for fuel filter cleaning .
144 Write the purpose of fuel filter .
145 What is the function of starter cut out fuel pressure switch .
146 What is the purpose of bypass valve in fuel filter .
147 Write the purpose of differential pressure switch .
148 Why is NRV fitted at the inlet of Micro pump.
149 Name the component of starting fuel system & explain the purpose of steel ball valve.
150 Why starting fuel system is employed in Artouste III B engine?
151 Write the reasons for torch igniter ventilation .
152 How does the drain valve in micropump gets closed .
153 Write the purpose of micro switch in micropump .
154 How is the micropump drain gets closed .
155 How is the torch igniter ventillated .
156 State the function of barostatic idling device .
157 Which component is responsible to maintain idling speed of the engine
158 Name the micro switches fitted in engine controls of chetak/ cheetah H/C.
159
160 Explain location and purpose of
161 (a)
DrawMagnetic
a block drain valve.
diagram (b) system
of Main fuel Idling Device
of Artouste III B engine and write the purpose of Constant speed Governor.
162 Explain location and purpose of; (a) Constant speed governor. (b) Idling Device
163 List out the components of main fuel system.
164 Draw the schematic diagram of main fuel system and write the purpose of Idling device.
165 Draw a block diagram of Main fuel system of Artouste III B engine and write the purpose of Fuel pressure cut out switch.
166 How does the electric fuel cock open during starting?
167 Draw a block diagram of fuel pump & explain by pass jet.
168 Name all the major and sub assemblies of Artouste III B engine.
169 What is the oil specification used for the lubrication of the Artouste III B engine
170 What is the purpose of NRV fitted at the inlet of Micro pump?
171 Write short note on fuel tank assembly .
172 How booster pump is located in the fuel tank .
173 How fuel tank is suspended .
174 Can the fuel pump supply fuel to the engine if booster pump fails in flight .
175 Explain maximum & minimum fuel flow limitations of constant speed governor
176 Where the maximum RPM of engine is adjusted and what are the precautions to be observed during max RPM adjustment?
177 Explain the operation of the constant speed governor during increased load condition.
178 Explain the operation of the constant speed governor during decreased load condition.
179 What is the purpose of damper scroll of CSG?
180 What is the function of damper scroll in constant speed governer
181 What are the precautions observed during the injection wheel holes cleaning?
182 What are the various occasions of injection wheel holes cleaning?
183 How is the injection wheel secured .
184 Draw a schematic diagram of Main Fuel system write the location and puropose of SSV.
185 How does the electric fuel cock open and supply fuel to injection wheel during starting phase of the engine .
186 How is the cutting off of the starter is indicated after self sustaining rpm .
187 What is the maximum starting time .
188 What is the rundown time of the engine .
189 How many stages of compressors are fitted in the ART III B engine .
190 What is the direction of rotation of the engine .
191 How is the engine installed in the aircraft .
192 List out the components of A/C fuel system
193 What are the advantages and disadvantage of centrifugal injection system employed in Artouste III B engine?
194 What are the advantages of centrifugal injection system employed in Artouste III B engine?
195 Why centrifugal injection system is employed in Artouste III B engine?

29
196 Draw a neat block diagram of starting fuel system and explain about the micropump .
197 How is the fuel oil mixing prevented in the fuel pump.
198 Explain why a bypass jet is fitted in the fuel pump .
199 How fuel pump gets drive .
200 Where fuel pump is located .
201 Explain location and purpose of close Throttle Micro switch.
202 Explain location and purpose of Half Throttle Micro switch

CHAPTER 21
OIL SYSTEM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Art-III B engine low oil pressure warning light is set at 16 PSI
2 Cold zone of the engine includes : RG assembly and port and stbd auxilia
3 Oil pipe line connecting to the rear bearing of turbine on starboard side is for: Lubrication
4 Oil pressure Transmitter (OPT ) transmit the oil pressure from the Outlet of oil tank
5 Two sets of external scavenge pumps scavenge oil from: Only Cold zone
6 Two sets of internal scavenge pumps scavenge oil from: Only Cold zone
7 Oil system flushing is done , when there is Change of grade of oil
8 While oil system flushing , fill the oil tank With 07 ltrs of new oil
9 The rear bearing oil tubes are torque tightened to a torque of : 3.5 +/- 0.5 M dan
10 Oil tank is installed on Engine platform by means of four strap
11 Oil tank is made of Light alloy sheet
12 The filling capacity of oil tank is 07 ltrs and rest of space is left for Air
13 Total capacity of oil tank is 05 ltrs
14 There are three magnetic chip detectors fitted as per : Mod.111
15 In Hot zone scavenging, lubricating oil is scavenged from Turbine rear bearing and RG assemb
16 Magnetic Chip Detector installed at the inlet line of internal scavenge pump is for dete Centre section bearings
17 Oil low pressure warning light comes on at 16 PSI
18 Oil temperature bulb is located at the: Outlet of oil filter
19 The PRV in oil pressure pump relieves the excessive pressure to the inlet incase the p43.5 PSI
20 Oil filter by pass valve operates at 39.1 PSI
21 Oil filter is fitted on Top port side of Accessory drive ho
22 The filtering capacity of oil filter is 10 Micron
23 A total of 03 magnetic plugs are fitted in the lubrication system of Artouste III B engine.1
24 External group of scavenge pumps are provided on the starboard side of the engine. 1
25 Magnetic chip detector installed in the inlet line of internal scavenge pump is for det 1
26 The magnetic plugs in the oil system are provided to prevent fuel oil mixing. 1
27 The oil after lubrication from both auxiliary drive housing is drawn in by external scav 1
28 Lubrication of hot zone in Artouste III B engine includes lubrication of rear bearing of t 1
29 Maximum temperature permitted for synthetic oil used in Artouste III B engine is 85 oc. 1
30 The oil after lubrication of compressor rear bearing is drawn by one of the internal sc 1
31 The rear bearing of the rotor assembly is directly vented to atmosphere. 1
32 Correct oil level in the oil tank is ensured when the oil tank is full. 1
33 Write the causes of foaming in the oil tank?
34 Write the location of the engine oil tank .
35 What are the various occasions of oil filter cleaning
36 What are various components of lubrication system? Explain lubrication of front section in Artouste III B engine.
37 Explain hot zone scavenging in Artouste III B engine.
38 Explain cold zone scavenging in Artouste III B engine.
39 What are the various components of lubrication system? Explain lubrication of front section in Artouste III B engine.
40 List out the components of Lubrication system and explain hot zone oil scavenging
41 List out the components of Lubrication system.
42 Explain lubrication of intermrdiate section in Artouste III B engine.
43 List the main components of oil system of Artouste IIIB engine and explain cold zone scavenging in Artouste III B engine.

30
44 What chapter in MM vol IV to be reffered to for lubrication.
45 What is purpose of fitting internal oil scavenge pumps.
46 Write short notes on cold zone scavenge system .
47 Write short notes on hot zone scavenge system .
48 How the oil from the front section of the engine is scavenged .
49 What are the causes of oil dilution?
50 What action is to be taken to meet the operational requirements when oil dilution exceeds 10% .
51 Name the various possibilites of fuel oil mixing or fuel entering the oil system.
52 What is oil dilution .
53 Write the location of external group of scavenge pump .
54 Write the location of internal group of scavenge pump .
CHAPTER 22
STARTING AND STOPPIN
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Close throttle micro switch is set at : 6000 RPM
2 Setting of half throttle micro switch is at : 21000 - 22000 RPM
3 The function of full throttle micro switch is to : Open the EFC fully
4 The Teleflex control cable can take up : Tension load
5 Which chapter of the Maintenance Manual Vol- IV deals with the engine control systemChapter 5
6 The rear engine mounting frame 'A' crack detection carried out at every : 200 Hrs
7 While installation of the engine : Engage all the mounting together
8 Dimension value between the top face of the airframe structure and the top face of the16 e +/-0.2 mm
9 If depth of indentation on turner on washer is more than 0.8 mm : Turn the position of washer to 180 degre
10 The engine front mounting bolt is torque loaded to : 2.4 - 3.5 M dan
11 The length of the engine rear mounting stud protruding outside should be : 39.1 mm
12 Emergency Fuel shut off cock has a Black knob
13 Before engine starting, ensure Air intake and tail pipe covers removed
14 Before engine starting, ensure residual JPT is 50 deg C
15 Before starting, emergency shutoff cock lever should be kept Fully closed
16 Before starting, Fuel Flow Control lever should be kept Fully closed
17 During starting if no rise in oil pressure observed Accelerate engine to max RPM
18 If starter generator green light remain ON after 15000 RPM Cut off engine
19 In the cockpit, warning light for oil indicates High oil pressure
20 Maximum JPT permitted during starting : 680O C for 5 minutes
21 Starting, stopping and ventilation sequences of engine are controlled by Starter Generator
22 During acceleration of RPM from idling speed the JPT should not exceed at a time : 150 degree centigrade
23 On stopping the engine, the booster pump switch should be switched off after Engine stops
24 Maximum ventilation timing is 10 Sec
25 If residual JPT is more than 150 deg. C Do not start the engine
26 During starting of the engine, if the JPT exceeds 630 Deg C but remains below 680 deg Removed and sent for rectification
27 In case of starting failure, do not attempt to start more than three times consequently t Avoid overheating of starter
28 The possible cause in torch igniters when engine fails to start is : Insufficient battery voltage
29 Blockage of by pass jet of EDP will cause High Oil dilution
30 Faulty adjustment of Magnetic drain valve can cause High JPT
31 Partial blockage of injection wheel holes may cause Power loss on applying collective
32 RPM fluctuation of ±200 can be adjusted on Constant Speed Governor by adjusting Damper piston
33 The possible causes for RPM fluctuations on power conditions and RPM exceeds the tran Blockage of oil filter outlet passage.
34 Blockage in vent connection of Idling device may cause Engine flame out
35 The possible cause for rapid hunting of +/- 200 RPM with the collective pitch lever in theFuel leaks
36 Blockage in the vent line from the oil tank to atmosphere may result in High Oil dilution
37 Oil dilution may occur at CSG
38 PRV of oil pump stuck in closed position will result in: Low oil pressure
39 The depth of penning allowed on the engine front mounting bolt is 0.8 mm. 1
40 The Teleflex control cable can take up push and pull load 1

31
41 An emergency shut off cock in aircraft fuel system is always kept in open position. 1
42 The purpose of close throttle micro switch is to complete the circuit of starting cycle. 1
43 Close throttle micro s/w is installed inside the fuel pump . 1
44 The idling speed should be stabilized for about 60 seconds during stopping sequence. 1
45 Before installation of new engine the rear mounting stud should be checked for its thick1
46 During check on engine front mounting bolt the dimension 'A' should be between 15 1
47 During engine change, remove techno gene, generator cooling hose and air intake shro 1
48 During installation of new engine, rear attachment bolt should be torque loaded to a va1
49 The idling speed should be stabilized for about 30 seconds during 1
50 stopping
The idlingsequence.
speed should be stabilized for about 10 seconds during stopping sequence. 1
51 During ventilation run, ON/OFF/VENT switch should not be kept in VENT position for 1
52 Conduits are internally cleaned by trichloroethylene. 1
53 Conduits of chetak/ cheetah FFCL are interchangeable 1
54 MPO or full throttle micro switch which is located in fuel pump assembly is set at 0 RP 1
55 The idling speed should be stabilized for minimum one minute during stopping sequen 1
56 During acceleration from idling to maximum RPM, the engine may surge due to slow 1
57 During acceleration from idling to maximum RPM, the engine surge due to damage of 1
58 Before starting ensure battery voltage is not below 30 volt. 1
59 During starting if battery voltage drops below 14V, bowing of turbine shaft may take pl 1
60 Emergency shut off cock is always kept open and wire locked. 1
61 Before starting the engine ensure that FFCL is fully back and control valve lever is butt1
62 Before starting the engine ensure that FFCL is fully back and control valve lever is butti1
63 Before starting the engine, if the residual JPT is 125 Deg C, give a ventilation run. 1
64 One of the causes for excessive JPT during starting phase is starter valve faulty. 1
65 One of the causes for excessive JPT during starting phase is micro pump faulty 1
66 After mod-1086,the depth of indentation on turner on washer should not exceed 0.4 m 1
67 The FFCL has no connection with the starting system. 1
68 Write the number and location of the engine lifting eyes?
69 What are the occasions for engine removal.
70 What are the probable causes of high JPT during starting?
71 What will happen if P2 air line is not blocked during starting phase of the engine.
72 What are the components fitted to control high JPT during starting of engine .
73 What is to be done if residual temperature is more than 150 deg C before starting the engine .
74 What are the occasions of giving ventilation run in Artouste III B engine?
75 Name the engine controls fitted in chetak/ cheetah H/C
76 What action is recommended in case of air entering the oil system of speed governer.
77 Enumerate the course of action to be taken when the speed governer is too slow in restarting the governed RPM.
78 What will be the effect of air entering the speed governer oil system.
79 What will happen if there is a passage of fuel open when the EFC is closed .
80 What will happen if pressure relief valve in fuel pump is jammed in close position .
81 What will happen if pressure relief valve in fuel pump is jammed in open position .
82 What will happen if by pass jet in fuel pump is blocked .
83 Write the causes of foaming in the oil tank?
84 Write the effect of high oil temperature in oil tank.
85 List the most likely caues of abnormal oil pressure.
86 What will happen if PRV of oil pressure pump is jammed in closed position.
87 What will happen if PRV of oil pressure pump is jammed in open position.
88 Write the causes of fuel oil mixing .
89 Write the causes of excessive oil consumption .
90 Write the causes of abnormal oil pressure .
91 What are the causes of engine vibration .

32
 CHAPTER 23
AGEING CO- EFFICIENT AND JPT CO
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Ageing co-efficient of Art-III B engine is to be calculated at every 25 hrs Servicing
2 IF Ageing co-efficient is more than 40 deg, then check OAT indicator
3 JPT correction factor is to be calculated when Engine is changed
4 Maximum limit of ageing coefficient of Artouste III B engine is 35º
5 If ageing coefficient of an engine is going more than 40 o C, what action you will initiate as a corrective measure?
6 What are the occasions for calculating JPT correction factor?
CHAPTER 24
INSTRUMENT INSTAL
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Chetak was awarded civil air worthiness certifcate on 12-Jun-51
2 Cheetah was awarded civil air worthiness certifcate on 21-Jan-72
3 Chetak and Cheetah Helicopters were origionally designed and manufactured in France
4 In SA 315 LAMA 3 Signifies Heavy Aircraft
5 Before leaving the A/C ensure that Battery Master s/w ON
6 In India Alouette-III is known as Cheetah
7 As per the construction and working principle of the instruments are classified into Four Groups
8 In India Aloute III is known as Chetak TRUE
9 In India Lama is known as Chetak TRUE
10 Cheetah is fitted with a High Skid Type Undercarraige TRUE
11 Main Rotor RPM of Chetak helicopter is 33,500 TRUE
12 Before approaching the A/C in rainy weather one must wear the rubber gloves TRUE
13 Economical use of A/C electrical battery is a safety precaution TRUE
14 Purpose of safety precaution is to prevent damage TRUE
15 During engine ground run personnel should be well clear of the tail rotor TRUE
16 During engine ground run don't approach the H/C tail rotor TRUE
17 Light alloy plates (Blanking Plates) are used to blank off the cut outs provided in the TRUE
18 Write down any five difference between Chetak and Cheetah helicopters

CHAPTER 25
GENERAL INSTRUM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 OAT gauge is installed in Cheetah H/C Main instrument panel
2 During installation of OAT gauge; top three slot cuts should face Forward
3 OAT gauge bulb is provided with a removable protecting cover which acts as Radiation shield
4 The actuating element of OAT gauge is Small helical spring
5 The actuating element of OAT gauge is made of Two dissimilar metals
6 The minimum graduation of OAT gauge is 1 deg
7 The outer cover of the OAT gauge is painted white because Absorption of Heat
8 The principle employed on OAT gauge is See back effects
9 The protecting cover of OAT is refinished with white paint to To increase the life
10 A bezel ring is used in type 11 clock to calculate the time up to- 15 minits
11 The first press of the push button of a/c click type-11will make the second pointer to- Start
12 Number of Red colour LED used for timer of digital clock type SE 1010 is 5 digit
13 The digital clock type SE-1010 is capable of operating within input supply ranging from12 Volt to 30 volt DC
14 Digital clock is capable of operating with an input supply ranging from 10 V
15 The digital clock comprises of Clock and Timer
16 The current consumption of the digital clock type SE- 1010 at 28 volt DC is- Less than 300 ma
17 The current consumption of Digital clock is 15 M A
18 The intensity of the digital clock type SE- 1010, as well as time display can be reduced INT Button
19 Side slip indicator mainly helpful to the pilot specially during Landing
20 Whenever H/C landing parallel to the ground the side slip ind thread will be pointing to Upward

33
21 During correct banking to starboard side the position of ball of bank indicator will be at Stb side
22 The bank indicator Type 100 is located on – Main inst. Panel
23 Damping fluid used in bank indicator Type 100 is – Gasoline
24 Total travel of the ball of bank indicator type-100 is. 7.5 deg
25 The shape of glass tube of bank indicator is Curve
26 The number of LED counters for timer in digital clock is 4 digit
27 The power consumption of digital clock cum timer is 350 mA at 28 VDC
28 The power supply of the digital clock type SE- 1010 is 28 Volt DC
29 The second press of the push button of a/c clock type-11 will make the second pointer Start
30 The third press of the push button of a/c clock type-11 will make the second pointer to- Start
31 When accuracy test is carried out on digital clock the tolerance allowed is ± 15 sec
32 CPI circuit gets energizes through CB Inst CB
33 CPI gives reading ratio of Weight / density
34 In Cth H/C collective pitch indicator the high pitch is 1
35 In Ctk H/C CPI pointer resister on mark 1.03, it shows High pitch
36 The collective pitch indicator shows the pitch angle of- Tail rotor blades
37 The collective pitch transmitter is located at- Main instrument panel
38 The operating range collective pitch transmitter resistance is 850 Ohm
39 The supply Voltage required to operate the collective pitch indicator and transmitter is-12 Volt DC
40 Total resistance value in collective pitch TXR is 750 ohms
41 Total travel of position TX shaft is 45 deg.
42 What parameter can be obtained with the help of collective pitch indicator, When H/C i Density Altitude
43 The collective pitch indicator and transmitter system works on the principle of- Ratio meter
44 When the ac clock type 11 is fully wound; it runs for a period of 24 hours
45 When the ac clock type-11is fully wound, it runs for a period of 30 hrs. TRUE
46 Timer of the ac clock type-11, displays the total time of 30 minits. TRUE
47 The ac clock type-11 is a rotable and on condition. TRUE
48 The ac clock type-11 should not be fully wound as it is likely to get unserviceable. TRUE
49 The bezel is used in clock type-11 to calculate the time up to 30 minits. TRUE
50 Second press of the push button of ac clock type-11 will make the second pointer to stTRUE
51 During landing, side slip indicator should not indicate vertically downwards TRUE
52 The current consumption of digital clock SE-1010 is more than 350 m amp at 28 volt TRUE
53 The digital clock SE-1010 is capable of operating with input supply ranging from 12 voltTRUE
54 The digital clock SE-1010 uses 4 digits red colour LED for timer and 5 digits LED red co TRUE
55 The digital clock SE-1010 works on 28 volts DC power supply. TRUE
56 The digital clock SE-1010, device comprises of two sections, one is clock and timer. TRUE
57 Pressing the ST/SP button can reduce the intensity of the digital clock as well as timer TRUE
58 Digital clock is a quartz control electronic time measuring device. TRUE
59 Bank indicator type-100 is installed on ctk/cth h/c on upper control pedestal panel TRUE
60 Damping fluid used in bank indicator type-100 is white spirit. TRUE
61 During correct banking to starboard side the position of ball of bank indicator will be at TRUE
62 The bank indicator is to assist the pilot, to keep the h/c laterally level and determine t TRUE
63 The glass tube used in bank indicator type-100 is in curved shape. TRUE
64 The principle of bank indicator is Centrifugal and Gravitational force. TRUE
65 The sensitivity of the bank indicator is such that ball will move when h/c is slowly bank TRUE
66 The knurled knob of the clock type- 11 can be used for time setting if time setting leverTRUE
67 Third press of the push button of ac clock type-11 will make the second pointer to startTRUE
68 In Cheetah h/c the coll. Pitch indicator marked with high pitch at 1.05. TRUE
69 The Cheetah h/c CPI shows high pitch at 1.03. TRUE
70 The coll. Pitch indicator shows the pitch angle of tail rotor blades. TRUE
71 The Collective Pitch indicator and transmitter system works on wheat stone bridge princ TRUE
72 The Collective Pitch indicator of cheetah h/c interchangeable with Chetak h/c. TRUE
73 The collective Pitch transmitter is located underneath the cabin. TRUE
74 The CPI circuit get energized through inst. CB TRUE

34
75 The current gross weight of the h/c can be calculated with the help of mechanical com TRUE
76 The operating range of collective Pitch transmitter 1,000 ohms. TRUE
77 The supply voltage required to operates the Collective Pitch indicator and transmitter i TRUE
78 The total resistance of Collective Pitch transmitter is 850 ohms. TRUE
79 To calculate the density attitude, the required data are ambient temp. And pressure altTRUE
80 Total travel of coll. Pitch transmitter shaft is 45 deg. TRUE
81 When the mixing unit is locked in neutral position, CPI reads 0.65 coll. TRUE
82 Explain the Purpose, location and operation of OAT gauge.
83 Explain how the bubble of bank indicator is removed
84 What is the purpose and location of Bank indicator? What will be the position of ball during skid and side slip?
85 Explain the purpose, location and principle of operation of bank indicator.
86 Write short note on A/C clock type 11.
87 How time is set in a/c clock type-11 and how it is used as a stop watch?
88 Explain main parts of digital clock.
89 Explain the purpose of each s/w on the digital clock.
90 Explain the Purpose, Location of components and Principle of Collective Pitch system
91 What are the data calculated by collective pitch computer?
92 What are the data calculated in CPI. Explain the procedure density Altitude
93 What are the data calculated by coll. pitch computer?. Explain the procedure of any two of them.
CHAPTER 26
FLIGHT INSTRUME
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 When the pitot head is installed, slot cut mark should be on- Side
2 FMS modification embodied in Chetak H/C is - India/Al III /MOD /227
3 Pitot head is installed on a H/C with help of- Collar nut
4 The pitot heads of Ctk/Cth H/C is designed to collect Suction
5 The power supply given to the heater element of pitot head is 27V DC 100 watts
6 Effective Range of Altimeter type 55 is from- 0 to 31000 ft
7 Range of shaded area /zebra marking is 5,000 to 23,000 ft
8 The Altimeter includes a twin capsule assembly made of- Beryllium copper
9 The Altimeter mechanism consist of- Twin capsule assy
10 The barometric adjusting knob of altimeter is located at – Behind the altimeter
11 The bimetallic strip of magnification compensation assy compensates Change in stiffness of capsule
12 The disc pointer of altimeter indicates 100 ft
13 The largest pointer of altimeter indicates 100 ft
14 The minimum graduation marked on the dial of the Altimeter type-55 is- 20 ft
15 The periphery of the dial carries a white triangular shaded area which is fully visible th Less than 10,000 ft
16 The range of millibar scale of altimeter type 55 is from 905 Millibar to1045 Millibar
17 The shortest pointer of altimeter indicates 100 ft
18 The zero adjustment of altimeter barometric scale is from 1m bar to 5m bar
19 Total number of pointers including the disc pointer in an altimeter is One
20 When a/c comes down, the capsule of the altimeter will Contract
21 When a/c goes up, the capsule of the altimeter will- Contract
22 When sea level pr. is set on the millibar counter altimeter will indicate Sea level height
23 During the current Drain test ,after 05 min warming up the current consumption of the 2±5 amps
24 Moisture of pitot head installation can be drained out by opening Drain screw
25 Static vent contains- One hole
26 The pitot head heater connected to supply through Inst CB
27 The pitot heater element is made of RNC-30 wire
28 When pitot head heater becomes unserviceable, warning light will Goes Off
29 In FMS, high audio and low audio heard through head set, when MR crosses threshold set values
30 Continuous blinking of green light on ground on ve-6 recorder, indicates that CF-2 is CF-1and2
31 FMS modification embodied in Cheetah H/C is known as- India/SA- 315 /MOD /227
32 In FMS the amber light will be continuously flicker in air till the JPT crossing the limit

35
33 In FMS VE-6 recorder fitted in Chetak h/c towards- Stb. Side in luggage compartment
34 The total engine and flight parameters being recorded in FMS are 5
35 The total recorded capacity of FMS is 10 MB
36 Zebra marking of altimeter starts disappearing from an altitude of 10,000 feet
37 The purpose of static vent is to collect- Pitot pressure
38 The static vents are used to collect the pitot pressure. True
39 The static vent is mounted under the cabin on a removable panel on tricolour roundel. True
40 Moisture of pitot head can be drained by opening the complete pitot head. True
41 Moisture of pitot head can be drained by opening the drain trap True
42 The pitot head can be installed on h/c by a collar nut. TRUE
43 The pitot head of ctk/cth is designed to collect static pressure. TRUE
44 The tip of the pitot head has a tapered cup TRUE
45 Whenever the pitot head installed, the slot cut should be upward. TRUE
46 Minimum graduation of altimeter type 55 Jaeger type altimeter is 100 feet. TRUE
47 The milibar scale must be set to QNH so that altimeter will indicate the actual elevationTRUE
48 The altimeter type-55 includes a twin capsule assyembly Of Glucium Bronze. TRUE
49 The altimeter type-55 mechanism consists of twin capsule assy. TRUE
50 The barometric adjusting knob of altimeter type-55 located at right hand side bottom coTRUE
51 The disc pointer of altimeter type-55 indicates 10,000 ft. TRUE
52 The milibar scale must be set to QNH so that altimeter will indicate Zero at the time of TRUE
53 The largest pointer of altimeter type-55 indicates 100 ft. TRUE
54 The minimum graduation marked on the dial of altimeter type-55 is 100 feet. TRUE
55 The minimum marking of an altimeter is 50 feet. TRUE
56 The periphery of dial carries a white triangular shaded area which is fully visible througTRUE
57 The range of altimeter is from 0 to 40,000 ft. TRUE
58 The range of altimeter type-55 is from o to 55,000 ft. TRUE
59 The shortest pointer of altimeter type-55 indicates 10,000 ft. TRUE
60 The total number of pointers including disc pointer of altimeter is three TRUE
61 When ac is climbing the capsule of altimeter will contract. TRUE
62 When ac is descending the capsule of altimeter will contract. TRUE
63 Zero adjustment can be done on an altimeter barometric scale from 01 to 10 mbar. TRUE
64 ASI gets pitot pressure from Ventury head. TRUE
65 In ASI, , the red colour marking is provided at 113 Knots. TRUE
66 In ASI, the red colour marking is provided at 107 Knots. TRUE
67 The adjustment of ASI pointer can be done if pointer is not off the zero by more than TRUE
68 The maximum operating range of ASI is 0 - 155 knts. TRUE
69 The minimum graduation of ASI dial is 100 Knots. TRUE
70 The pressure fed inside the capsule of ASI is static pressure. TRUE
71 The pressure fed out side the capsule of ASI is static pressure. TRUE
72 The range of ASI is from 20 to 140 Knots. TRUE
73 The sensing elements of ASI mechanism are made of Glucinium bronze alloy. TRUE
74 The source of static pressure for ASI is Static vents. TRUE
75 The contraction of ROCI capsule will take place when h/c is climbing. TRUE
76 The diaphragm assembly of ROCI consists of a thin Glucinium Bronze. TRUE
77 The diaphragm assembly of ROCI made of a Beryllium Copper. TRUE
78 The differential pressure of ROCI is achieved with the help of metering unit and static TRUE
79 The double wall assy of ROCI case acts as thermal insulation and intended to limit temTRUE
80 The double wall assy of ROCI case is to limit variation of pressure. TRUE
81 The ROCI is not a rotable component. TRUE
82 The time delay in ROCI is achieved by means of Calibrated orifice of metering unit. TRUE
83 The zero adjustment range of ROCI pointers are ±02 mm. TRUE
84 The zero adjustment range of ROCI pointers are ±10 mm. TRUE
85 The zero adjustment screw of ROCI located at bottom right hand side corner of instrumTRUE
86 The zero position of ROCI pointer is controlled by a helical spring. TRUE

36
87 When a/c is ascending, the capsule of ROCI wills Expand. TRUE
88 The heating element of pitot head heater is made of RNC 20 wire insulated with two coat TRUE
89 The pitot head heater is connected to the supply through Inst CB, and heater s/w and aTRUE
90 The pitot head is incorporated with heater element, which is of 50 watts and27 volt DC.TRUE
91 The pitot head is to be covered with red canvas cover whenever not in use as blankingTRUE
92 The pitot head of ctk/cth is designed to collect impact pressure for the purpose of deterTRUE
93 The purpose of pitot heater is to prevent the blockage due to ice. TRUE
94 Whenever pitot head heater is unserviceable (burned Off), the relay gets deenergized TRUE
95 FMS modification embodied in Cheetah h/C is known as India/SA-315/ /MOD/174. TRUE
96 FMS modification embodied in Chetak H/C is known as India/AL III/MOD/227. TRUE
97 In FMS high and low MR is heard through head set. TRUE
98 The VE-6 recorder fitted in luggage compartment Stb. Side is Cheetah H/C. TRUE
99 Total number of basic parameters recorded in FMS are 09. TRUE
100 The total capacity of FMS is 20 MB. TRUE
101 The leak tester used to carry out the leak test on installation of flight instruments is V- TRUE
102 The blowing off pressure must be 1 bar at the time of blowing off the pitot and static s TRUE
103 The range of millibar scale of altimeter type-55 is from 905 to 1045 millibar. TRUE
104 Briefly explain the pitot static system of Chetak H/C.
105 What are the tests carried out on pitot head? Explain current drain test.
106 How blowing off is carried out on pitot pipe lines?
107 Explain the blowing off procedure of static pipe lines.
108 Write the procedure of carrying out leak test on pitot static system.
109 Explain the operation of pitot heater circuit with circuit diagram.
110 Name the flight instruments and their accessories and explain their purpose and location.
111 Write the procedure of zero adjusting of altimeter .
112 Briefly explain the external construction of Altimeter.
113 What do you mean by ‘Aneroid’? Explain how it is used in altimeter.
114 Explain the purpose, location and principle of operation of altimeter.
115 What procedure is to be followed when altimeter does not read within tolarence during DI?
116 What are the tests carried out on altimeter? Explain case leak test.
117 Explain the procedure of carrying out over pressure and negative pressure tests on altimeter.
118 Explain the purpose, location and principle of operation of Air speed indicator.
119 Briefly explain the general construction of ASI. Explain the purpose of spring blade on which capsule assembly is mounted.
120 Write the procedure of adjusting the ASI pointer to zero.
121 Write the operation of ASI during speed decreasing.
122 Explain the errors in ASI? Explain any two of them.
123 What are tests carried out on ASI? Explain over pressure and negative pressure tests.
124 Write the purpose, location and operation of ROCI during climb
125 What is the purpose of leak assembly of ROCI? Explain briefly its functioning
126 Explain the zero adjustment procedure of ROCI.
127 Explain how differential pressure is obtained in ROCI.
128 How tenperature compensation is achieved in ROCI?
129 What are tests carried out on ROCI? Explain over pressure and negative pressure tests.
130 What are the Aims of FMS system used in Chetak /Cheetah H/Cs ?
131 Name basic and discrete parameters recorded In FMS.
132 Write Short notes on VE-6 Recorder of FMS.
133 Write various audio- visual warnings that may occur during flying.
134 What are the possible states of bi- coloure LED on VE-06 When CF-1 is inserted?
135 What does it indicate when FMS light comes ON and then goes OF after some time automatically during fling?
136 What are the basic checks to be carried out on FMS during DI?

37
 CHAPTER 27
ENGINE INSTRUME
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 During fuel content gauge functional test of float type the h/c should be kept at climb po2deg
2 The full and empty adjustment in FCG-11 is provided in Sensing box
3 Three phase AC supply to tachometer indicator is fed from A/c battery
4 Maximum driven speed of Tachogenerator is- 1000 RPM
5 The direction of rotation of Tachogenerator is- Clockwise
6 The engine Tachogenerator attached to front face of reduction gear case assembly by 4 hollow bolts
7 The green marking on the engine scale of the Dual Tacho-indicator is marked at 32,500 RPM
8 The no load voltage of each phase of Tachogenerator at 1500 RPM is- 24 volts±1 volts
9 The out put of MGB Tachogenerator is first given to – Tacho indicator
10 The principle of tachometer generator is- Three phase AC generator
11 The principle of tachometer indicator is- Induction motor
12 The range of inner scale (Rotor) tachometer indicator is- 0 to 350 RPM
13 The resistance between each phase of Tachogenerator is- 47±3 Ώ
14 The Tacho meter indicator consist of - Three pointer
15 The difference between the observed JPT and theoretical JPT of same engine at givenAgeing Coefficient
16 The Eng oil low pressure warning light is located on- Main inst. Panel
17 The maximum permissible correction factor of an engine should be within- ±20 deg C
18 The minimum graduation of TPT indicator is- 20°C
19 The total line resistance of TPT system is 16 ohms
20 Thermocouples fitted in Art IIIB engine are connected in Parallel
21 TPT indicator consists of a- Milli voltmeter
22 TPT indicator installed on- Main instrument panel
23 Two dissimilar metals used in thermocouple is- Aluminum andDuralium
24 Two thermocouple mounted on- Exhaust diffuser assembly
25 MGB oil pressure warning light will come ON, when oil pressure falls to 22.75 PSI
26 MGB OIL Temperature warning light comes on when oil temp. Exceeds- 100± 2 deg c
27 When engine is not running TPT indicator will read- Ambient Temperature
28 The dial graduated on dual gauge for engine oil pressure scale is O to 80 PSI
29 The dial graduated on dual gauge for engine oil temperature scale is- O to 100 deg c
30 The engine oil temperature bulb can measure a temperature of- -70 to 150 deg c
31 The engine oil temperature bulb is installed on out let of the- Engine oil tank
32 The life of engine oil pressure transmitter is- 3200 Hrs
33 The life of engine oil temperature bulb is – 100 Hrs
34 The minimum graduation of engine oil pressure scale is - 0 PSI
35 The minimum graduation of engine oil temperature scale is marked- 5 deg
36 The resistance of engine oil temperature bulb is made of- Nickel
37 The total resistance of engine oil pressure transmitter is- 100 ohms
38 The total resistance of engine oil temperature bulb is- 25 Ohms
39 Whenever ageing coefficient exceeds the limit of 40°C, The following checks are to be OAT gauge
40 Eng oil low pressure warning light comes ON when pressure falls to 16 .5 PSI
41 The fuel filter clogging warning light located at- Main inst. Panel
42 The fuel filter clogging warning light operated by- Fuel filter Differential pressure s/w.
43 The fuel filter warning light comes ON, when the difference of fuel reaches to- 1.03 PSI
44 The life of booster pump pressure warning s/w is- On condition
45 The life of fuel filter clogging warning s/w is- On condition
46 The operating range of temperature bulb of triple indicator used in CTH H/C is 94 to 302 deg C
47 If TPT indicator line resistance is more than 16±0.2 Ohm, indicator will Under read

38
48 Engine oil pressure indicator and transmitter works on the principle – Wheat stone bridge
49 The life of MGB oil pressures/w is- 1750 hrs
50 The sensitive element of MGB thermal s/w is- Corrugated element
51 Engine oil pressure transmitter is fitted on- On the top of engine oil filter base
52 The body of engine oil temperature bulb is made of- Nickel
53 Booster pump pr warning light comes ON when pr falls to - 1.5PSI
54 Booster pump warning s/w located at Bottom of fuel tank
55 The Booster pump pressure warning light is operated by- Booster pump pressure s/w
56 The tachometer indicator is located on- Main Inst Panel
57 The tachometer indicator outer scale (engine) graduated from- 0 to 20,000 RPM
58 In tail pipe temperature gauge the resistance value of each thermocouple is 2.3 ohms
59 JPT indicator system works on the principle of- See back effect
60 The dial of tail pipe temperature indicator graduated from- 0 to 500 °C
61 FCG-11-2 fuel system is installed in- Four-lobe tank
62 FCG-11-2 fuel system is produce by- HAL (BKP)
63 Fuel gauge installed on Chetak/Cheetah h/c on- Upper control pedestal panel
64 Fuel low level warning light comes on when fuel is left- 100±10 ltrs
65 Fuel low level warning light contact is incorporated inside- Fuel transmitter
66 Fuel low level warning light is located in- Main inst. Panel
67 Principle employed in float type Fuel indicating system is- See back effect
68 The principle employed in FCG-11 is- Variable resistance
69 The purpose of R7 resistance in float type Fuel indicating system is- Regulate the current input
70 The purpose R8 resistance in float type Fuel indicating system is- Control deflection of pointer
71 The purpose R9 resistance in float type Fuel indicating system is- Control voltage
72 The minimum graduation of fuel contents gauge is- 20 ltrs
73 The empty and full adjustment is carried out in FCG-11 fuel system on- Sensing box
74 The fuel indicating system (Float type) works on Wheat stone bridge principle. TRUE
75 The fuel low-level electrical contact to light the warning light is incorporated inside the fTRUE
76 The fuel low-level warning light comes ON (float type) when fuel is left inside the tank iTRUE
77 The installation of FCG-11-2 (fuel system) is to indicate the quantity of fuel left inside t TRUE
78 The location of fuel low-level light is on warning light panel. TRUE
79 The sensitive element of MGB thermal s/w is a copper element. TRUE
80 HAL (BC) indigenously manufactures the indicating fuel system of FCG-11-2. TRUE
81 Fuel content gauge of FCG-11 is a milli ammeter type TRUE
82 The location of MGB oil thermal s/w is Stb side on MGB. TRUE
83 Location of MGB pressure s/w is Port side of MGB. TRUE
84 Fuel contents gauge installed on Chetak/Cheetah h/c on Main inst. Panel. TRUE
85 The minimum graduation fuel contents gauge is 30 ltrs. TRUE
86 MGB oil temperature warning light comes ‘ON’ when temp. Rises at 110+2 deg C True
87 The range fuel contents gauge of four-lobe tank is 0 to 575 ltrs. TRUE
88 The resistance R-7 is incorporated in fuel gauge (float type) to regulate the current InpuTRUE
89 The resistance R-8 is incorporated in fuel gauge (float type) to Control Deflection of poTRUE
90 The resistance R-9 is incorporated in fuel gauge (float type) to control input voltage. TRUE
91 The sensing box of FCG-11-2 is installed on stbd. Side of transmission support platfor TRUE
92 The principle employed in FCG-11-2 is variable resistance. TRUE
93 The direction of rotation of Tachogenerator is Optional. TRUE
94 The drag cup of tachometer indicator made of Non-magnetic material but electrically co TRUE
95 The dual tachometer indicator contains the two pointers TRUE
96 The dual tachometer indicator is located in cheetah h/c on main inst. Panel. TRUE
97 The life of Tachogenerator (Eng) in ctk/cth h/c is 1750 hrs. TRUE
98 The life of Tachogenerator (rotor) in ctk/cth h/c is 1750 hrs. TRUE
99 The life of tachometer indicator in ctk/cth h/c is on condition. TRUE
100 The load voltage of each phase of Tachogenerator at 1500 RPM is 32±1 volt. TRUE
101 The maximum driving speed of Tachogenerator is 5,000 RPM. TRUE

39
102 The engine Tachogenerator attached to front face of reduction gear assembly by means TRUE
of
103 The dial graduated on dual gauge for engine oil temperature scale is0 to 80 deg C. TRUE
104 The engine low oil pressure s/w is fitted on the top of the engine oil filter Along with T TRUE
105 The engine low oil pressure warning light is located on Upper control pedestal panel. TRUE
106 The engine low oil pressure warning light will comes ON, when the engine oil pressure TRUE f
107 The engine oil pressure transmitter is connected to indicator through AC box. TRUE
108 The engine oil pressure transmitter is fitted on top of the Oil filter assy. TRUE
109 The output of engine Tachogenerator is first given to AC Box. TRUE
110 If the TPT line resistance is less than 16±0.2 ohms, the indicator will Over read. TRUE
111 If the TPT line resistance is more than 16±0.2 ohms, the indicator will Under read. TRUE
112 Whenever the Ageing co-efficient exceeds the limit of 40 deg C, OAT and TPT gauge to TRUE
113 In TPT gauge red marking is done at 550 deg C. TRUE
114 The correction factor of the h/c engine must be displayed on the main inst. Panel. TRUE
115 The correction factor of the h/c engine must be recorded in log card. TRUE
116 The four thermocouples of loop type are mounted on bosses of the Exhaust diffuser asTRUE
117 The JPT indication system of ctk/cth works on See back effects principle. TRUE
118 The fuel pressure s/w (booster pump) of ctk/cth h/c is located at Bottom, Stb. Side of fuTRUE
119 The fuel pressure warning light (booster pump) located at Warning light panel. TRUE
120 The maximum permissible correction factor of an engine should be within ±35deg C TRUE
121 The minimum graduation of TPT Indicator is 20 deg C. TRUE
122 For a new engine observed JPT and theoretical JPT at the Given collective pitch an TRUE
123 The output of TPT is given to indicator through AC box. TRUE
124 The range of TPT indicator graduated from 0 to 500 deg C. TRUE
125 The total line resistance value of TPT indicating system is 20±0.2 ohms. TRUE
126 The life of fuel pressure s/w (booster pump) is 50 hrs. TRUE
127 The TPT gauge consists of a milli ammeter. TRUE
128 The TPT indicator installed on Cheetah H/C on main instrument panel. TRUE
129 The TPT line resistance must be adjusted, if line resistance is either less or more tha TRUE
130 The fuel filter clogging warning light operated by- TRUE
131 The two dissimilar metals are used in thermocouples are Alumel and chromel. TRUE
132 The two thermocouples are connected with TPT indicator in parallel. TRUE
133 The variation of ambient temperature is compensated inside the TPT indicator. TRUE
134 Thermocouples fitted in Art IIIB engine are 18deg apart. TRUE
135 Thermocouples fitted in Art IIIB engine are connected in parallel TRUE
136 Whenever engine is changed from one h/c to another the value of JPT correction fact TRUE
137 Whenever engine is removed and reinstalled on another h/c the new JPT correction fact TRUE
138 The life of fuel filter clogging switch is on condition. TRUE
139 The fuel filter clogging warning light located on warning light panel. TRUE
140 The booster pump pressure warning light comes ‘ON’ whenever the fuel pressure falls TRUE
141 The Booster pump pressure warning light is operated by a mechanical s/w is called maTRUE
142 The cleaning of electrical connector (47 Y) of fuel differential pressure s/w is carried ouTRUE
143 The colour of fuel filter clogging warning light is red. TRUE
144 The colour of fuel pressure warning light is Amber. TRUE
145 The fuel filter clogging s/w has two bellows having two fuel inlet one before filter and othe
TRUE
146 The fuel filter clogging warning light comes on, whenever the filtered and unfiltered fu TRUE
147 The principle employed for engine oil pressure andTransmitter and indicator is variabl TRUE
148 The principle used in engine oil temperature bulb change of capacitance. TRUE
149 The output of MGB Tachogenerator is first given to AC Box. TRUE
150 The engine oil temperature bulb is installed on the main pipeline of the engine oil tank. TRUE
151 The engine oil temperature bulb operating range is from to-70° C to 150° C TRUE
152 The resistance of engine oil temperature bulb is made of copper. TRUE
153 The size of locking wire used to wire locks the engine oil temp. Bulb is 0.8 mm steel locTRUE
154 The field coils are incorporated in engine oil pressure indicating system inside the dua TRUE
155 The life of engine oil pressure transmitter is750 hrs. TRUE

40
156 The dial graduated on dual gauge for engine oil pressure scale is 0 to 85 PSI TRUE
157 The tachometer indicator is installed in ctk/cth to indicates only main rotor RPM. TRUE
158 The principle employed on tachometer generator is three phases DC generator. TRUE
159 The no voltage of each phase of Tachogenerator at 1500-RPM is 32±1 volts. TRUE
160 The range of inner scale (rotor) of dual tachometer indicator is 0 to 450 RPM. TRUE
161 The minimum graduated of engine oil pressure scale is marked of dual gauge is 20 PSITRUE
162 The minimum graduation of engine oil temperature scale is 10 deg C TRUE
163 The shaft of Tacho generator is a squirrel cage type TRUE
164 The body of engine oil temperature bulb is made of Light alloy. TRUE
165 Input supply to tachometer indicator is fed from ac battery. TRUE
166 The full and empty adjustment position for capacitor type tank unit (FCG-11) is provideTRUE
167 The range of outer scale (Eng) of dual tachometer indicator is 0 to 2000 RPM. TRUE
168 The total resistance of engine oil pressure transmitter is 122 Ohm. TRUE
169 The total resistance of engine oil temperature bulb is 50 ohms. TRUE
170 The working resistance of engine oil pressure transmitter is 122 Ohm. TRUE
171 Temperature bulb is made of Nickel metal. TRUE
172 While fitment of Tacho gene the type of grease used is graphite. TRUE
173 There are three BNC connectors (J1, J2, J3). In FCG-11-2. TRUE
174 Name the engine Instruments and its associated components
175 Name the three PCBs of sensing box of FCG-11 and explain their purpose.
176 Explain the composition of tachometer indicator and explain its principle of operation
177 Write the purpose of removal of tacho generators and how you will check squareness of shaft
178 Explain the purpose, location and operation of dual tachometer indicator?
179 How is eddy current produced in aluminum drag cup of tachometer?
180 Explain the factors which govern the capacitance of a capacitor.
181 What is see back effect principle/ How it is applied in TPT gauge of chetak H/C?
182 Explain the principle of thermocouple.
183 Draw a block diagram of TPT Indicating system and explain the principle of operation.
184 What are the tools and test equipments required to check the line resistance of TPT gauge? How the resistance is checked?
185 Write the Precautions to be observed while measuring TPT system line resistance
186 What are the tests carried on TPT indicator? Explain insulation resistance check.
187 What are the tests carried on TPT indicator? Explain balance check.
188 How are the insulation and continuity checks carried out on thermocouple
189 Define Correction factor and Ageing Co- efficient of an Engine
190 How circuit resistance is maintained constant in TPT system?
191 Name the component of FCG-11 type fuel content gauging system and explain the principle of operation?
192 What is the purpose of E&F potentiometers fitted on sensing box of FCG-11?
193 What are the advantages of FCG-11 over float type fuel gauging system?
194 Draw a block diagram of FCG-11 fuel gauging system. Name the three PCBs of sensing box and explain their purpose.
195 How will you carryout zero adjustment of fuel system in FCG-11)
196 Explain the electrical tests on FCG-11
197 Write the main components of the float type fuel indicating system and explain the principle of operation
198 Write different parts of float type tank unit and explain its operation.
199 Explain the purpose, location and operation of float type fuel gauging system.
200 Explain the procedure of Functional check of float type fuel gauging system.
201 What is the purpose of dual gauge? name its main parts and there locations.
202 What is the purpose of dual gauge? Name its main parts and explain the operation of oil pressure system.
203 Write short note on engine oil pressure transmitter.
204 What are the tests carried out on OPT? Explain over pressure test.
205 What are the tests carried out on Dual indicator? Explain current draw test.
206 What is ageing co-efficient and how it is calculated?
207 What is ageing coefficient and when it is calculated?
208 What are the tests carried out on Temperature bulb? Explain insulation resistance test.
CHAPTER 28

41
 GYRO INSTRUMEN
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 The maximum freedom of outer gimble ring in DG is- ±100 deg
2 The source of suction in DG is- Bleed valve
3 Caging knob of DG type 830 Badin is located at Right corner top
4 Gyro warning light comes ON when suction falls to 1.5 PSI
5 In DG the apparent precession is compensated by adding small weight on- Outer ring
6 Gyro axis in AH always kept upright by the device known as- Errection device
7 Gyro warning light should go off when engine RPM reaches to 19,000 - 21,000 RPM
8 In AH, the sky plate is attached to- Inner gimble ring
9 In artificial horizon the rotor rotates about Fore and aft axis
10 Max. Displacement of inner ring of AH type 851-1 Badin is ± 65 deg
11 Maximum rotor speed of AH type 851-1 Badin at an air pressure 1.7 psi is 15,000 to 16,000 rpm
12 Miniature A/C can be adjusted in AH type 850 within 8 deg nose up 7 deg nose down
13 The freedom of outer gimble ring of AH type 850 is 110 deg in pitch
14 The Gyro used in AH 830-1 is – Rate Gyro
15 To minimize the error occurring during turn the gyro axis in AH type 851-1 is inclined 1.5 deg forward
16 Filtering element of air filter is cleaned by Dry compressed air
17 The filtering element of air filter Badin type is made of- Normal paper
18 The frequency for cleaning of in built gyro filter is 100 hrs
19 Gyro instruments reading erratically, most probable cause will be Less suction
20 During operational test of DG the total deviation should not be more than- 3deg
21 In gyro system, The range of regulator is- 3.54" of Hg to 4.43" of Hg
22 The gyro warning light should go Off when engine RPM reaches- 5,000 RPM to 6,000 RPM
23 When the piston of suction regulator valve-50 is lifted up from its seating it will allow- Air to come in
24 When the pressure is less or equal to 1.5 psi, the manometric switch will close the electriGo off
25 One jet of air used as spinning source of rotor in – AH
26 Purpose of the erection device is to maintain the gyro axis in DG 830. Horizontal
27 Set heading knob of DG (HAL) is located at- Bottom right hand side
28 Sperry rule is used to find out the direction of- Precession
29 The basic principle employed in DG is - Rigidity
30 The caging flag of DG Type 830 is marked with letter- 'A'
31 The dial of DG HAL (LD) is mounted in- Vertical axis
32 The heading card of DG (Type 830 badin) is mounted on- Inner gimble ring
33 During adjustment of suction, while screwing in will- Increase the suction
34 During adjustment of suction, screwing out will- Increase the suction
35 The maximum air flow to directional gyro type 830 Badin is 10ltrs/ min
36 The maximum freedom of inner gimble ring in DG is- ±10 deg
37 The minimum dial graduation of DG (type Badin) is 5 deg
38 The speed of the rotor in DG at 2.1 PSI suction is- 15000 RPM to 16000 RPM
39 The supply of suction required to operate DG is- 1.7 PSI to 2.1 PSI
40 Caging flag of DG Badin type 830 marked with a letter X TRUE
41 The purpose of gyro warning light checking during ground run is to check serviceabilit TRUE
42 The DG heading card is graduated from 0 to 360 deg. TRUE
43 The basic principle employed in DG is rigidity TRUE
44 The basic principle employed in DG is precession. TRUE
45 The in built filter of DG 830-1 is cleaned with the help of alcohol. TRUE
46 The set heading knob of DG (HAL) is located at bottom right hand corner. TRUE
47 Max. Freedom of inner gimble ring of DG type 830 Badin is 360 deg TRUE
48 Max. Freedom of inner gimble ring of DG type 830 deg. ±70deg.deg TRUE
49 Max. Freedom of outer gimble ring of DG type 830 is ±60 deg. TRUE
50 The dial of DG mounted in horizontal axis. TRUE
51 The heading card of DG (830-1) is mounted on inner gimble ring. TRUE
52 The freedom of outer gimble ring of AH type 850 is ± 220 deg. TRUE
53 The filtering element of Air Filter is made of Joseph paper. TRUE

42
54 The filtering element of air filter is to be cleaned with soft non-metallic brush. TRUE
55 The inbuilt filter of AH is cleaned with triclorothiline. TRUE
56 The location of the suction regulator is on the upper control pedestal panel TRUE
57 The main purpose of bleed valve used in suction line is to regulate the suction in gyro TRUE
58 The suction regulator valve is installed to adjust and control Vacuum in the Gyro syste TRUE
59 When the piston of regulator type 50 is lifted from its seating it will open the air inlet. TRUE
60 When the Vacuum is less or equal to 1.5 psi, the manometric switch will close the circTRUE
61 The Miniature A/C can be adjusted in AH type 850 within 8 deg nose up and 7 deg no TRUE
62 Sperry's rule is used to find out the direction of precession. TRUE
63 Spinning source of the directional gyro is outer ring. TRUE
64 The movement of inner gimble ring of indigenous AH type 950-1 is± 85 deg. TRUE
65 The rate of air flow for AH Badin type 850 is 10 liters per minits. TRUE
66 The supply to the AH electrical type H321ERM is 28 volt DC. TRUE
67 To minimize the error occurring during turnoff the gyro axis AH type 850 is inclined by TRUE
68 The supply to the AH electrical type H321ERM is115 V, 400 c/s single phase AC. TRUE
69 The type of Gyro used in AH 850 is tied gyro. TRUE
70 Gyro axis of AH type 851 is automatically kept upright by erection device TRUE
71 If the suction falls to 1.5 psi the Gyro warning light comes `ON' TRUE
72 If the radius of gyration is increased the rigidity will also increase. TRUE
73 Min. air flow to the AH type 850 is 12 Ltrs/min TRUE
74 Max. Rotor speed of AH type 850 Badin at air pressure 1.7 PSI is 10,000 rpm to 30,00TRUE
75 During suction adjustment, screw in, (suction regulator) will decrease the suction. TRUE
76 During suction adjustment, screw out in suction regulator will increase the suction. TRUE
77 During aerobatics, the AH Badin 850 is to be caged. TRUE
78 The source of suction in DG is Venturi head. TRUE
79 In AH the sky plate is attached to inner gimble ring. TRUE
80 Caging flag of DG HAL (LD) marked with a letter X. TRUE
81 Write the purpose of cleaning of inbuilt air filter of gyroscopic instrument and how you will clean it.
82 Explain the purpose, location and operation of DG.
83 What are the differences between French and HAL version of DGs?
84 Name the purpose and locations of gyro instruments and their accessories
85 Name the accessories of gyroscopic system and write their purpose and locations
86 Explain the purpose and location of the following:-Air filter, bleed valve & manometric S/W.
87 Write the purpose, location and operation of Venturi?
88 What are the Causes and remedial actions of Gyro warning light coming ON during flight?
89 Explain the operation of artificial horizon in roll and pitch
90 Explain how the Gyro axis of AH-851-1 kept automatically vertical during Flying?
91 What is the purpose of AH? What will the action of the inst case, outer gimble ring, inner ring and horizon bar during banking.
92 How you will adjust suction regulator
93 What is purpose of suction regulator Badin type 50? Write its location and operation

CHAPTER 29
NAVIGATIONAL INSTR
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Co-efficient A can be adjusted in E2B compass by turning the - Corrector B
2 During sensitivity test of liquid compass, card should settle with in +5 deg
3 The air bubble can be detected in Vion type 143 compass by tilting the compass to 10 deg
4 The periodicity of Compass swinging is- 6 Months
5 The bowl of E2-B compass is made of- Diakon
6 The circular dial of magnetic compass graduated in step of- 5 Deg
7 The Correctors mounted on the top of the compass are used for- Co-efficient B

43
8 The liquid used in E2B compass is - Spirit
9 The lubrication of jewels of E2B compass is done by- Gasoline
10 The presence of air bubble more than 3 mm in Vion type compass makes it- Serviceable
11 The purpose of liquid used in magnetic compass is- Damping
12 The screw and nuts used for E2B compass during installation are made off- AU 4G
13 The size of air bubble allowed in Vion type 143 compass is - 3mm
14 Type of corrector used for coefficient B and C in magnetic compass is- Potentiometer type
15 cofficient 'A' is th average of the deviations on North and south
16 magnetic assembly of E2B compass consists of One bar magnet
17 Correctors mounted on the top of the compass for correcting coefficient B and C can be45 deg
18 Damping fluid used in Vion Type compass is Gasoline
19 In the calculation of Co-efficient A should not be more than 2.5deg
20 In the calculation of Co-efficient B andC should not be more than 2.5deg
21 The location of B and C correctors of liquid compass is on the top of the bowl. TRUE
22 During sensitivity test of liquid compass, card should settle within ±10 deg. TRUE
23 The size of air bubble allowed in E2B compass is 2mm. TRUE
24 Lubrication of the jewel of E2B compass is done by silicon fluid TRUE
25 Presence of air bubble in Vion type compass makes it u/s TRUE
26 Co-efficient A can be adjusted in E2B compass by turning the mounting. TRUE
27 Corrector mounted on top of the compass are used for correction of coefficient B only TRUE
28 The bowl of E2B compass is made of Diakon. TRUE
29 The cardinal headings of the VION type compass is marked as 000;090; 180;and 270 TRUE
30 Write short notes on E2b compass.
31 What is the role of magnetic compass Vion type 143? How does it operate?
32 Write the points to be observed prior to compass swing.
33 Write the different occasions of compass swinging.
34 Write the difference between E2B and Vion type compass.
35 Explain how the sensitivity test carried out on magnetic Compass.
36 Define co-efficient A, B & C of magnetic compass and write their maximum permissible limits in chetak H/C.
37 How are the co-efficient A, B & C calculated?
38 What are the checks to be carried out on magnetic compass during DI?

CHAPTER 30
OXYGEN SYSTE
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Purging is to be carried out whenever oxygen is required to be charged – After charging of oxygen
2 When the knob of oxygen cylinder type 333 of ctk h/c is set to position no 6, the delivery
Vertical axis
3 While charging the oxygen the rate of charging should be- Fast
4 Capacity of oxygen cylinder type 313 in Cheetah is 300 lit/min
5 Charging pr. in oxygen cylinder GLF 313 is 2000 PSI
6 Due to lack of oxygen night vision is effected at 4000 ft
7 Mask MC-511 can be fitted with Cylinder type GLF 333
8 The Capacity of one oxygen cylinder GLF-313 is- 300 lit/min
9 The life of oxygen cylinder is- 5 years
10 The life of oxygen Mask MC-511 is- 5 years
11 The number of cylinders are fitted in Cheetah H/Cs are- One Cylinder
12 The recommended height for the use of oxygen at day time is- 2,000 ft
13 The recommended height for the use of oxygen at night time is- 2,000 ft
14 The starvation of oxygen is called- Anoxia
15 The type of mask used with Oxygen cylinder GLF-313 is- Ulmer type

44
16 When the dilutor knob OF mc-511is set to normal position the input supply to the pilot w
Oxygen and Air
17 Capacity of oxygen cylinder type 333 in Chetak is 300 lit/min
18 Capacity of oxygen cylinder type- 333 in Chetak is 500 lit/min. TRUE
19 When the knob of oxygen cylinder type 333 of ctk h/c is set to position no 6, the delivery
TRUE
20 While charging the oxygen cylinder rate of charging should be Slow. TRUE
21 A/C oxygen cylinder should be charged with aviation quality breathing oxygen only TRUE
22 Type of mask used with oxygen cylinder type GLF 313 is MC-511. TRUE
23 Type of mask used with oxygen cylinder type GLF 333 is Ulmer type 19. TRUE
24 Use of oxygen is optional in Chetak h/c TRUE
25 When the dilutor knob of MC-511 is set to normal position, the input supply to the pilotTRUE
26 The recommended height for the use of oxygen during night flying is 6000 ft. TRUE
27 Mask Ulmer type- 19 can be fitted with cylinder type GLF -313 TRUE
28 Due to lack of oxygen night vision is affected at the height of 8000 ft. TRUE
29 Oxygen regulator fitted on oxygen cylinder type GLF 333 is known as BRONZAVIA regu TRUE
30 The life of oxygen of CTK/CTH is 10, years. TRUE
31 The method used during oxygen charging is Cascade method. TRUE
32 Purging is to be carry out before charging the cylinder if the cylinders are kept full. TRUE
33 Starvation of oxygen due to higher altitude is called anoxia. TRUE
34 Charging pr in oxygen cylinder GLF 333 is 2100 PSI. TRUE
35 What are the positions & respective flow rate of oxygen in regulator on oxygen cylinder GLF-333
36 Write short notes on Oxygen cylinder Bronzavia regulator.
37 Write short note on Oxygen cylinder type GLF 313 .
38 Write short note on mask MC-511 ?
39 What are the safety precautions to be observed while charging the oxygen?
40 Write any six precautions while charging oxygen system.
41 What is ANOXIA and list out its effects?
42 What are the Differences between CTK/CTH Oxygen systems?
43 What is the meaning of demand type oxygen mask? Give an example of such mask.
CHAPTER 31
INTRODUCTION TO RADIO IN
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 How many types of Radio installation fitted in Ctk/Cth helicopter in India 4
2 Main source of supply for all airborne radio equipment is Generator
3 ICS TF-AP-6F is manufactured by France
4 CH-IC is manufactured by Honey well USA
5 VUC-201A manufatured by HAL Bangalore
6 What is VLF frquency range 3-30 Hz
7 What is HF Frequency Range 3-30 Hz
8 What is VHF Frequency Range 30-300 Hz
9 No of PTT available in Cheetah helicopter 1
10 No of PTT available in Chetak helicopter 1
11 Explain the various Radio installation fitted in Chetak and Cheetah Helicopter
12 Explain the different frequency Categorisation

CHAPTER 32
AIRCRAFT INTERCOM
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 No of PTT in Chetak H/C are 1

45
2 Power supply required for inter com system is 115V AC
3 Purpose of ICS is To provide internal communication am
4 The fuse value used in CH-IC is 2 Amps
5 The fuse value used in ICS TF-AP-6F 1 Amp
6 The maximum number of persons who can avail intercom facility in a chetak H/C are 1
7 The relay RL-1 in KR-42A operates when Power applied to ICS system
8 To have audio signals from all the radio equipments the normal/emergency switch of KNormal VHF
9 In ICS TF AP 6F,FM 104 is used for Pilot
10 Potentiometer R 104 varies AM-54A I/P
11 The ICS amplification chain is consists of AM 54A,AM 55B in BJ 88C
12 Crackling noise in TF-AP-6Fcan be due to Faulty volume control
13 The channel discrimination circuit functions in Normal mode
14 The maximum number of passengers who can avail intercom facility in Cheetah H/C is4
15 Amplifier AM-55A or B used in Junction box BJ-88C as Individual anti cross talk Amplifie
16 Amplifier AM-55A or B used in KR-42A as Individual anti cross talk Amplifie
17 ICS Installations gives reliable performance within the voltage range of 20-30 V DC
18 DC volts applied to ICS through a very efficient filter unit known as FI-10A
19 In KR-42A Amplifier AM-55A or B input is unbalanced and has impedance of 250 ohms
20 In KR-42A Amplifier AM-55AB output power is 100 mw + 2 db
21 In KR-42A Amplifier AM-55AB function under a voltage range of 15-25 V DC
22 The potentiometers in channel mixing circuit each connected between Audio I/P and audio O/P
23 The value of resister R5 in channel mixing circuit is 220 Ohms
24 Power supply required for front panel lighting system in KR-42A 22.5 V DC
25 The rotating selection switch in KR-42A in known as AE 1
26 In ICS in the absence of anti return cell Rd 1 Relay RL 1 and RL 101 permanently
27 Relay RL-101 is present in KR-42A
28 Relay RL-101 when excited For HF transmission
29 Normal Emegency channel selection switch has 9 positions
30 Inerts positions of Normal-Emergency channel selection switch 5 , 6 , 11
31 Position no 9 of Normal emergency channel selection switch HF available
32 Condenser used in FI-15A filter unit is C 101
33 In Emergency mode of operation Which is correct Only one channel, which is selected , wi
34 In the event of the failure of main ICS, the emergency ICS is available through VHF
35 In Emergency position ICS operation is available in ICS Position
36 In Emergency mode of operation Which is correct Simultaneous mixing of VHF and HF tra
37 What is CH-IC 3 Station box
38 What is CH-IC 5 Station box
39 what is CH-IC 1 Station box
40 What is CH-IC 2 Station box
41 ICS CH-IC is fitted in Cheetah
42 Fuse value of CH-IC 1 Amp
43 ICS amplifir chain in CH-IC2 CJB-01
44 HF amplifier chain in CH-IC 2 CJB-01
45 Audio out put level of TF-AP-6F is 250 milli volt. TRUE
46 Impedance of mic used in chetak H/C is 600 Ohms TRUE
47 Impedance of mic used in Chetak H/C is 75 OHMS 1
48 Name of the booster Amp is used in KR 42 A is AM 54A/B 1
49 Out put Impedance of pre amplifier AM-54A/B is unbalance 100 Ohms TRUE
50 Relay RL-1 goes out of circuit during emergency mode of operation. 1
51 Till PTT is pressed, in normal mode of operation, the mic remains connected to select TRUE
52 Total number of persons who can avail intercom facility in chetak helicopter are 3 TRUE
53 1 Amp fuse for ICS is located in IN BJ 88C TRUE
54 1 Amp fuse is located in base of power supply filterSK-34 TRUE
55 In normal H+V position of change over switch of KR-42 A ,ADF reception is not availabTRUE

46
56 On emergency mode of change over switch KR-42 a intercom available on the ICS posTRUE
57 Relay RL-101 comes in the PTT line of HF installation. 1
58 The junction box BJ 88C is located in nose section of the helicopter TRUE
59 The junction box BJ 88C is located in the radio bay. TRUE
60 Without amplifiers AM-54A, AM-55A, AM-78A, AM-79A junction box BJ 88C is known TRUE
61 During ICS check, When PTT is pressed ICS should not cut off. TRUE
62 Junction box in indigenous ICS is called CH-IC 2 TRUE
63 Operating voltage of CH-IC 5 is 230V AC/32VDC TRUE
64 Total 02 PTT are available in Cheetah Helicopter TRUE
65 Amplification chain AM 78 AB and AM 79 AB is for HF communication TRUE
66 HF tarnsmission is achived when relay RL-1 is activated TRUE
67 CH-IC 4 is jack box for passenger TRUE
68 Write the sub-assemblies of ICS TF-AP-6F and explain in brief
69 Write the sub-assemblies of Change over Switch KR-42A and explain in brief

CHAPTER 33
HF SSB
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Channel spacing provided by HF SSB Communication system is 1KHz
2 Frequency range of HF SSB communication system is 2-20 MHz
3 IN HF SSB system operation on single frequency is known as Duplex commn
4 In HFSSB communication system Better Frequency response is during night is for Fre 10-20MHz
5 Power Amplifier/Antenna Coupler of HFSSB system is installed in Tail boom
6 RF power output of KHF 950 in SSB mode is 100 watt
7 STO switch in HFSSB Communication system has to be pressed for TXRX Twice
8 Warm up time for KHF-950 HF SSB system is 20 sec
9 Better frequency response for day time operation in HF SSB communication is for 2-20 MHz
10 HF antenna is also known as Whip
11 HFSSB Communication systems is consisting of 4 Modules
12 Antenna of Bendix King HFSSB communication system is installed on Top of cabin
13 Antenna tuning of HF SSB Communication system is initiated by pressing STO Button
14 Number of preset channel channels in HF SSB Communication system are 100
15 KCU 951 in HF Bendix King Control unit
16 KCA 952 in HF Bendix King Control unit
17 KTR 953 in HF Bendix King Control unit
18 Control unit display in HF Bendix King 2 digit
19 RF power output of KHF 950 in AM mode is 100 watt
20 Frequency band used for VHF communication is 30KHz - 300KHz
21 HF communication system works on the principle of Line of sight communication
22 Length of the antenna of VHF communication system is More than HF commun. Ant
23 PTT in communication system stands for Press to transmit
24 Radio Altimeter works on the principle of Pulse modulation
25 The equipment used for searching an aircraft after a crash is DME
26 The type of antennas required for Automatic Direction Finder is/are Loop antenna
27 HF System works on Space wave communication
28 The better communicating frequency for daylight in HF SSB communication is 2-20 MHz
29 The better communicating frequency for night in HF SSB communication is 2-10 MHz
30 The channel spscing provided by HF SSB system is 50HZ

47
31 The model number of receiver exciter of HF SSB system is KHF 950
32 The model number of control unit of HF SSB system is KHF 950
33 The model number of Power Amplifier / Antenna Coupler of HF SSB system is KHF 950
34 Total number of possible frequency can be set on HF SSB communication system are 2.80,000
35 Warming time of HF SSB system is 20 sec
36 What is the first IF of KHF-950 45.500 MHz
37 What is LO1(Local Oscillator) Frequency In KHF-950 45-55 MHz
38 What is LO2(Local Oscillator) Frequency In KHF-950 45.000 MHz
39 What is the second IF of KHF-950 450 KHz
40 In KHF-950 control unit while programming frequency on a channel STO swicth to be Once
41 Antenna used in HFSSB Commn system is known as Whip Antenna TRUE
42 Channel spacing of HFSSB communication system is 25 KHz TRUE
43 10.7 MHz IF is obtained by heterodyning 60-70.7 MHZ signals. 1
44 Frequency range of HFSSB communication system is 2 KHz to 29 MHz 1
45 Total no. of operating channel is the frequency range of HFSSB are 2,88,000 TRUE
46 Clarifier Knob in KCU-951 is used for fine tuning 1
47 HF communication is achieved through sky wave communication only 1
48 HFSSB Communication systems is having only SSB Mode of communication 1
49 Long range communication with HFSSB can be achieved through ground wave commu1
50 KTR 953 is installed in radio compartment TRUE
51 Receiver Exciter unit of HF SSB is installed in Radio bay 1
52 What is the advantages of SSB technique in communication?
53 Write the location of different LRUs of KHF 950 in Cheetah helicopter.
54 What do you mean by simplex communication ?
55 What is the basic Principle of HF Communication ?
56 Write briefly about all the LRUs of KHF 590.
57 Write short notes on preset channel operation of HF SSB system?
CHAPTER 34
VHF/UHF COMMUNIC
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 50 MHz signal from VTA is amplified in which module before feeding IF main module. Audio and SQ
2 BITE facilities provided in VUC-201A is to check the serviceability of: Transmitter only
3 During receive mode of operation in VHF band in VUC-201A, the circuits which are com 50 MHZ PLL
4 Freq. Range of VUC-201A is 100-155.975 MHz
5 Frequency must be selected with 6 digit
6 In the control unit of VUC-201A 'CK' is pressed After 'FS'
7 In VHF mode of operation, on receive mode the VCO out put will be 50 KHZ above the tuned frequency
8 Mode selector switch on "M" means Manual
9 The audio output of main receiver VUC-201A is : 10 Watt
10 The channel spacing between the frequencies in the VUC-201A is: 0.5 KHZ
11 The circuits disabled during the receive mode of VHF in V/UHF Tran receiver VUC-20 Transmit section of VTA
12 The duty cycle or receive transmit cycle of VUC-201A is: 0.167361111111111
13 The first IF of guard receiver is: 1.7 MHZ
14 The impedance of antenna 37R-2U used with VUC-201A is: 50 Ohm
15 The monitoring of Guard signal is possible only if mode selector switch on control pan‘M’ Mode
16 The power consumption of VUC-201A during transmit mode of operation is: 10 Watts
17 What is the I/P of DAC module. 14
18 Which of the following frequency can be selected in VUC-201A: 175.975 MHZ
19 Max possible no of cahnnels can be programmed in VHF band of VUC-201A 2200
20 Max possible no of cahnnels can be programmed in UHF band of VUC-201A 7220
21 Number of preset channels in VUC-201A Communication system are 20
22 Power out put in VHF band of VUC-201A is 10 + 2 Watt
23 Power consumption during receiption in VUC-201A 100 W
24 Power consumption during transmission in VUC-201A 500 W

48
25 Main receiver sensitivity in VUC-201A 2 micro volts
26 Guard receiver sensitivity in VUC-201A 1 microvolt
27 Max operating range of VUC-201A 200 Kms
28 FS button in VUC-201A used for Frequency setting
29 CH button in VUC-201A used for Frequency setting
30 PG button in VUC-201A used for Frequency setting
31 CK button in VUC-201A used for Frequency setting
32 In VHF band frequency synthesizer provides a frequency band of 150- 205.975 MHz
33 In UHF band frequency synthesizer provides a frequency band of 250-349.975 MHz
34 What is first IF of VUC-201A 40 MHZ
35 What is second IF of VUC-201A 9.5 MHz
36 Probable cause for no audio tone and dot display during BITE check in VUC-201A Faulty transreceiver
37 Probable cause for Display blinks continuously Faulty transreceiver
38 BITE and VOGAD module provides audio input to the driver amplifier through ALC and1
39 During BITE transmission and A2 Mode in VUC-201A, the MIC is disconnected and inte 1
40 If reverse bias is applied to audio gate in audio and squelch circuit, the side tone can 1
41 In audio and Squelch circuit detected AGC is compared with Squelch Ref voltage. 1
42 In VUC-201A, when squelch Sw. is put to On position, brings the squelch circuit to eli 1
43 Input signal at VHF front end can be between 225 - 399.975 MHz 1
44 Limiter circuit in VUC-201A gives a constant output of 4 dbm irrespective of input level 1
45 O/P of TX mixer for 125 MHz, VCO O/P should be 175 MHz 1
46 Programming the frequency/channel on VUC-201A, the channel selector switch is to be1
47 The digital to analog converter (DAC), operates on the frequency selection code form 1
48 The frequency synthesizer provides 150 MHZ to 2O5.975 MHZ injection signal in the 1
49 The VTA front end is fed with delayed AGC 1
50 When PTT is pressed, the receive section of UTA, IF main and Guard receiver are dis 1
51 When PTT is pressed, the Transmit section of UTA, IF main and Guard receiver are d 1
52 When squelch switch on control panel of VUC-201A is put to ‘ON’, the sensitivity of rece 1
53 While programming the frequency/channel on VUC-201A, the channel selector switch c1
54 Draw the block diagram of VUC-201A and explain
55 Explain mode selector switch with details of VUC-201A
56 Explain step by step the frequency programming of VUC-201A
57 Explai the guard receiver signal flow in VUC-201A
58 Explain the BITE switch function in VUC-201A
59 Explain the Receive function in VHF band of VUC-201A
60 Explain the Receive function in UHF band of VUC-201A
61 Write short notes on (a) Frequency Synthesizer and(b) Phase Locked Loop
62 Draw circuit diagram of VOGAD and explain

CHAPTER 35

49
 ARC-610 A
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Bearing accuracy for 200 KHz and above in ARC-610 A receiver ±1⁰
2 Bearing resolution time of ARC-610 A receiver is not more than 7secs
3 How many equal parts are divided in the RMI of ADF receiver. 64
4 Operating temperature for the operational of ARC-610 A receiver is –54⁰ C to
5 QE corrector provides the capacitance compensation for loop cable that are shorter tha+55 ⁰C
60 feets
6 The audio out put across 600 Ω at 1 KHz, 30Percentage modulated RF signal of ARC -61 10 mW
7 The channel spacing of ARC-610A receiver 0.5 MHz
8 The out put signal of Loop antenna is denoted as Circular
9 The power consumption of ARC-610 A receiver is < 60 W
10 The power supply required in ARC-610 A receiver 27.5 V DC
11 The number of possible channels can be tuned in ARC-610 A receiver 3020
12 The sensitivity of ARC-610 A receiver in ADF mode 25 µv/mt
13 The sensitivity of ARC-610 A receiver in ANT mode 25 µv/mt
14 The Susceptiformer of ARC-610 A increased the Sense Antenna Capacitance to an app 1250 PF
15 Time for which ARC-610 A receiver can be operated continuously is 15 Hrs
16 What is the CB rating value of ARC-610 A receiver 20 Amps
17 What is the fuse rating value of ARC-610 A receiver 4 Amps
18 Which frequency can be programmed in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver 150.05Khz
19 The selectivity of ARC-610 A receiver is 6 dg
20 Reference winding of Servo Motor is fed with 220 Hz
21 The automatic gain control amplifier generates the required AGC voltage levels to the variable
IF Amps
phase
22 Which of the following statement regarding ARC-610 A is correct IF varies
23 Errors in stored frequency and channels in the control unit of ARC-610A receiver are 130.5-180
Six times MHz
24 No audio reception and no bearing in RMI of ARC-610 A, the reason may be figure
TCXOof faulty
Eight
25 Self test does not function properly in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver Audio Amp
26 The audio reception is fine but no bearing in RMI of ARC-610 A, the reason may be faulty
Loop Amp
27 The tester is used to test the ARC-610 A receiver knows as is
OTRfaulty
28 When Test button in the control unit of ARC-610 A is pressed down ward ,the RMI poin135⁰ ±5
29 While programming the frequency/channel in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver, the ANT
30 ARC-610 A is not switched 'ON' when ON/OFF switch of Control unit is put to 'ON' popositionFuse is u/s
31 AF response of ARC-610 A receiver <9 db
32 Frequency range of ARC-610A 150-1750 KHz
33 Preset channels available in ARC-610A 9+1
34 Power supply requirement of ARC-610A is/are 27.5 V DC
35 Max power consumption of ARC-610A is 50W
36 Loop antenna and Sense Antenna are not the part of ADF system. 1
37 QEC compensates the quadrantal error produced in ARC-610 A. 1
38 The ARC-610 A has eight sub-assemblies other than antenna fitted. 1
39 The ARC-610 A has facility of pre-selection of any ten channels in any combination out1
40 The ARC-610 A receiver is a High frequency automatic direction finder. 1
41 The Arrow pointer needle of the RMI indicates towards the transmitting station of NDB1
42 The frequency range of ARC-610 A is 190 -1700 Hz. 1
43 The number of pretuned channels in control unit of ARC-610 A is '0+9' 1
44 The power supply to RMI is 27.5 V DC only. 1
45 The RMI is graduated in circular pattern in 360 degree. 1
46 The RMI is located in the radio compartment. 1
47 The Sense Antenna Cable Equalizer (SACE) in ARC-610A is to compensate for the reduc 1
48 Control phase winding of Servo motor gets amplified in 220 Hz Variable Servo Amplifie1
49 Direction of rotation of Servo motor ARC-610 A receiver depends on the phase of the 1
50 Loop Antenna is a capacitive antenna. 1
51 Rotation of search coil of the Goniometer is equivalent electrically to the rotation of th 1
52 Sense Antenna is a Inductive antenna 1

50
53 Susceptiformer is connected between Loop Antenna and ADF Receiver 1
54 The depth of modulation depends on the magnitude of the loop signal and falls to zero 1
55 The dual loop signal induced in the loop antenna is fed to the Goniometer in the ARC- 1
56 The Goniometer coils reproduce the characteristics of magnetic field sampled by the coil 1
57 The IF of ARC-610 A receiver is 455 KHz. 1
58 The Loop Antenna receives only the magnetic component of the EM wave. 1
59 The required tuning voltage for the varactors of loop and sense amplifiers are supplied1
60 The RF signal from the sense amplifier is converted to 10.7 MHz IF signal in the mixer 1
61 The sense Antenna receives only the magnetic components of EM wave. 1
62 If Mode selector switch is put to the ANT position, the supply of Loop amplifier circuit is1
63 Loop mode is not available in ARC-610 A receiver. 1
64 The channel number 0 to 9 is displayed by the left most LED in the control unit of ADF1
65 The first toggle switch in the CU of ARC-610 A is to increase/decrease the frequency i1
66 The inner knob of Volume/Intensity Control switch is to adjust the brightness for six di 1
67 The master audio Gain Control Switch is located in the control unit of ARC-610 A recei1
68 The middle toggle switch in the CU of ARC-610 A is to increase/decrease the frequency 1
69 The outer concentric knob of Volume/Intensity Control switch is to adjust the audio ou 1
70 The right toggle switch in the CU of ARC-610 A is to increase/decrease the frequency 1
71 While Programming the frequency/channel in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver, 1
72 While scanning the Frequency/Channels in the control unit of ARC-610A receiver the cha 1
73 If no effect of Intensity control on LED display in control unit of ARC-610A,the cause may 1
74 If the code is present but no bearing available, the cause may be due to faulty Inverter1
75 If there is distorted and weak performance in the ADF system ,one of the probable caus 1
76 ARC-610 A is a superhetrodyne receiver. 1
77 ARC-610 A provides bearing information only. 1
78 ARC-610 A receiver is not provide in-flight programming facility. 1
79 ARC-610 A receiver provides the direction finding and amplitude modulated CW commu 1
80 Draw the intsallation diagram ARC-610A and explain in brief
81 Write short notes on principle of operation of ARC-610A
82 Write subassemblies of ARC-610A
83 Explain control unit front panel of ARC-610A
84 Write short notes on Fixed Loop antenna
85 Write short note on QE corrector
86 Write short notes on (a) Sense antenna (b) Susceptiformer (c) Sense antenna Cable Equaliser
87 Write procedure of frequency programing of ARC-610A
CHAPTER 36
SSCVR
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Audio output at audio monitor jack of SSCVR Control unit is 50 mW across 100 ohms
2 Color of MRU 120 is Yellow
3 Duration for which SSCVR can record voice communication is 120 minutes
4 Input audio impedance of SSCVR is 10 k ohms
5 Power supply requirement of SSCVR is 26V AC
6 Signal to noise ratio of SSCVR is 100 db
7 SSCVR is generally installed on Helicopters
8 Weight of SSCVR MRU 120 is 10 Kgs
9 Pilot's voice communication is recorded on channel no. 1
10 Passenger voice communication is recorded on channel no. 1
11 Cockpit area mic voice communication is recorded on channel no. 1
12 Copilot's voice communication is recorded on channel no. 1
13 Input power supply to the PS-1 in MRU-120 is 62 V AC
14 No. of channels provided for recording in SSCVR are 1
15 One of the feature of SSCVR for immune to power interruption is 100 m sec
16 Output of PS-1 in MRU-120 is 24 v DC

51
17 Pilot's communication is recorded on channel no. 2
18 Type of memory used in SSCVR is Volatile memory
19 On pressing Test in CU Needle should deflect to Red band
20 The software used for playing and download of voice data from MRU-120 is FPS
21 SSCVR MRU-120 Manufactured by ECIL Hyderabad
22 Which recording unit having Under water Locator beacon MRU-120
23 In SSCVR non volatile Flash memory chip retain the data with no power. True
24 In SSCVR retention of data is high due to solid state memory 1
25 SSCVR can be used on fighter aircrafts 1
26 GSES An application software of SSCVR is having pass word protection 1
27 SSCVR is having electromechanical devices in MRU TRUE
28 Bulk erase switch is installed in chetak is wire locked at off/up position. 1
29 Communication of cockpit area mic is recorded on channel no. four. 1
30 Continuous recording of voice communication is possible on three channels. 1
31 In SSCVR risk of data lost in case of accident is nil. 1
32 Why international orange colour is chosen of painting MRU-120?
33 Write all the Sub-assemblies of SSCVR and their function.
34 Write briefly about all front panel controls on control unit of SSCVR.
35 Write the function of all four channels of SSCVR.
36 What all equipments required to down and play voice data of SSCVR?
37 What is the procedure to erase data from SSCVR?
38 Write the procedure for testing SSCVR in Chetak helicopter.

CHAPTER 37
GPS
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 C/A coded frequency of GPS system is 1575.42 MHZ
2 GPS receivers can provide position information with an error of >25 MTRS
3 GPS satellites orbiting the earth at an altitude of 10,900 NM
4 In case of any deviation of GPS satellites control is done by DOD
5 In GPS system each orbit plane is displaced 120 degree longitude
6 L1 frequency of GPS system is 1575.42 MHZ
7 No of active satellites in GPS are 21
8 No of atomic clock used in each GPS satellite is 3
9 No of satellites in each orbit are 3
10 No of spare satellites in GPS are 4
11 No. of atomic clocks used in each GPS satellite is 3
12 No. of functional segments in GPS are 2
13 The antenna impedance of 9405N is 75Ohms
14 The CB rating of GPS receiver MARG 9405-N is 3 Amp
15 The colour of LED in display unit of GPS system is Red
16 The colour of LED in display unit is Red
17 The GPS satellite has an orbital period of 12 hrs
18 The GPS satellites orbit the earth in 3 plane
19 The Patch antenna impedance of 9405N GPS Rxr is 75Ohms
20 The type of clock used in GPS is Electronic
21 The type of technique used in GPS receiver to compute receiver position is Quadrantal

52
22 Type of clock used in GPS MARG 9405 is Electronic
23 GPS can give three dimensional position measurement accurate to within 50 ft
24 GPS is a navigation system based on a 6 Satellite
25 The distance to a satellite is determined by measuring the travel time of the Transmitted signal
26 To determine the exact location no of points are required 3
27 Which bit of information of GPS signal contain the ID of satellite Pseudorandom code
28 Which bit of information of GPS signal contain the Healthy & unhealthy state of satellit Pseudorandom code
29 What is the fuse value of GPS MARG9405N receiver unit 1.5A
30 Active LRUs of the GPS receiver model 9405N are 4 TRUE
31 Atomic clock runs on atomic energy 1
32 In display unit on either sides 4 LED bars are located in MARG 9405-N TRUE
33 In GPS C/A code stands for civil aviation 1
34 In keyboard unit of GPS MARG 9405 -N the illuminated switches are arranged in 2x5 aTRUE
35 In MARG 9405-N the fuse is located in display unit TRUE
36 In MARG 9405-N the fuse is located in keyboard unit TRUE
37 Marg 9405N has flight plan reverse navigation facility 1
38 No of flight plans used in Marg 9405 N are 20 1
39 No of maximum waypoints used in Marg 9405-N are 26 1
40 one of the advantage of GPS system is it save the fuel 1
41 The display unit consists of 3 rows of 16 character display TRUE
42 The fuse located in receiver unit 9405N is rated at 1.5Amps 1
43 The GPS receiver 9405N operates from 28V DC 1
44 The number of push buttons in keyboard unit in Marg 9405-N are10 1
45 The power supply of GPS receiver 9405N can vary from 12V to 36V with built in protec1
46 A good GPS receiver will take the principle of geometry called "geometric dilution of pr1
47 Brightness control rotary switch controls the brightness of LED display and bar LED a TRUE
48 The display unit consists of 3 rows of display TRUE
49 The display unit has 16 characters in each row TRUE
50 The display unit of MARG 9405-N is not NVG compatible TRUE
51 The type of antenna used by GPS receiver 9405 N is Patch antenna 1
52 Explain in brief the 3-bits of information contained in GPS Signals
53 What are the advantages of GPS?
54 What are the LRUs of GPS MARG 9405N? Explain each.
CHAPTER 38
ELT/PRB
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 During self test of PRB if green and red light flash after 20 seconds of pulling out of SAR mode
2 During self test of PRB if green and red light flash after ten seconds of pulling out of SAR mode
3 Duty cycle of SARBE 8+406 once the fix is obtained is 10 min on 20 min off
4 ELT will be automatically activated when Get impact of 20 g or above
5 In CSAR mode PRB/ELT is used to determine Transmission
6 In SARBE 8 GPS antenna is used for Transmission
7 Maximum life of battery of SARBE 8 is 7 years
8 Maximum operational life of battery of SARBE 8 is 12 hrs
9 SARBE 8 CSAR +406 and SARFIND should be programmed using Same software
10 SARFIND BE 594 or ALS takes an audio input from air band radio receiver to indicate Identity of PRB
11 Satellite aided SAR frequency used in SARBE 8 is 121.5 MHz
12 What is the Auxillary frequency used IN ELT/PRB in SAR mode 281.5 MHz
13 What is channel spacing in SCAR mode of operation 15 KHz
14 What is the weight of SARBE 8 CSAR+406 600 gms
15 In CSAR mode frequency is between 277 to 287 MHz TRUE
16 In CSAR mode of SARBE 8 has 400 programmable channels TRUE
17 PRB/ELT has only one mode of operation TRUE
18 Expalin CSAR mode of operation in SARBE 8 CSAR+406

53
 CHAPTER 39
CHEETAL AIRFRA
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Cheetal helicopter effectively developed for Passenger Transport
2 Cheetal Helicopter AUW(All up weight) with internal load is:- 1950 Kg
3 What type of filter is used in lubrication system of IGB? 2 micron
4 At the centre of IGB oil sight gauge, dia of the circle marked in white paint is 3 mm
5 Empty weight of Cheetal H/C is:- 1120 Kg
6 MDS and free wheel unit length is increased by:- 68.5 mm
7 The output RPM of IGB is:- 5778
8 What type of pump is used in IGB? Ge-rotor type pump
9 Standby system in case of FADEC total failure is EBCB
10 Cheetal helicopter AUW (all up weight) with external load 2350 Kg
11 Which type of oil is used in IGB OEP 50
12 Maximum cargo load carrying capacity of Cheetal helicopter is 900 Kg
13 MDS and free wheel unit is placed in between Engine & IGB
14 The purpose of IGB is to Change the direction of rotation
15 The usable cable length of Rescue Hoist is:- 80 Feet
16 Skid type Landing gear consists of 4 Pneumatic shock absorbers
17 What is the housing material used in IGB ? Mg alloy(RZ5)
18 Maximum weight on Resque Hoist assembly of Cheetal helicopter is 150 Kg
19 Maximum weight on pannier assembly is 25kg+25kg
20 Flexible drive shaft connects IGB to:- Engine
21 What is the minimum pressure permitted in the lubrication system of IGB? 1.5+0.1 bar
22 What is the use of clutch in Cheetal Helicopter? To engage and disengage the power
23 What type of gear system is used in IGB? Helical gear system
24 Oil cooler used for engine oil cooling in normal Cheetah is used to cool IGB oil. 1
25 In Cheetal H/C collective pick off is provided to give information to FADEC 1
26 The filler assembly of IGB has been provided with vent holes to permit hot fumes to e 1
27 In case of Servo failure collective loads are taken by bungee type compensator 1
28 Cheetal helicopter is fitted with Turbomeca Artouste IIIB engine 1
29 When the rescue hoist is used, the heating system must be turned off by closing the P-1
30 IGB is fitted at cluster no. 7 M1 & 7 M2 1
31 Main rotor RPM on gauge is indicated by % 1
32 Oil temperature warning light of IGB comes ON when oil temperature exceeds 110 + 510 C
33 Height of Cheetal H/C is 3900mm 1
34 Class of Cheetal helicopter is 2 tons 1
35 Two vent holes in Tail Rotor blade are to equalise the inside and outside pressure 1
36 Reduction ratio of IGB is 26/27 1
37 Mounting plate for IGB is an integral part of body structure. 1
38 Major changes are made in Tail Transmission System of Cheetal H/C 1
39 The IGB oil pump RPM is 5778 1

54
 40 The kinetic energy available in the exhaust gases of 333 2M2 engine is adequate to prov1
41 MDS and Free wheel unit consists 09 rollers in Cheetal H/C 1
42 In case of IGB filter pop-out do not replace the filtering element 1
43 Routing line of cabin heating system modified to suit Re-engined Cheetah H/C. 1
44 Puller type tail rotor is used in Cheetal helicopters 1
45 Flexible coupling shaft of Cheetal aircraft allows the minor misalignments between the 1
46 Rescue hoist pressure in Cheetal H/C is adjusted by variable pressure restrictive valve1

CHAPTER 40
CHEETAL ENGIN
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Aircraft Fuel Supply System Modified For CTL by Deleting The Non return valve
2 Free wheel shaft is placed in between Engine and IGV
3 The purpose of IGB is Change the direction of rotation
4 For TM 333 2M2 engine rear mount supports no's 1
5 TM 333 2M2 engine has Full automatic control
6 TM 333 2M2 engine has Engine identification plate
10 Free turbine and gas generator turbine rotates in In the same direction
11 The purpose of phonic wheels on power turbine shaft To provide nf speed information to indic
12 Power output of TM 333 2M2 engine(at standard condition) is 456 kw
13 IGV is controled by FADEC with the help of Air system
14 Fuel supply in start injector cuts off at 17% of Ng
15 InTM333 2M2 engine, engine tirque is measured with the help of Air system
16 The combustion in the combustion chamber occurs at Constant pressure
17 Leak of oil from bearings is prevented by Having three bearings
18 Type of lubricant used Mineral oil
19 Power turbine bearing sealis pressurised by P1 air
20 Self sustaning RPM of engine is 100% of Nf
21 The over speed is provided to Reduce the fuel flow to limit ng over s
22 The maximum air compression is achieved by First stage axial compressor
23 Non rotating component in respect of axialflow compressor Variable IGV
24 Inlet guide vane control is achyieved by Engine oil system
25 The shaft which connects engine & IGBis called as Tail drive shaft
26 The 45 seconds of RDT after engine shutdown is in respect of Nf
27 Power turbine rotates In the same direction of gas generator
28 Power turbine direction of rotation is View from the rear clockwise
29 Inversor gear box has been introduced to Increase output RPM
30 Flexible shaft is introduced to Increase the RPM
36 IGV control has Two digital channels
37 In normal engine operation(automatic) fuel flow is controlled by Electronic calculator(Decu) of the f
38 Engine output shaftRPM at 100% NF 45000
39 Operation of oil filter bypass valve is based on High temperator of oil
40 Gas generator turbine shaft is attached to the centrifugal compressor by Manufactures as one integral unit

55
 41 Type of low pressure fuel pump Gear type
42 Purpose of ventilation of starting injector To ensure correct air/fuel ratio during s
43 The type of HP pump used in engine Fuel system is Gear type
48 The location of oil pressure switch in the oil circuit is Inlet line to oil tank
49 Engine output torque measurement is done through Accessory drive gear
50 Oil cooler fan is Driven directly by free turbine shaft
51 Purpose of centrifugal breather in the engine oil system To equalize pressure above the oil tan
52 For baroscopicinspection of combustion chmber access for inserting the probe by Removing the igniter plug
53 During dry motoring/ventilation Igniter plugs will not work
54 The purpose of electric magnatic plug is To burn the small chips in the oil syste
55 Low oil pressure light CWP comes on when the engine oil pressure comes below 2.2 bar
66 The position of IGV in case of total failure(both digital and anolog) in flight Fail fixed position
67 During starting sequence the fuel to the starting injector is achieved by the opening of Starting of electro valve
68 Wet motoring and dry motoring are restricted to how many seconds to prevent the over30
69 The maximum permited TGT limit during starting is 650 degree for 5 sec.
70 The engine will shutdown automatically in case of free turbine(NF)over speed beyond 106.5+5%
71 P3 prerssure transmiter located at ( view from rear) LH side of the combustion chamber
72 For NG measurment phonic wheels are located on TPTO
73 For NG measurement how many numbers of phonic wheelare located on starter drive s2
74 At100% indication gas generator will be rotating at the speed of 11,452 RPM
75 The value of NF through out flight Remain constant at37,562rpm
76 FADEC (DECU) receives P3 signals from The outlet of axialflow compressor
77 Position ofIGV during engine starting Fully opened
78 Purpose of the centrifugal breather in the engine oil system To equalize pressure above the oil tan
79 Manufacturing material for the axialflow compressor is Steel
80 The shaft which connects engine & IGB is called MDS
81 Is there a max oil tempereture limitation 60 deg c
82 Shutdown electro valve is which type of valve Monostable solenoid valve
83 In case of falure of fuel control function FMU is frozen
84 Mounting plate for IGB is an integral part in central body structure TRUE
85 Flexible coupling shaft allow the minor misalignment between the engine and IGB TRUE
86 Free turbine shaft rotatingn clockwise direction view from rear 1
87 TM 333 2M2 engine has 04 Mounting point on structure TRUE
88 Start electro valve is fitted on the top of compressor casing TRUE
89 Free wheel length is increase in CTL H/C TRUE
90 Major change are made in tail rotor transmiter system TRUE
91 Maximum aircraft weight with external load is 2300 Kg. TRUE
92 The minimum RDT 45 sec after engine shutdown is in respect of NG TRUE
93 The N1 speed increase the IGB opening angle will increase 1
94 P3 indicates the output pressure of centrifugal compressor 1
95 FMU has maximum 8 step TRUE
96 New oil cooler is placed on CTL H/C for IGB cooling purpose TRUE
97 Engine oil tank is integral part in engine TRUE
98 Oil cooler is for engine oil cooling in normal CTH is utilise to cool IGB oil TRUE
99 For cabin heating system hot air picked up at the output of the engine compressor P3 hTRUE
100 The purpose of low fuel transmiter is to give warning in the cockpit when the supply 1
101 Filtering capacity ofoil filter is 40 microns 1
102 TM 333 2M2 engine has 04 Magnetic chip detector TRUE
103 Eng oil used in TM 333 2M2 engine is OX-38 TRUE
104 Engine torque measurement system is operated by fuel system TRUE
105 Engine oil pump is cetrifugal type TRUE
106 The FADEC is installed on the engine TRUE
107 TGT parameter is taken by FADEC for start control only TRUE
108 In case failure of over speed protection system engine will continue to operate but overTRUE

56
 109 Recording procedure of engine cycle illustrated in engine log book TRUE
110 ventilation is limitted to 20 sec to prevent over heatingof starter generator TRUE
111 During engine washing make sure that T 4.5 is less than or equal to 70 deg c TRUE
112 During starting the permitted limit of T1 is 790 deg C and 860 deg C for max. tempreauTRUE
113 Engine should not be started in EBCB mode TRUE
114 Engine Limit has value from -8 to 0 TRUE

CHAPTER 41
CHEETAL ELEC
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 In Cheetal H/C Battery S/W is located On over head panel
2 Gen. power failure wx. Light is located on Flying inst. Panel
3 In CTL H/C Gen. s/w is located Behind the control pedestal
4 In CTL External power receptacle is located on FADEC
5 Through small pin of external power receptacle supply goes to C1 Contactor
6 Battery s/w is for remote control of C1 Contactor
7 Only one source of supply is connected to the bus bar is ensured by C1 Contactor
8 The range of Voltmeter used in Chetal H/C is 0 - 35 Volts
9 GCPU stands for Generator control and prevention unit.
10 Output of a starter generator is 8KW
11 Current consumption of starter generator for 01 to 02 secs is 700 Amps
12 Minimum permissible length of 'B' Brushes of Starter generator should be more than 5mm
13 Minimum permissible length of 'A' Brushes of Starter generator is 15mm
14 The most efficient working temperature of Ni -Cd battery is - 15 to 32 deg C
15 Connecting links of Ni -Cd battery is made of high conductive Nickel plated copper
16 Nominal battery voltage of cheetal H/C is 32 volts
17 Capacity of Ni-Cd cell used in CTK/CTH/CTL H/C is 2 AH
18 In 0.1C1 method ,the additional charge is given for a period of 4 Hrs
19 Over voltage limit for the GCPU is 28 V DC
20 IGV warning will come when Digital control channel of IGV has faile
21 During engine starting which relay of starting system will energise Relay ‘A’
22 Waiting time after five false start of engine is 15 Mints
23 Output power of generator is 5 KW
24 During engine starting voltage drop should not be below 14 V
25 Battery 'HOT' warning comes if the battery temperature is more than 81 degree C
26 Location of fuel gauge in Cheetal H/C is Upper control panel
27 During engine ground run personnel should be well clear of the Air intake
28 When engine ground run is carried out don't approach the H/C Tail rotor
29 Before leaving the A/C we must ensure that Battery master s/w ON
30 In Cheetal helicopter how many passenger can sit (excluding pilot & co pilot) 5
31 Voltmeter is located On middle control panel
32 Engine OVSP light comes when the engine free turbine speed is more than 107 ± 1.5%
33 Which contactor of DCMB controls starter C1
34 GCPU Fitted at Middle shelf
35 Main Bus Bar is situated at OHP
36 Which CB is/are located at Overhead panel Start CB
37 Output of generator is regulated by FADEC
38 IGV at fully closed position makes makes an angle of 10 Degree
39 Input of FADEC is 28 V DC
40 During engine stopping which relay of starting system will energies Relay ‘A’

57
41 Starting electro valve situated at Bottom of engine
42 Over load capacity of DC Generator 150 % for 2 mins
43 Over load capacity of DC Generator 150 % for 5 mins
44 Over load capacity of DC Generator 150 % for 2 mins
45 FADEC self test takes 10 Mins
46 Battery 'HOT' warning sensor located inside DCMB
47 Which contactor of DCMB controls Generator C1
48 Which contactor of DCMB controls Internal Battery C1
49 Which contactor of DCMB controls Starter C1
50 Which contactor of DCMB controls External Power C1
51 After FADEC self test complete which light remains ON. EBCB degrade
52 No of CBs located on DCMB is/are 5
53 OVSP control of FADEC takes input from A Sensors
54 FADEC switch is located at OHP
55 NR trim s/w is located at OHP
56 With the help of NR trim s/w Pilot can vary main rotor rpm by ± 2%
57 Dry motoring s/w is located at OHP
58 Generator 'HOT' warning light comes when the generator winding temp is more than 150 Degree C
59 Ground idle speed of engine is 74% of NG
60 Total number of warning lights on the instrument panel is/are. 28+1
61 Starter is converted to Generator At 70% of NG
62 Correct polarity of External power is ensured by EPC
63 HES situated inside FADEC
64 EPC Situated inside FADEC
65 Starter Generator is installed on Accessories Gear Box
66 Rated speed range of starter generator is 8000 rpm to 12150 rpm
67 Mean Time Between Failure of Starter Generator is 4500 hrs
68 Cooling of starter is done by Oil cooler
69 Voltage accuracy of GCPU is (+0.2/-0.7 Volts)
70 Over Voltage protection limit of GCPU is 28.5 V DC
71 Under Voltage protection limit of GCPU is 26.5 V DC
72 For cutting in generator voltage should be more than main bus voltage by 0.2 ± 0.4 V
73 Generator cuts out from main busbar at a reverse current between 20 to 40 amps
74 Nominal voltage of generator is 27.5 V
75 Battery capacity is 34 AH
76 IGV at fully closed position makes an angle of 0 Degree
77 IGV at fully open position makes an angle of 0 Degree
78 GOV and IGV light fails indicates Auto mode
79 No of switches related with generator is/are One
80 Over load protection by GCPU to generator is 180 % for 2 minutes and 250 % for 2 se1
81 Over load protection by GCPU to generator is 150 % for 2 minutes and 200 % for 5 s1
82 During engine starting shutdown electro valve will be in close condition. 1
83 During engine starting shutdown electro valve will be in open condition. 1
84 DC master box controls and regulate the out put power of starter generator. 1
85 Engine start switch has STOP, IDLE & FLT. positions 1
86 Engine start switch has two positions Auto and Manual. 1
87 Engine selector switch has two positions Auto and Manual. 1
88 GOV light is yellow in colour. 1
89 GOV light is red in colour. 1
90 During automatic engine starting FADEC control IGV & FMU. 1
91 During automatic engine starting FADEC control only FMU. 1
92 Generator field is reset by generator NORN/TRIP s/w. 1
93 Generator field is tripped by GCPU with the help of generator NORM/TRIP s/w. 1
94 During Engine start Starting electro valve will be in closed condition. 1

58
 95 During Engine start Starting electro valve will be in open condition. 1
96 EBCB ON Light is of 'YELLOW' colour 1
97 EBCB ON Light is of 'RED' colour 1
98 Relay A and relay M situated inside FADEC. 1
99 Relay A and relay M situated on the Structure. 1
100 Starting light is of Yellow colour. 1
101 Starting light is of green colour. 1
102 Generator failure light is of Yellow Colour 1
103 Generator failure light is of RED Colour 1
104 Generator cuts in at 71 % of NG. 1
105 Generator cuts in at 94 % of NG. 1
106 During Over speed Engine automatically switched off by FADEC. 1
107 During Over speed Engine automatically switched off by shut down electro valve. 1
108 Zero reference voltage is controlled by Starter switch. 1
109 Gene reset switch has ON, OFF and Re-Set position. 1
110 Gene reset switch has Norm/Trip position. 1
111 Out put of starter generator is 4 kw at 45 volt 1
112 For cutting 'IN' Generator voltage should be more than Bus bar voltage by 0.5 ± 0.2 V 1
113 For cutting 'IN' Generator voltage should be more than Bus bar voltage by +0.4/-0.7 Vo1
114 Battery 'HOT' warning comes if the battery temperature is more than 71 Degree 1
115 Battery 'HOT' warning comes if the battery temperature is more than 153 Degree 1
116 Generator 'HOT' warning light comes when the generator winding temp is more than 11
117 Generator 'HOT' warning light comes when the generator winding temp is more than 71
118 Ground idle speed of engine is 94 % of NG 1
119 Ground idle speed of engine is 70 % of NG 1
120 Engine OVSP light comes when the engine free turbine speed is more than 110 ± 1.5 1
121 Voltage accuracy of GCPU is +0.4/-0.7 Volts 1
122 Normally Engine is started in Auto mode only 1
123 Engine can be started in Auto/EBCB mode 1
124 If no light up within 20 sec put Start s/w to Stop position 1
125 If GOV light or IGV light comes 'ON' during START put engine Start s/w to Stop positio1
126 If starting time is greater than 60 secs S/w 'OFF' the engine 1
127 If TGT exceed 860 degree than S/w 'OFF' the engine 1
128 If TGT reaches 790 degree and remains steady for 5 secs than S/w 'OFF' the engine 1
129 After false start attemt DRY motoring before next start 1
130 After WET motoring DRY motoring to be given 1
131 After false start attemt WET motoring before next start 1
132 Dedicated alternator isituated inside cabin 1
133 Dedicated alternator mounted on the engine 1
134 Dedicated alternatoer has two out puts 1
135 OVSP Monitering C/B situated at Over head panel 1
136 Main bus bar situated at Overhead panel 1
137 Main bus bar situated at DCMB 1
138 EBCB stands for Electronic Backup Control Box 1
139 EBCB stands for Electrical Backup Control Box 1
140 Dry motoring is attemted only when starter s/w is at Stop position. 1
141 Free Turbine Over speed protection system tests carried out when engine in running 1
142 Free Turbine Over speed protection system tests carried out when engine in not runni 1
143 FADEC self test takes 15 secs 1
144 Ignition generator input connector is to be disconnected before attemptin WET motorin1
145 In the cheetal h/c ,10 V DC required for integral lighting of engine instruments. 1
146 In the cheetal h/c ,All engine instruments are powered by 20 volt ac 1
147 Excess of 100 volt electrical voltage is harmful (AC/DC) True
148 Before approaching the A/C in rainy weather we must wear the rubber gloves True

59
 149 Not to operate any switch and CB's if you are not confident True
150 Economical use of A/C electrical battery is a safety precaution True
151 Purpose of safety precaution is to prevant damage and injury True
152 Describe the starter generator of TM 333 2B2 engine?
153 Write down the purpose of ignition system?
154 Write down the name of starting cycle phases?
155 Explain the starting control of TM 333 2B2 engine?
156 Explain the shutdown cycle of TM 333 2B2 engine?
157 Define – Ventilation cycle.
158 What are the basic requirements for engine starting system?
159 What are the functions involved with starting of an a/c engine?

CHAPTER 42
INSTRUMENT
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 In the cheetal h/c , high audio heard through head set, when NF crosses threshold s More than 107 %
2 In the cheetal h/c , high audio heard through head set, when JPT crosses threshold set values
3 In the cheetal h/c , low audio heard through head set, when JPT crosses threshold set values
4 In the cheetal h/c ,the total engine & flight parameters are being recorded in FMS are 8
5 Electrical driven Directional Gyro modification embodied in Cheetal H/C is India /SA- 315 /MOD /227
6 Electrical driven Directional Gyro modification embodied in Cheetal H/C is India /SA- 315 /MOD /227
7 Supply required for Electrical driven Directional Gyro in Cheetal H/C is 27vd 27VDC
8 Supply required for Electrical driven Artifical Horizon in Cheetal H/C is 27vd 27VDC
9 Time required for erection of Electrical driven Gyro in Cheetal H/C is: Less than 3 minutes
10 Run up time required for erection of Electrical driven Gyro in Cheetal H/C is: 3.5 minutes
11 Maximum freedome of outer gimbal ring in gyro horizon of Cheetal h/c is 120° either side
12 Warning flag disappears in Electrical driven gyro at a rotor speed of More than 1800
13 Warning flag will be in view in Electrical driven gyro at a rotor speed of More than 1800
14 Location of fuel gauge in Cheetal H/C is Upper control panel
15 In Cheetal h/c Engine rotation speed measurement system sensor is : E magnetic pick-off
16 The Minimum graduation of electrical driven Directional Gyro is 4 Degree
17 The yellow arc marking on cheetal instruments is for Minimum limit
18 The green arc marking on cheetal instruments is for Normal operating range
19 In the cheetal h/c ,How many warning lights inculiding MWFU on the main instrument 26 warning lights
20 In the cheetal h/c ,T45 conformation box is installed at LH side of engine.
21 In the cheetal h/c ,TGT indicator works on the principle of See becks effect
22 In the cheetal h/c ,Thermocouples are connected to each other in Series connection.

60
23 In the cheetal h/c ,Thermocouples are mounted on engine at Front face
24 In the cheetal h/c ,Eng low oil pressure warning light comes on when oil pressure falls 1.5
to bar
25 In the cheetal h/c ,Engine oil pressure sensor is located at Lower part of oil cooler
26 In the cheetal h/c ,The eng oil temperature sensor is located at Near to T45 conformation box
27 In the cheetal h/c ,The operating range of eng Oil temp sensor is ohms 0-100 ohms.
28 In TGT four double thermocouples fitted around the rear bearing support casing at an in 90º
29 In the cheetal h/c ,Eng. Torque/Limit indicator has pointers. 4
30 In the cheetal h/c ,Engine limit indicator takes input from NG sensor
31 In the cheetal h/c ,Engine limit indicator is also known as Watch Dog indicator
32 In the cheetal h/c ,Range of delta NG indicator is - 8 to 3
33 In the cheetal h/c ,Range of engine torque indicator is 0-120 percentage
34 In the cheetal h/c ,RH 3 and RH 4 resistor in T45 confirmation box are provided for Torque reading
35 In the cheetal h/c ,The engine torque is measured in terms of KNM
36 In the cheetal h/c ,Total number of basic parameters recorded by FMS is Seven
37 Gen. power failure wx. Light is located on flying inst. Panel
38 In the cheetal h/c ,the type Engine torque transducer is Wheatstone bridge type
39 Battery 'HOT' warning comes if the battery temperature is more than 81 degree C
40 The collective pitch lever is kept after FFS in: Bottom most position
41 The collective pitch lever is kept after LFS in: Bottom most position
42 Ist line servicing is carried out on H/C as per: FSS Part- I
43 Whenever 25 hrs servicing is carried out and if during the servicing one end fitting of spacing
Changecablthe end fitting
44 Total number of warning lights on the instrument panel is/are. 28+1
45 NR trim s/w is located at OHP
46 With the help of NR trim s/w Pilot can vary main rotor rpm by ± 2%
47 Which CB is/are located at Overhead panel Start CB
48 In the cheetal h/c ,Caution / start range on an indicator is indicated by Green arc
49 Location of fuel gauge in Cheetal H/C is Upper control panel
50 Measured speed by NF sensor is send to Fuel control
51 In the cheetal h/c ,Normal/ continuous range on an engine indicator is indicated by Red radial
52 In the formula F=nd x N/60, F stands for Speed
53 In the cheetal h/c ,For NG indication the output is taken from Y1
54 In the cheetal h/c ,Gas generator RPM indicator works on the principle of Faraday law of induction
55 In the cheetal h/c ,NG sensor is installed on Starter generator shaft
56 In the cheetal h/c ,The 100 percentage of NG rpm corresponds to 45000
57 In the cheetal h/c ,The out put from NG sensor is given to IGV control from Y1
58 In the cheetal h/c ,The output from NG sensor to Fuel control is taken from Y1
59 In the cheetal h/c ,The range of NG indicator is 0-120 percentage
60 Frequency of signal produced by sensor of speed measurement system depends upon: Rotation speed
61 In the cheetal h/c ,Power required for operation of Dual tachometer indicator is 28 V DC
62 In the cheetal h/c ,NF sensor is installed at Power turbine shaft
63 In the cheetal h/c ,NR sensor is located on Rotor head
64 In the cheetal h/c ,Y2 connection of NF sensor is given to FADEC
65 In the cheetal h/c ,Warning flag of gyro horizon will disapear when the rotor speed is 16000 rpm
66 In the cheetal h/c ,NF sensors are located opposite to a phonic wheel on: Power turbine shaft
67 In the cheetal h/c ,10 V DC required for integral lighting of engine instruments. 1
68 In the cheetal h/c ,All engine instruments are powered by 20 volt ac 1
69 Engine torque/limit indicator is dual type. 1
70 Electrical driven Directional Gyro modification embodied in Cheetal H/C is India / SA- TRUE
71 Electrical driven Artifical Horizon modification embodied in Cheetal H/C is India / SA- TRUE
72 Electrical driven Artifical Horizon modification embodied in Cheetal H/C is India / SA- TRUE
73 Electrical driven Directional Gyro modification embodied in Cheetal H/C is India / SA- TRUE
74 In the cheetal h/c ,Thermocouple are connected in parallel to each other. 1
75 In the cheetal h/c ,Sensor of delta NG indicator is mounted on alternator of engine 1
76 In the cheetal h/c ,Power supply required for the operation of TGT indicator is 24V DC.1

61
77 In the cheetal h/c ,All thermocouple are joined together at T45 junction box. 1
78 In the cheetal h/c ,Engine limit indicator shows 0, indicates that engine is inoperative. 1
79 In the cheetal h/c ,Engine limit indicator shows below 0 it indicates that engine can gi 1
80 In the cheetal h/c ,Engine limit indicator indicates the limits of oil pressure. 1
81 In the cheetal h/c ,Delta NG indicator is indicating - 4 means that engine gives full pow1
82 In the cheetal h/c ,Eng. oil temperature sensor is installed on front face engine underne1
83 In the cheetal h/c ,Green arc of eng. oil temperature indicator is 10 to 115 degree cent 1
84 In the cheetal h/c ,Red radial of eng oil pressure indicator is at 1.7 and 8 bar 1
85 In the cheetal h/c ,Delta NG = actual NG - Corrected take off NG. 1
86 In the cheetal h/c ,The output of engine torque transducers is given to engine fail warni1
87 In the cheetal h/c ,Start and caution range marking are marked with yellow color 1
88 In the cheetal h/c ,X2 Output from NG sensor given for IGV control. 1
89 In the cheetal h/c ,Y1 Out put from NG sensor given for indication. 1
90 In the cheetal h/c ,range of NR indicator is o-110% 1
91 In the cheetal h/c ,Y1 Out put from NF sensor given for indication. 1
92 In the cheetal h/c ,Y-2 coil of NF sensor is to give information to fuel control. 1
93 In the cheetal h/c ,High rotor audio tone comes above 106.5 percentage of NR 1
94 In the cheetal h/c ,Low rotor voice message comes from94 percentage to 80 percenta1
95 In the cheetal h/c ,NG sensor provides the information of RPM to IGV control 1
96 In the cheetal h/c ,Scale range of NG indicator is 0 -120 percentage RPM 1
97 In the cheetal h/c ,Sensor of NG indicator is mounted on alternator of engine 1
CHAPTER 43
CHEETAL RADIO
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 V/UHF communication system is used for Long Range communication
2 The antenna used in V/UHF communication is Pie/2 antenna
3 Which type of communication is used in V/UHF communication system Sky wave communication
4 Principle of communication in case of V/UHF communication is Sky wave communication
5 Channel spacing of V/UHF ACR 500 LH system is 12.5 KHz
6 Duty cycle or Receive : Transmit cycle of V/UHF (ACR 500 LH) communication system0.04444444
7 Frequency Range of V/UHF ACR-500 LH is 30-400 MHz
8 V/UHF (ACR-500 LH) power output in AM -whisper mode is 2.5W+ 2.5 db
9 Guard frequency for frequency band 30-88 MHz is 35.500 MHz AM
10 Guard frequency for frequency band 110-150 MHz is 118.500 MHz
11 Guard frequency for frequency band 150-175 MHz is 154.6 MHz AM
12 Guard frequency for frequency band 225-420 MHz is 241 MHz
13 What is NBFM Modulation Narrow beam Frequency modulation
14 For secured mode of communication the default value is 12345
15 On Pressing SQL button and selcting TEST, it checks the serviceabilty of Transmitter
16 Fault code '0'shows PSM module faulty
17 Fault code '1'shows PSM module faulty
18 Fault code '2'shows PSM module faulty
19 Fault code '3'shows PSM module faulty
20 Fault code '4'shows Receiver Sensitivity Module Faulty
21 Fault code '5'shows Receiver Sensitivity Module Faulty
22 Fault code '6'shows Receiver Sensitivity Module Faulty
23 Fault code '7'shows Receiver Sensitivity Module Faulty
24 Fault code '8'shows DSP Module Faulty
25 Fault code '9'shows DSP Module Faulty
26 Fault code '10'shows DSP Module Faulty
27 Fault code '11'shows DSP Module Faulty
28 Fault code '12'shows PA Temperature Module Faulty
29 Fault code '13'shows PA Temperature Module Faulty
30 Fault code '14'shows PA Temperature Module Faulty

62
 31 Fault code '15'shows PA Temperature Module Faulty
32 Total no of fault codes available in ACR-500LH are 12
33 For increment and decrement of secure code in V/UHF (ACR-500LH) system is carriedInner Data Knob
34 In V/UHF (ACR-500LH) system, when Test is activated how many options are available2
35 On depressing PWR button on ACR-500LH control unit it shows High Power
36 On Test position of ACR-500LH , the transreceiver tests Transmitter only
37 Secure code can not be selected in ACR 500LH control unit if the function selector swit T/R Position
38 In ACR 500 LH when SQL/TEST button is in SQL mode SQL LED will be Flickering
39 V/UHF communication system is used for long rage communication 1
40 Channel spacing of V/UHF ACR 500 LH system is 100 HZ 1
41 Duty cycle or Receive : Transmit cycle of V/UHF (ACR 500 LH) communication system1i
42 Rebroadcast is possible in ACR-500LH on 'G' postion of control unit 1
43 The Frequency of V/UHF ACR-500LH is 30 MHz to 420 MHz 1
44 The message on the control unit of ACR-500LH shows as "LOADING" when the data fr1
45 Forsecure code selection in V/UHF ACR -500 LH the editing raange is from 0 to 8 1
46 The maximum permissible time for transmission in ACR-500LH is 60sec 1
47 VSWR stands for voltage standing wave ratio 1
48 DSSS Stands for Direct sequence spread sprectrum 1
49 In ACR-500LH communication system , TEST/RF checks the system without transmiss1
50 On TEST position of ACR-500LH, the transreceiver carries out transmit test as well as 1
51 What is the purspose of radio relay facility provided by V/UHF(ACR-500LH) system?
52 What is line of sight communication? Explain briefly with diagram.
53 Write all the frequency bands and guard frequencies available in respective band of V/UHF (ACR-500LH) system
CHAPTER 44
THEORY OF FLIG
Q NO QUESTION OPTION1
1 Autorotation is carried out in the event of:- Engine failure
2 Cyclic stick limits imposed by the following:- All up weight
3 Dragging is caused by:- Periodic drag
4 During Autorotation, relative air flow flows from:- change
Top
5 For increasing the forward speed in level flight, pilot has to move the cyclic stick forward
Slightly down
6 In Co-axial H/C, two main rotors are placed on top of each other rotating in opposite dirTorque reaction
7 Kite falls in the categories of:- Lighter than air
8 Power required to induce a flow and produce rotor thrust is referred as:- aircraft
Rotor profile power
9 The additional lift produced while hovering near to ground is due to:- Increased pressure below rotor
10 The angle between the tip path plane and the span wise length of the blade is:- Conning angle
11 The angle made by the Chord line of an aerofoil and plane of rotation is : Conning angle
12 The angle made by the Chord line of an aerofoil and the relative air flow is : Conning angle
13 The angular distance of pitch operating arm which is positioned on the control orbit i Advance angle
14 The change of state from the hover to forward flight or from Flapping
forward
15 The flightmeasured
distance to hover isfrom
known
theas : root to the blade tip is called :
blade Span
16 The distance between the leading edge and the trailing edge Chord
17 of
Theaneffect
aerofoilthatsection
occursisduring
: flare is:- Torque reaction
18 The Flaring is carried out by:- Moving Collective up
19 The fore and aft movement of the blade is known as:- Feathering
20 The Ground effect depends on following factors: Height
21 The Ground effect is experienced up to height of :- Rotor diameter
22 The hinge, which allows the blade to move freely up and down is known as:- Feathering hinge
23 The lift is dependant upon the following factors:- Density of air
24 The line joining the leading edge and the trailing edge of an aerofoil is : Chord
25 The movement of a blade in the vertical sense relative to the Plane of rotation is : Feathering
26 The property by which the action occurs 90 o from the force applied in the same direction Inertia of motion
as rotation is referred as:-
27 The rotorcraft which has a freely rotating wing providing the aerodynamic force for Lift Gyro dyne
28 The side ways movement of helicopter due to fitment of Tail rotor in the process of coun Torque reaction

63
29 The system allows the blade to feathering, flapping and dragging is known as: Articulated rotors
30 The Tail rotor roll can be compensated by fitment of tail rotor:- Below the main rotor
31 The type of rotor which allows the blade to feather only is:- Fully articulated
32 The vertical components of total reaction which is perpendicular to relative air flow is rerotors
Weight
33 Various factors affecting maximum forward speed are:- Design limit of cyclic stick.
34 When power is applied to the rotor system, the fuselage will tend to move in the opposite Drifting
35 Which aircraft cannot take-off vertically:- Gyro dyne
36 Which falls in the categories of lighter than air aircraft:- Gyro dyne
37 In case of failure of Tail rotor, fuselage will rotate in the direction of main rotor. 1
38 A vibration of large amplitude resulting from a force or self-induced vibration of a heli 1
39 All helicopters can be called as aircraft but all aircraft can 1
40 not
Axisbe of called asisHelicopter.
rotation always perpendicular to Plane of rotation. 1
41 Collective and Cyclic control performs the function through Swash plate arrangement wh 1
42 Drag of a body moving through the air will vary as the square of the speed, but the pow1
43 During Flaring, increase in rotor RPM is due to conservation of angular momentum. 1
44 During Hover, rotor thrust is equal to weight. 1
45 Glider falls in the categories of lighter than air but mechanically driven aircraft. 1
46 Gyroplane is invented by Juan De La Cierva. 1
47 In driving region (Autorotative region), Total reaction fall ahead of Rotor trust (Axis of ro1
48 In symmetrical aerofoil, the mean chamber line and chord line are not same. 1
49 In the event of Autorotation, the immediate action is to lower the collective to prevent 1
50 Lift is always perpendicular to relative air flow and drag is parallel to air flow. 1
51 Lift is increased as cube of relative air velocity. 1
52 In Hover condition, Shaft axis and Axis of rotation both do not fall in same line. 1
53 Only In Hover condition, Shaft axis and Axis of rotation both fall in same line. 1
54 Relative air flow is always opposite to the flight path. 1
55 Resultant of Lift and drag is called as rotor thrust . 1
56 The ability to take off vertically is one of the advantages of a helicopter over the aero p1
57 The angular motion of helicopter about the normal axis is called rolling. 1
58 The change of attitude from a forward flight condition to induce a fairly de-acceleratio 1
59 The direction of h/c is controlled by collective stick. 1
60 The forward moving blade is referred to as the retreating blade while backward moving1
61 The ground effects decrease when height of the helicopter decreases. 1
62 The lift on the retreating half of the disc will be less than that of the advancing half of th1
63 The main cause of Tail rotor roll is the fitment of Tail rotor in the level of Main rotor. 1
64 The point on aerofoil where total lift is considered to act is known as Centre of pressur 1
65 The Tail rotor drift can be compensated by tilting the rotor disc either by Cyclic stick, ri 1
66 The Tail rotor drift can be compensated by tilting the rotor disc to opposite side of tail ro1
67 The vertical component of total reaction acting perpendicular to the plane of rotation is 1c
68 To achieve a vertical climb, the total rotor thrust must be increased. This can be done b1
69 To compensate the phase lag, the advanced angle is given. 1
70 When a blade flaps up, its center of gravity moves away from the axis of rotation. 1
71 While using collective stick, the pitch angle of all blade changes collectively. 1
72 While using Cyclic stick, the pitch angle of blade alters collectively. 1
73 What are factors affecting maximum forward speed of helicopter?
74 What is autorotation and list out circumstances in which it is carried out?
75 What is flare and its effects?
76 What is Ground effect and what are factors affecting it?
77 What is Tail rotor drift? Which are the methods employed to Compensate the tail rotor drift?
78 What is Tail rotor roll? Which are the methods employed to Compensate the tail rotor roll?
79 What is torque reaction? Which are the methods employed to Compensate the torque reaction?
80 With the help of sketch, draw the Genealogical tree of Aircraft.
81 With the help of sketch, indicate various angle, flow and components of total reaction.
CHAPTER 45

64
 TECH ADMIN
Q NO QUESTION OPTION1
1 The appropriate authority to sanction the cannibalization of aircraft equipment is OC MF
2 ARS items belong to Class A
3 STI entry is made in Both in IAFF(T) 700 and 701.
4 Concession is to be endorse in section of IAFFT 700 One
5 Defect investigation report Performa as a follow up report is. IAAF-1022
6 Every component package/Envelope will be marked with Part no
7 IAFF(T) 701 belong to Component record sheet
8 Items marked with double star (**) activities are carried out by: supervisors
9 Left arm down, Right arm repeatedly moving upward - backward. It indicates the aircrafStraight ahead
10 Maintenance flight is set up to carry out 1st Line servicing
11 Out of Phase Servicing Record is to be endorsed in section of IAFFT 700. Sec-1
12 Section -VI of Log card is for Modification record
13 The storage temperature should be between 10º to 20º
14 The TSS is responsible for. Maintenance of all serviceable aircraf
15 The work order for second line servicing is TCR
issued towing
16 Tractor by: speed of an a/c during day time should not be more than 8Kms/hr
17 Tyre should be stored vertically In special racks embodying support tubes so that eachTwo t point
18 Utility helicopter Flight is responsible to carry out: 1st Line servicing
19 Which of the following gas is particularly deleterious Carbon dioxide
20 Which of the material deformation will be occurred when contact with liquid and semi-s Polithyne
21 In AF, Both STI and SI entries are made in Both in IAFF(T) 700 and 701.
22 In AF, Concession is to be endorse in section of IAFFT 700 One
23 In AF, Defect investigation report Performa as a follow up report is. IAAF-1022
24 IAFF(T) 701 is Component record sheet
25 In Servicing Schedule, Items marked with double star (**) activities are carried out by: supervisors
26 In AF, Out of Phase Servicing Record is to be endorsed in which section of IAFFT 700Sec-1
27 Section -VI of Log card is used for Modification record
28 The optimum storage temperature should be between 10º to 20º
29 In AF, the work order for second line servicing is issued by: TCR
30 While towing an Aircraft during day time the Tractor towing speed should not be more 8Kms/hr
than
31 Servicings Instructions (SI) are Non Recurrent
32 Station flight safety meeting is chaired by SFSO
33 The responsibility of operation of crash and salvage is Unit AEO
34 Which of the following gas is particularly poisionous Carbon dioxide
35 According to standard store procedure, only 04 numbers of tyres should be kept togeth1
36 Aircraft accidents and incidents are reported in IAF (F) 2022. 1
37 Class 'B' stores are those which remain on charge, can not be replaced except on their1
38 Defect investigation report Performa is T-2022 1
39 During towing an A/C turning on the spot is to be avoided to prevent the damage to tyr1
40 Extension of component life” entry in IAFF (T) 700 to be made in blue ink. 1
41 Hose assemblies, hoses and tubing shall be store in coils or roll. . 1
42 In IAFF (T) 700, Life components monitoring is recorded in Section ‘6’. 1
43 OHR corner a post box painted in white and black strips. 1
44 Rubber articles should be protected from direct sun light 1
45 Schedule maintenance manual deals with removal and installation procedure 1
46 Servicing Instructions are to be entered in Red Ink in IAFF (T) 700. 1
47 Tarmac movement activities are controlled in guidance of EO U H flight. 1
48 Tech publications are issued by CASD 1
49 Temperature is not a factor to affect storage of rubber component. 1
50 The inner tube should be deflected and secured in a fix position such as tight roll by r 1
51 The objective of calibration is to ensure uniformity of measurement in all A/C equipme1
52 The relative humidity should not exceed 75 percentage when component stored in sta1

65
 53 When refueling the fuel from barrel by pump directly into air craft it must be ensure that1
54 In AF, Aircraft accidents and incidents are reported in IAF (F) 2022. 1
55 Class 'B' stores are classified as those items which remain on charge, cannot be repla 1
56 When the Aircraft is towed, turning on the spot is to be avoided to prevent the damage1
57 In AF, Extension of component life entry in IAFF (T) 700 is to be made in blue ink. 1
58 In IAFF (T) 700 used in Air Force, Life components monitoring is recorded in Section ‘61
59 Schedule maintenance manual of an Aircraft, deals with removal and installation proc 1
60 In AF, Servicing Instructions are to be entered in Red Ink in IAFF (T) 700. 1
61 In AF, Tech publications are issued by CSDO 1
62 The main objective of calibration is to ensure the uniformity of measurement in all Air 1
63 According to standard store procedure, the relative humidity should not exceed 75 pe 1
64 Schedule maintenance manual deals with removal and installation procedure 1
65 The rubberised components must be avoided from the direct sunlight to cause any da TRUE
66 AEO is to authorise extensions of maximum 03 days in respect of calender based serviTRUE
67 STI`s are issued by NASDO. 1
68 Radiography is one of the NDT technuiques. 1

CHAPTER 46
EBT
Q NO.QUESTION OPTION1
1 Therm is equivalent to 100 B.TH.U
2 The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of a 5 kg body through 1°c is calUnit heat
3 If 5 dyne force produces a displacement of 10 cm then the amount of work done is 2 Ergs.
4 Thermometer, that uses the property of emf, is Platinum resistance thermometerrance
5 The upper boiling point limit of a mercury thermometer can be raised by filling the top oOxygen
6 The first resistance thermometer was constructed by Seebeck
7 The unit of temperature in fpa system is °Kelvin
8 In a electrical circuit, if two resistors of 2 ohms are connected in parallel, then the inver2 ohms
9 The type of fuel content gauge, which is more useful and accurate is Float type
10 The frequency band used for long distance point communication is VLF
11 The direction of magnetic field around a current carrying solenoid can be found out by Fleming's left hand rule
12 Airborne radar used for interception, automatic searching, tracking of targets and launcTracking radar
13 Duty cycle which gives the total time of a transmitter which was on in one second, is thAverage power and peak power
14 In the aircraft, flight data recorder is provided for System health monitoring
15 The longest chord that can be drawn for any circle is through Centre of the circle
16 The angle of projections used in engineering drawing are I & II angle
17 The shortes distance between two points joined by a series of points overlapping each Horizontal line
18 The graphical representation of an object or part of an object and their relative positionWorkshop drawing
19 Peg spanners are used on those nuts and bolts, which have Two or more holes around its periph
20 Drill that provides a good seat around the drilled hole for a nut or bolt head, is Bottoming drill
21 Reamers used for enlarging the size of bushes and hole are Hand taper reamers
22 The spanner used in restricted space only, is Peg spanner
23 Gauge, that determines the number of threads per inch, is Radius guage
24 Hide faced hammers are classified by the Size
25 Dot punch is a type of Centre punch
26 Special parts made for specific aircraft have marking to indicate Size
27 Artificial abrasive of grinding wheel is Emery
28 Err:509 Density
29 Steel that contains 0.30% to 0.60% carbon is known as Mild steel
30 When a number of parts are to be case harden then the process used is Box process
31 The length of the file is measured from its Shoulder to the tip of the blade
32 Hacksaw blades are classified by Width and degree of coarseness

66
33 Locking device which can be repeatedly used is Circlip
34 Reamers used for reaming holes having keyways or groves, are Hand taper reamers
35 Class of fit , which requires slight manual effort to assemble the parts , is Force fit
36 In 24/25 system, each vernier scale division is equal to 0.01mm
37 Bevel protector is used for checking Linear measurement
38 The lower critical point of steel is 523°c
39 In transition fit Shaft diameter is larger than the hole
40 The size and material of the drill is marked on Shank
41 After assembly of parts, dismantling is not possible in Force fit
42 Locking device used to prevent endwise movement is Locking wire
43 Circlips are made of Nickle alloy
44 Special purpose spanners are made of Case hardened high carbon steel
45 The point at which the piston is at the extreme end of its travel, away from the crank s Bottom dead centre
46 In a four stroke four cylinder inline engine if the crankshaft has four crankpins arrang 90° of crankshaft rotation
47 In a multi cylinder engine, all the cylinders should deliver a power stroke once in every 90° movement of crankshaft
48 The part of a magneto which provides magnetic field to generate low voltage in the pri Condenser
49 If there is an open circuit due to damage or disconnection of spark plug or ht lead, t Safety spark gap
50 The type of super charger whose impeller is driven by a exhaust gases is Two speed super charger
51 The product of force applied and distanced moved by an object is Force
52 The ratio of brake horse power to indicated horse power, expressed in percentage is caMechanical efficiency
53 Working agent of an IC engine is Water
54 The total power developed in the cylinders of an engine is known as Horse power
55 In the case of internal combustion engine, the sink is Atmosphere
56 Rigid conduits are supplied in length of 4 to 6 feet
57 The filter used in fuel system and consists of a stack of paper discs, which are capableWire guage filter
58 The type of coupling where nipple adaptor is positioned between the flared ends of thePipe to internally coned union adapter
59 Before fitting a new cock in the pipe line, it should be immersed in the same fuel to Check the serviceabiliy
60 The type of valve that prevents flow of oil from de-aerator to the accessory gearbox at Barostatic valve
61 Fire extinguisher used for power plant and fuel bay protection is pressurised at 80 PSI
62 Immediately after take off if an aircraft climbs fast then it will result to Normal fuel vapour loss
63 Aircraft at altitude with an open vented fuel tank will increase the rate of evaporation duHigh ambient pressure
64 The fuel pressurised with air is never feed to Booster pump
65 The starter used in aero engine comes under the CAT of Accessory
66 In a fuel sample if presence of water is 35 ppm than it is detected by Only water finding paste
67 Standard colour code of avgas grade 100/130 is Red
68 A quality and quantity of petrolium products are evaluated by Density and specific gravity
69 Observed density is converted to correspondence density at temperature 30° c
70 When fuse plug of refueller is fused, it provides an opening of 1/4"
71 Steady dripping of atf from centrifugal pump drain of refueller indicates Excessive fuel pressure
72 The range of rpm gauge of centrifugal pump of refueller is 0-600 rpm
73 The part of refueller which controls fuel delivery automatically as per the opening of tri 4" pressure control valve
74 The capacity of storing results in memory of cm-20, is 100
75 If the fuel remains dormant for a period of three months in the refueller then the fuel b Silver strip test
76 The action to be taken, if the gland seal of pressure control valve is slightly worn-out, i Remove all the shims
77 Health monitoring helps in extending tbo/ttl of an aircraft depending upon the residual Servicing
78 The aim of aerospace safety is to Prevent any accidents which causes un
79 Aerospace safety meetings are conducted at all levels to Exchange views freely on potentiall
80 Operational hazard report corner are to be set up at DSS
81 Ministry of home affairs directed all state government to set up air field environmen SFS & IO
82 Servicing errors are the lapses in servicing from Ist to iind line servicing
83 If an aircraft's wing not shaped as aerofoil, then the aircraft will Not get high speed
84 If an aircraft is not provided with fin and rudder the aircraft can not have Rolling and banking movement
85 The area of the circle swept by the rotor blade tips of helicopter, is known as Blade area
86 in helicopter, engine is off loaded during starting to facilities easy starting by Main gear box

67
 87 Banking and rolling movement to an aircraft is provided by Flap
88 The force that’s act on the aircraft vertically downwards due to the gravitational pull of Gravitational pull
89 The section that consists of more than one flight and controlled by flight commander ofTech flight
90 Calculating and recording the oil consumption rate in section 12 of iaff (t) 700 is the resTrade supervisor
91 First line servicing of an aircraft is recorded in IAFF(T) 700b book I
92 Out of phase servicing carried out on an aircraft is recorded in IAFF (T) 700 sec 4 & 10
93 None are listed items are reviewed by maintenance cell once in every 3 years
94 Air force orders are issued by air hqs fortnightly and signed by Vcas
95 The line servicing which comprises a specialised process as salvage is Third line servicing
96 Module, which help the immols system administrator to trace the document by using thMasters
97 DMD in immols is equivalent to raising IAFF(Q) 446
98 Number os request for mtrs are 4
99 Module, which facilitate the immols system administrator to view equipment details is Tools
100 Demand quantity can be modified by Approver
101 The aircraft which can fly more than five mach is called Subsonic aircraft
102 Banking movement of an aircraft is controlled by the Rudder
103 Rolling is the movement of an aicraft about Longitudinal axis
104 In a turbojet engine, the thrust is generated by Turbine
105 Auxiliary gearbox gets a drive from Stator
106 The portion of total air from engine used for aircraft services is called Cooling air
107 Engine thrust can be directly measured during Test bench run
108 A combination of convergent and divergent duct with minimum cross-section area at thro Subsonic aircraft
109 Fuel in combustion chamber is sprayed by Burners
110 In supersonic aircraft, supersonic speed of air is converted into subsonic speed by Annular air intake
111 In a turbojet engine, the kinetic energy of the high velocity air is converted into pressu Impeller
112 In fighter aircraft, rear fuselage can be separated for Quick and easy removal of engine
113 Type of exhaust nozzle used in helicopter engine is Convergent
114 Flow of cooloing air to turbine disc is controlled by Metered hole
115 If there is air in the oil system, then there will be Drop in oil pressure
116 When engine is cut-off, residual fuel form primary manifold is drained by Drain valve
117 Cooling air is supplied to the hollow nozzle guide vanes from Air intake duct
118 Amount of air enters in dilution zone before turbine to lower the temperature of hot ga 70%
119 In turbojet engine the temperature of gases during combustion is approximately 800°c
120 Amount of air that enters in primary zone through secondary holes adjacent to combus20%
121 Life of turbine blades depends upon Their material
122 A propulsive device which is most efficient in complete vaccum is H
123 If the passage of gas flow through mgb is parallel, then blading of turbine will be Impulse
124 During working cycle of turbojet engine, working fluid undergoes continuous change in Pressure
i
125 The type of rectifier which consist of a transformer and a rectifire unit is Full wave bridge rectifier
126 During functional check of 30 V DC ground starting battery trolly,when current of 500 a16 V
127 The item, which is not a part of pilot parachute, is Canopy
128 The ejection velocity of ejection seat depends upon Type and weight of aircraft
129 An aircraft coming with leftover ammunition after the armament sortie, is indicated by Extended position of dive brakes
130 A propeller blade reference station is designated distance along the length of the bla Centre of the hub
131 Type of propeller that provides an effective air braking when used after landing, is Co-axial propeller
132 Gyroscopic effect can be control in case of Co-axial propeller
133 Component that of total reaction, perpendicular to the relative airflow is Lift
134 Resultant of forces acting on the propeller in the direction of flight is Drag
135 Aircraft can be taxied rearward with the help of Contra rotating propeller
136 Automatic reversal of blade negative pitch during flying tends to produce negative thrust Fuel supply increased to pcu
137 The amount of stress created by centrifugal force may be greater than 7500 times the Propeller spinner
138 The aerofoil section stalls when angle of attack is more than 8°
139 The most desirable angle of attack of propeller is 2-4°
140 Angle of attack for a propeller blade varies with Air speed

68
141 Number of blades of propeller can not be increased more than five due to Aerodynamic interference
142 Angle of advance is also called Helix angle
143 During flying, if one of the engine is feathered, the aircraft experiences More drag
144 The seal, which resist both high and low pressure and is suitable for fluid air component Duplex seal
145 To prevent runway structure from damage and sinking of tyre into it, when the wheel loSingle wheel
146 If a tyre is having a blistter not more than one inch in diameter in the lower half of the Puncured before use
147 The type of finish given to flexible fuel tank for identification is Black finish
148 A green lacquer finish is given to the flexible fuel tank which are made of Marlite
149 The number of rotors installed on main and tail rotor of helicopter will be depending on The role of helicopter
150 In non-self idling power circuit, to ensure that the automatic cutt-out valve works effici Reservoir
151 For correct installation of felt filter, the body is stamped with An arrow
152 In rigid type fuel tank, the join are seamed and soldered in case the tank is made of Aluminium
153 Where a high degree of filteration is required, the type of filter used is Tecalemit
154 For sealing end caps, adopters connections, the seal used is Duplex
155 The bead seats are formed on either side towards the flange of ring with a surface anglHold the tyre
156 To prevent distortion to wheel during compression load, the aircraft wheel are providedRim
157 The forward movement of an aircraft control column will make The trailing edge of elevator and aircar
158 The unequal wing lift on each side of the aircraft produces Yaw on the aircraft
159 Push-pull tube method of control system is made in short length to prevent Vibration under tension load
160 To facilitate engine strating and to avoid engine over heating, the unit connected betw Centrifugal clutch
161 In fully articulated rotor system of helicopter, each blade is attached to rotor hub by a Rotate anticlockwise
162 The seal which acts similar to 'u' seal and when used on moving parts is backed by a leSquare section seal
163 The auxiliary controls surface are employed to maintain the aircraft in Rolling
164 Inverter is used to convert Ac to Dc
165 Converter is used to convert Voltage
166 The capacity of a battery is measured in Volts
167 The phase voltage of a three phase star- connected AC generator is Equal to line voltage
168 When the RPM of a shunt wound motor increases the current drawn by it Decreases
169 Which motor has the poorest speed control Shunt
170 Which of the following does not change in a transformer Current
171 Which type of Battery used in CTK/CTH helicopter Ni-Cd
172 Which type of generator is used in aircraft Shunt
173 For knowing the part no. of the components, the concerned manual is to be referred is:Maintenance manual
174 In Gas turbine engine, Combustion occurs at :- Constant volume
175 In which type of turbine, there is no change in pressure between the rotor gas inlet andReaction type
176 Mach no. is ratio of the speed of the body to :- Speed of sound
177 Pressure drop occurs in combustion chamber (CC) of GT engine is due to :- Combution chamber not enclosed
178 Zener diode works on Reverse bias
179 A Pitot head is used to measure Dynamic minus static pressure
180 The gas turbine engine operates on which of the thermodynamics cycle Otto cycle
181 Radio altimeter works on the principle of Pulse modulation
182 The unit of power in SI system is Kg-m/second
183 During Process of drawing into wire,copper must be Annealed
184 A propulsive device which is most efficient in complete Vacum is Ramjet
185 The Substances,which easily allow the passage of electic current through it is called Conductors
186 Inverter is used to convert Ac to dc
187 In a logic Circuit if input Signal is high and the output is low or vice versa, it is known Nor gate
188 A device which converts mechanical energy into electrical energy is called Motor
189 A stepper motor does not rotate continuously as a conventional motor does. 1
190 A transformer must not be connected to DC source 1
191 For Aircraft constant frequency system 400 Hz has been adopted as the standard 1
192 Turbocharging is possible in petrol engines 1
193 In Aircraft, Battery is used as a primary source of DC Power in aircraft 1
194 Self excited generator are those whose field coils are excited by the generated itself. 1

69
195 The electrolyte used in Ni-Cd battery is H2S04 1
196 The main source of DC power is starter generator 1
197 The operating voltage range of DC power in CTK/CTH is 22V to 29V. 1
198 The process of converting an AC supply into a DC supply is known as rectification 1
199 When a transformer raises the voltage it is called the step-up transformer 1
200 Apparent wander of a gyro is caused by rotation of the earth 1
201 Second law of themodynamics deals with Entropy 1
202 In case of failure of tail rotor, fuselage will rotate in the direction of main rotor 1
203 All helicopter can be called as aircraft but all aircraft can not be called as Helicopter 1
204 Hose assemblies,hoses and tubing shall be stored in coils or roll 1
205 HF system works on SKY Wave Propgation 1

CHAPTER 47
PRACTICAL QUEST
AIRFRAME
1 Carry out the stabilizer incidence angle checks.
2 Carry out tail boom alignment check.
3 Carry out Free wheel bellow seal replacement.
4 Carry out Inspection of pressure filter and magnetic plug.
5 Carry out Main gear box oil cooler leak test.
6 Carry out checking play between rotating star and non-rotating star.
7 Carry out removal, bleeding and fitment of hydraulic drag damper.
8 Carry out main rotor head sleeve alignment check.
9 Carry out removal and installation of main rotor blades.
10 Carry out removal, inspection and fitment of hydraulic pump.
11 Carry out Servo valve adjustment with the help of hydraulic test rig.
12 Carry out timing check of hydraulic drag damper.
13 Carry out twist check of tail drive shaft.
14 Carry out removal and installation of tail gear box.
15 Carry out removal and inspection of hydraulic filter.
16 Carry out Main rotor head rigging.
17 Carry out Tail rotor head rigging.
18 Carry out Parking brake bleeding.
19 Carry out removal and installation of tail rotor guard.
20 Carry out timing check of Houdaille damper.
21 Carry out levelling of helicopter.
22 Carry out track check of main rotor blade.
23 Carry out removal and fitment of main rotor head.
24 Carry out removal and fitment of main rotor shaft.
25 Carry out removal and fitment of inclined drive shaft and coupling shaft.
26 Carry out removal and fitment of tail rotor head and tail rotor blades.
27 Carry out removal and fitment of main gear box.
28 Carry out removal, servicing and fitment of main oleo leg
29 Carry out removal, servicing and fitment of nose oleo leg.
30 Carry out checking of vibration of main rotor and tail rotor.
31 Carry out removal and fitment of rescue hoist and cargo sling.
32 Carry out rectification of rudder sticking and change of battery bearings.
33 Carry out change of bungee cord.

70
 CHAPTER 1
AIRFRAME GENERAL
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
5 persons 6 persons 7 persons 2 2 1 1
21-1-72 21-12-72 22992 2 1 1 3
Alouette III Alouette IV Alouette II&III 1 1 1 2
26645 21-1-72 12-12-61 4 2 1 3
England Australia Russia 1 2 1 2
Light a/c Drawing no. of the a/c None of these 1 1 1 2
Light a/c Drawing no. of the a/c None of these 2 1 1 1
Light a/c Drawing no. of the a/c None of these 3 2 1 3
Light a/c Drawing no. of the a/c None of these 1 1 1 2
Light a/c Drawing no. of the a/c None of these 2 1 1 3
Light a/c Drawing no. of the a/c None of these 3 2 1 2
80Ltrs 70 Ltrs 55Ltrs 1 1 1 2
11.020 mtrs 10.320 mtrs 10.040 mtrs 1 1 1 2
1157 Kg 1105 Kg 1043 Kg 1 1 1 2
Main rotor stops Engine stops (1)& (2) 4 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
1 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
1 1 3
CHAPTER 2
CONSTRUCTION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Forward bottom structuCenter section Tail boom 2 2 1 3
Two longitudinal beam and
Three longitudinal beam an Five longitudinal bea 1 2 1 2
Centre section Tail boom All above 4 1 1 2
Left hand rear side of cBottom of the centre secti None of the above 2 1 1 1
Center section TSP None of the above 1 2 1 3
Port side Top of centre section bottom of centre sectio2 1 1 2
Blue White Red 3 1 1 3
6 and 7 Only 6 5 and 6 3 2 1 2
Frame No 01to 04 Frame No 03to 08 Frame No 01to 06 1 1 1 2
3-G 2-D 2-G 1 1 1 2
3L,3R,4L AND 4R 4L,4R AND FIVE 3L,3R AND 5 4 1 1 2
5LH and 5RH 6RH and 6LH. 7LH and 7RH. 4 2 1 1
5 and 6 6 and 7 3 and 4 1 1 1 3
Stb side At centre Front side 2 1 1 2
4 and 5 5, 6G and 6D 3,4and6 3 2 1 3
25 psi 29 psi 21 psi 1 2 1 2
Two horizontal and two verti
Two vertical and one horNone of above 3 1 1 2
Light alloy Titanium sheet None of above 2 1 1 1

71
 Aluminum alloy Titanium sheet None of above 3 2 1 3
Number Both a and b Symbol 3 1 1 2
Teflon seal Stabilizer to tail boom fitting
A and B 4 1 1 3
During periodic servicingOps (1) & (2) Noneof the above 3 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
2 1 3
1 1 2
1 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
1 1 3
2 1 1
1 1 3
1 1 2
CHAPTER 3
TRANSMISSION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
316 B H/C SA 319 H/C SA 315 A H/C 3 2 1 2
0.4-0.6mm 0.6-0.8mm none of the above 2 1 1 2
Maximum 353RPM synchronization Clutch engagement 3 1 1 1
50019-10500rpm 19500-24000rpm 21000-26000rpm 3 2 1 3
Inclined drive shaft, free Inclined drive shaft, coup Inclined drive shaft, 4 1 1 2
Impact on main rotor Rotor over speeding in auHarsh clutch engage 4 1 1 3
For balancing purpose To drain out water To drain out oil whi 4 2 1 2
15-18 sec 9-12 sec 6-9 sec 1 1 1 2
180 190 150 1 1 1 2
Hold the rotor against rotHold the rotor against r Allow auto rotation inca3 1 1 2
Tail drive system Wheel brake system Main drive system 4 2 1 1
OM-11 OM-15 OEP-70 internally fr 4 1 1 3

72
Both the direction One direction only None of the above 3 1 1 2
10 5 12 1 2 1 3
02 mm 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1 2 1 2
Free wheel unit Rotor brake Main rotor shaft 2 1 1 2
Low point Mid point None of the above 1 1 1 1
45 deg 30 deg 60 deg 2 2 1 3
MGB side Can be installed either wanone of the above 2 1 1 2
Two bypass valves One filter Non of the above 1 1 1 3
6 pinions 9 pinions 4 pinions 2 2 1 2
39.1+-1.45 PSI 73+-15 PSI none of the above 1 1 1 2
MR brake, clutch unit, MR brake, MRH, MGB, Clut Clutch unit, Free whe 2 1 1 2
Rear side Left side Right side 1 1 1 2
Both the direction Grey Safe glass 2 2 1 1
04 Ltr. 4.5 Ltr. 5.5 Ltr. 3 1 1 3
Pressure relief valve outlet to other system Stand by pad 2 2 1 1
100degC 90degC 120degC 1 1 1 3
31.75psi 19.75psi 20.75 psi 1 1 1 2
39.1+-1.45psi 36.25+-1,45psi 70+-15psi 1 2 1 3
3.25kg/m 1.25kg/m 3.27kg/m 1 2 1 2
Rigid joints Movable joints None of them 1 1 1 2
Five sleeves Six sleeves Three sleeves 2 1 1 1
OX-38 OEP-70 HD-30 1 2 1 3
15 cm³ 1/2 of its capacity 150 mm³ 2 1 1 2
3mm 5mm 6mm 1 1 1 3
Two roller bearing One ball and one roller Only one roller bearin 3 2 1 2
2393 to 1930 In ratio of 1:1.24 2825 to 2001 3 1 1 2
Six Seven Only on eight 4 1 1 2
R.H.S. Upward Down ward 2 1 1 2
1Ltrs 4.5Ltrs 2.3 Ltrs 1 2 1 1
2-2.5mdaN 1.3-1.5mdaN 1.6-2mdaN 1 1 1 3
FLASE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FLASE 1 1 1 1
FLASE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FLASE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FLASE 2
2 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
2 1 3
1 1 2
1 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2

73
 1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
1 1 3
1 1 2
2 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
CHAPTER 4
ROTOR SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Semi articulated Rigid None of the above 1 2 1 3
Design angle Reference angle Installation angle 1 1 1 2
Tip end Trailing edge Leading edge 2 1 1 3
Yellow sleeve Blue sleeve Black sleeve 1 2 1 2
6deg 40' 24deg 40' None of these 1 1 1 2
Twice Thrice Nil 1 1 1 1
One Three Four 1 2 1 3
Flapping Dragging Both A and B 4 1 1 2
One plates Three plates Four plates 1 1 1 3
Drain hole By pass hole Drop hole 1 2 1 2
Main drive shaft Main rotor head Tail drive shaft 1 1 1 2
Flapping Dragging Both A and B 1 1 1 2
Two stops on the hub Two stops on the sleeve Two stops on the spide2 1 1 2
Angular contact Needle bearings Roller bearing 3 2 1 1
Semi articulated Rigid None of the above 2 1 1 3
Not less than 25mm Not less than 30mm Not less than 50mm 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FLASE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FLASE 1 1 1 2
FLASE 1 2 1 1
FLASE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 1
1 1 3
1 1 2
2 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
2 1 3
1 1 2
1 1 3
2 1 2
CHAPTER 5
SERVO SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI

74
 OFF position Neutral None of the above 2 1 1 2
Decreases Comes down to min. Operates the servo co 1 1 1 2
2 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 2 2 1 1
Clockwise Upward Downward 1 1 1 3
Return line Pressure line None of the above 3 1 1 2
51+-0.4 mm 53+-0.4 mm 54+-0.5 mm 4 2 1 3
95 psi 85 psi 29 psi 3 2 1 2
OM-15 OX-38 OM-11 2 1 1 2
Micrometer Vernier caliper Go and not Go gauge4 1 1 1
24 bar 28 bar 32 bar 3 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
1 1 3
1 1 2
CHAPTER 6
FLYING CONTROLS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Bungee cord Friction knob Both A & B 3 2 1 2
Bungee cord Friction knob Both A & B 1 1 1 2
Quadrant Swash plate assy None of above 3 1 1 1
Quadrant Swash plate assy None of above 3 2 1 3
3mm 4mm 5mm 4 1 1 2
Two control tubes Three control tubes None of above 3 1 1 3
Partially extended Fully retracted In neutral position 1 2 1 2
7±1kg 6±1kg 5±1kg 1 1 1 2
7+/-1kg 6+/-1kg 5+1kg 3 1 1 2
Fairleads Turn buckles Quadrant 3 1 1 2
Spring balance By hand A and B 1 2 1 1
0.25 ips 0.20 ips 2.5 ips 3 1 1 3
9 to 12 seconds 9 to 14 seconds 10 to 14 seconds 1 2 1 1
50mm 60mm 70mm 2 1 1 3
8 to 12 seconds 9 to 14 seconds 10 to 14 seconds 1 1 1 2
The rotational motion of The push pull motion of thThe push pull motion of1 2 1 3

75
 FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FLASE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FLASE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
2 1 3
1 1 2
CHAPTER 7
LANDING GEARS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Pneumatically Mechanically None of the above 1 2 1 2
787 PSI 678 PSI Nitrogen is not charge 1 1 1 2
03 mm 04 mm 05 mm 2 1 1 2
787 PSI 340 PSI Nitrogen is not charge 2 1 1 2
Port side to the co- pilot Between co-pilot and pilo
In the instrument panel3 2 1 1
70 psi 65 psi 71 psi 4 1 1 3
0.3 mm 0.4 mm 0.2 mm 4 2 1 1
0.08 mm 0.05 mm 0.8 mm 2 1 1 3
0.2 mm 0.3 mm 0.5 mm 2 1 1 2
Oxygen Air OM 15 1 2 1 3
25 kg 30 kg 35 kg 3 2 1 2
Partially in Fully out Fully in 2 1 1 2
Partially release position Brake ON position Fully up position 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
0 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
0 2 1 1 2
0 2 1 1 2
0 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
1 1 2
2 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
2 1 3
1 1 2
1 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2

76
 1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1

CHAPTER 8
VIBRATIONS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Uneven ground Unequal extension of shock
Allstr
above 4 2 1 1
Unequal extension of shoc
Due to uneven ground Unequal length of sp 4 1 1 3
50 gm 42 gm 52 gm 1 1 1 2
IPS ISP M/dan 2 2 1 3
50 gm 42 gm 52 gm 4 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
0 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
CHAPTER 9
HEATING SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
On top of rear wall cabin Behind
in the rear wall cabin
Near the engine 3 1 1 2
55-60 ºC 50-60ºC 45-60ºC 2 1 1 3
74 psi 75 psi 72 psi 1 2 1 2
205 deg centigrade 250 deg centigrade 220 deg centigrade 3 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
2 1 1
1 1 3
1 1 2
2 1 3
2 1 2
CHAPTER 10
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Closed Locked in open positionlocked in close position3 1 1 1
5 strands are broken 1strands are broken 3 strands are broken 2 2 1 3
3 cables 5 cables 6 cables 1 1 1 2
Two point Three point Four point 3 1 1 3
Electrically Manually All above 4 2 1 2
20mm 25mm 30mm 2 1 1 2
Electrically Mechanically Both 1 & 2 1 1 1 2

77
 800 kg 900 kg 1000 kg 4 1 1 2
800 kg 900 kg 1000 kg 1 2 1 1
Co-pilot cyclic stick Pilot collective lever Co-pilot collective lever3 1 1 3
0.300 bar 0.350 bar 0.275 bar 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
CHAPTER 11
BAD WEATHER PROTECTION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Iso propyl Chlorine Ethyl glycol 1 2 1 1
Twist to T.D.S. Twist to inclined drive shafDamage to M.R.Blade 2 1 1 1
Inspection of tail rotor head
A and B M.G.B 3 2 1 3
M.G.B. A frame and theirTail boom A and B 4 1 1 2
270 rpm 370 rpm 420 rpm 4 1 1 3
T.R.B. Stabilizer All above 4 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
0 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1

CHAPTER 12
INSPECTIONS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
FSS Part- II FSS Part- III OOPS 1 1 1 2
2 cubic millimeter .5 cubic millimeter 1.5 cubic millimeter 1 2 1 3
Top most position Neutral position In between position 1 2 1 2
Top most position Neutral position In between position 2 1 1 2
FSS Part- I I FSS Part- III PMS 3 1 1 1
Change the end fitting caChange the complete setAircraft can be put un 3 2 1 3
200hrs 300hrs 400hrs 1 1 1 2
25hrs 50hrs 100hrs 4 1 1 3
25hrs 50hrs 100hrs 4 2 1 2
50 hrs servicing 100 hrs servicing 200 hrs servicing 4 1 1 2
II nd line servicing Both a and b None of these 3 1 1 2
Micrometer Vernier caliper Go and not Go gauge4 1 1 2
100hrs 400hrs None of these 3 2 1 1
100hrs 400hrs 25hrs 2 1 1 3
100hrs 400hrs None of these 3 2 1 1
05 hrs of flying 25 hrs of flying 100 hrs of flying 2 1 1 3

78
 NL Petrol Acetone White sprit / TCL 4 1 1 2
Fuel Tank MGB Assy TR Quadrant 2 2 1 3
800 hrs servicing T-I servicing SI- servicing 2 2 1 2
50hrs 100hrs All above 1 1 1 2
2-2.2 m dan 3-3.2 m dan 2-2.5 m dan 1 1 1 1
1.5mm and above 2.0mm and above 2.5mm & above 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
0 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
CHAPTER 13
ECTRICAL DC POWER SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
To supress sparking Both a and b None of these 3 2 1
Behind the control pedestOn the control pedestal Below fuel tank 1 1 1 2
On the control pedestal Inside 1Pjunction box Inside AC box 3 1 1 3
External power relay circu R C relay circuit All the above 4 2 1 2
4P Relay 10P relay 23 PRelay 1 2 1 3
4P 10P 16P 2 1 1 2
Engine control panel Indicating lights panel Over head panel 3 1 1 2
Behind the control pedestOn the control pedestal On middle control pane1 2 1 2
Behind the control pedestOn the control pedestal Inside 1P junction box 4 1 1 3
Inside 1Pjunction box On the control pedestal Inside AC box 2 1 1 2
On the control pedestal Near starter switch Inside 1P junction box 1 2 1 3
Inside AC box Inside 1Pjunction box On the control pedestal3 1 1 2
Over head panel On the control pedestal near starter switch 3 1 1 3
Behind the control pedestOn the control pedestal Inside AC box 1 1 1 2
Starboard side behind fFront in cabin Rear in cabin 2 1 1 3
Left side in centre sectio Right side in centre sectioNone of the above 1 1 1 2
Inside 1Pjunction box Inside the control pedestalOn the control pedestal2 2 1 3
Left side in centre sect Right side in centre sectioNone of the above 2 1 1 2
Over head panel On the control pedestal Near starter switch 3 1 1 3
On the control pedestalEngine
pa control panel Inside 1P junction box 2 2 1 2
Starboard side rear Front in the nose Rear inside cabin 3 2 1 2
To supply volt. To regulate volt. To generate volt. 1 1 1 3
0-35 volts 0-40 volts 0-50 volts 2 2 1
10P 23 P 16 P 2 1 1
10P 23P 21P 3 2 1
Inside shield of generatorBelow fuel tank Behind 1P box 4 2 1
Shield of generator. Below fuel tank Behind 1P box 3 2 1
Inside shield of generatBelow fuel tank Behind 1P box 2 2 1
Connects/disconnects extConnects/disconnects gene None of these 1 2 1

79
Connects external suppConnects generator to busNone of these 2 2 1
4P Relay coil 10P Relay coil 23P Relay coil 4 2 1
Type 522-2 Type 511-2 Type 511-1 4 2 1
On upper control panelOn lower control panel On the overhead of pilo2 1 1
Generator output will be fluctuat
No output from generator It will function as norma3 2 2 3
External power circuit Generator circuit Safety relay circuit 1 1 1 2
0.6 Megaohm 0.5 Megaohm 0.9 Megaohm 3 2 1 2
13-15 mm 12-15 mm 13-16 mm 3 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
4 KW at 28.5 volts 400 Watt at 30 Volts 400 Watt at 28.5 Volts 1 1 1 2
12000±1000RPM 15000±1000RPM 6000±1000RPM 1 1 1 3
23 mm 15 mm 12 mm 1 2 1 2
Keeps the generater volKeeps the generater voltag None of these 2 2 1 2
KEG11 AND GEG 11 KCEG 11 OR PEG 11 KCEG 11 and CEG 113 2 1 1
Generator circuit External battery circuit None of the above 2 2 1 3
Generator circuit External battery circuit RC relay circuit. 3 2 1 2
25/50 amps 100/200 amps 150/200 amps 1 2 1 3
Battery +ve and Battery -veGen +ve and Gen -ve Gen +ve and GMG term 1 2 1 2
Cadmium hydroxide Potassium hydroxide Sodium hydroxide 1 2 2 2
1.3 volt 1.2 volt 1.7 volt 3 1 1 1
250AH 150AH 220AH 1 2 1 3
Battery GCPU Voltmeter 3 2 1 2
Gen. will not come on linExt. trolley will not come oBoth 1 and 2 1 2 1 3
Inside the 1P junction Inside the upper control p Inside AC box 2 2 1 2
Parallel with safety relay Parallel with internal battery
Parallel
relay with external tr1 2 1 2
Parallel with safety relay Parallel with internal battery
Parallel
rel with external tr3 2 1 2
Parallel with safety relay Parallel with internal battery
Parallel
rela with external 4 2 1 2
Behind the control pedeOn the control pedestal On middle control pane2 2 1 1
10 P relay 4P Relay 2P Relay 2 2 1 3
10 P relay 4P Relay 40P Relay 4 2 1 2
12 amps 14 amps 16 amps 4 2 1 3
12 amps 16 amps 50 amps 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 3 1
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 1
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 3 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3

80
 FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 3 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 3 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
3 3 3
2 3 3
2 2 3
2 2 3
3 3 3
3 1 3
2 1 3
3 2 3
2 3 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
2 3 3
2 3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 2 3
2 1 3
3 1 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
2 3 3
2 1 3
3 2 3
3 2 3
2 3 3
3 2 3
CHAPTER 14
NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
12 to 15 PSI 15 to 18 PSI 18 to 20 PSI 1 2 2 3

81
Battery log book Form 700 D None of these 2 2 2 2
4 AH 12 AH 40 AH 4 1 1 3
Nickle plated iron Nickel plated silver Nickel plated gold. 1 2 2 1
Wash with large amount Wash with 5 Percentage of Wash with large amount 2 1 1 3
Flush with large amount Flush with large amountWash with only 5Percent 3 1 1 2
40minutes before end of 50 minutes before end o 60 minutes before en 1 2 1 3
35cc 30cc 25cc 4 2 1 2
Ammonia Lemon all the above 4 1 2 2
1.3 volts 1.5volts 1.6volts 1 1 1 1
30 volts 28 volts 24 volts 4 1 1 3
Every three month Whenever suspected All of the above 4 2 1 2
40 Amps 38 Amps 34 Amps 4 1 1 3
Five Seven Nine 3 2 1 2
20 micro amps 30 micro amps 40 micro amps 1 2 2 2
Copper container Aluminium container Brass container 1 2 2 2
XG-271 XG-284 XG-293 1 1 1 2
15 to - 32 deg C 15 to 32 deg C 15 to 35 deg C 3 1 2 1
1.5 ± 0.1kg/m 1.3 ± 0.1kg/m 1.1 ± 0.1kg/m 3 2 2 3
22 21 20 4 1 1 2
35.5 Kg 36.0 Kg 36.5 Kg 2 2 2 3
3 Ohm 2 Ohm 1 Ohm 4 2 1 2
5 Hrs 6 Hrs 8 Hrs 1 2 1 2
5 Hrs 6 Hrs 8 Hrs 1 2 1 1
5 Hrs 6 Hrs 8 Hrs 1 1 1 3
constant potential met Quick charge method Slow charge method 2 1 1 2
70Percentage 60Percentage 90Percentage 1 1 2 3
Cell internal seperator Execessive water in the cel Dry cell 4 2 2 2
Volt. Regulatorin a/c set Cells have lost electroche All of the above 4 2 2 1
Battery completely dischaBroken or loose terminal nutCell internal seperat 4 2 1 3
Battery partially discharge
Broken or loose terminal nuts
Short circuited cell 4 2 1 2
Battery completely dischaBroken or loose terminal nuts
All the above 4 2 1 3
Excess of Electrolyte Electolyte ContaminatedAll above 3 2 1 2
Cell internal seperator Electrolyte level Is too lowshortcircuited cell 2 2 2 2
Leakage of water Both a and b None of the above 3 2 1 1
Anti-clock wise when vie Clock wise when viewed f Anti-clock wise when 1 2 1 3
24 ft lbs 23 ft lbs 22 ft lbs 4 1 3 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 2 3 1
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3

82
 FALSE 2 1 2 1
2 1 3
3 2 3
2 3 3
2 3 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
3 3 3
2 2 3
3 1 3
2 2 3
3 3 3
3 1 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
3 3 3
3 2 3
3 1 3
2 1 3
2 3 3
3 2 3
3 2 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
3 2 3
2 3 3
3 3 3
3 2 3
3 3 3
2 2 3

CHAPTER 15
AIRCRAFT STARTING SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
6Y Terminal Block 7Y Terminal Block 8Y Terminal Block 1 1 2 2
Engine will not cut 'OFF' No effect on engine RPM RPM will shoot up 1 1 1 1
Dual coil faulty Torch igniter faulty All the above 4 2 2 3
Open position Fully back position Any position 3 1 1 2
SSV faulty EFC faulty Ignition coil faulty 1 2 1 3
Relay 'm' will energise Both relay 'a' and 'm' will Both relay 'a' and 'm' 1 2 1 2
Relay 'm' will not energiBoth Relay 'a' and 'm' will Both relay 'a' and 'm' w2 1 1 1
Starter generator faulty Relay 'a' de-energise Faulty starter cut-out4 2 1 3
'm' energised and 'a' de Both 'a' and 'm' energised Both 'a' and 'm' de-ene2 1 1 2
Two Three No shunt 2 2 2 3
Half throttle micro swit Close throttle micro switchStarter switch is put ` 2 2 1 2
Second shunt to relay 'a Relay 'm' gets energise Starter master switch is2 1 2 3
'm' will energise and 'a' Both 'a' and 'm' will be eBoth 'a' and 'm' will de-3
will de-energise 2 2 2
19000 RPM 22000 RPM 28000 RPM 4 1 2 2
EFC in the verge of clo EFC faulty None of the above 2 2 1 2
14000 to 16000 RPM 16000 to 19000 RPM 21000 to 22000 RPM 4 1 2 2
15000 to 16000 14000 to 15000 13000 to 14000 1 1 2 1
T-5a Unit T-5r Unit Both T-30 and T-5a 1 1 1 3
T5r T 30 unit Starter relay 3 1 1 2

83
26 volt 25 volt 28 volt 3 1 1 3
Relay 'm' Relay 'a' and 'm' BOTH Safety relay 1 2 2 2
Starter relay . Relay ‘a’ Relay ’m’ 1 2 2 2
To convert starter in g To control JPT To drain out excess fue2 2 1 1
6.7 PSI 7.7 PSI 8.7 PSI 1 1 1 3
Micro pump Torch ignitor EFC 3 2 2 2
Top of compressor casRear side of compresser cPort side of engine RG2 1 1 3
6sec 7sec. 5sec 4 2 1 1
57 PSI 67 PSI 53 PSI 2 1 1 3
50 M Ohm 60 M Ohm 70 M Ohm 2 2 1 2
12 M ohms 15 M ohms 18 M ohms 1 2 1 3
Stbd side of fuel tank Inside the fuel tank Port side of fuel tank 3 1 1 2
Less than 0.5 megaoh Less than 10 megaohms More than 5 megaohm2 2 2 2
9 Amps at 30V 9 Amps at 28V 9 Amps at 24V 3 2 3 1
16 to 20 sec 5 to 7 sec 15 sec 1 2 3 3
Top of the engine compPort side of engine casingPort side of fuel tank 2 1 1 2
43 to 57 PSI 43 to 54 PSI 50 to 60 PSI 2 1 1 3
14V to 30v 14V 30V 1 1 1 2
13000 volt 14000 volt 15000 volt 4 1 1 2
16-20secs 50-60secs 1-2secs 4 1 2 2
Bottom of RG casing Either side in combusti starboard side of engin3 1 1 2
Stbd. side of engine casiPort side of engine casingForward face of acce 4 1 1 1
13000-15000 rpm of eng16000-19000 rpm of engi 21000-22000 rpm of en1 1 1 3
200 amps to 250 amps 300 amps to 3 50 amps 350 amps to 400 amps1 1 1 2
Lacinal Both aandb None of the above 1 2 1 3
12 minutes 18 minutes 20 minutes 4 1 1 2
15 minutes 25 minutes 10minutes 1 1 1 2
5amps 14 amps 3 amps 2 2 1 1
1.5sec 3sec 5sec 2 1 1 3
3/4th forward position 1/2th open Fully forward 2 2 1 2
To delay ignition To control start JPT For safety of EFC 1 1 1 3
Starboard side on engineRear side of engine RG caInside the pilot cabin 1 1 1 2
TU-163 TU-157 TU-167 4 2 2 1
To produce ac Both a and b None of the above 1 1 1 3
To reduce volt. To facilitate shunting of None of the above 3 1 1 2
T-5a Unit T-5r Unit T-30 Unit 3 2 2 3
micro pump faulty EFC faulty Fuel pressure cut-out s2 2 1 2
SSV faulty EFC faulty Dual coil ignition faulty 3 2 1 3
EFC faulty MCU faulty T5a unit faulty 1 2 2 2
SSV faulty Ignition coil faulty EFC faulty 3 2 1 2
EFC MCU SSV 1 2 2 2
45 sec 50 sec 60 sec 1 2 2 2
17500±1500 15500±1500 18500±1500 2 1 1 1
9000RPM 6000RPM 14000RPM 3 1 1 3
5000 RPM 6000 RPM 6500 RPM 2 1 2 2
After 1 to 2 Sec After self sustaining RPM After 5 to 7 Sec 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3

84
 FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
3 1 3
2 1 3
3 1 3
3 1 3
2 2 3
2 1 3
3 1 3
2 2 3
3 1 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
2 2 3
2 2 3
2 2 3
2 3 3
2 2 3
on after cooling down. 3 3 3
ext starting ? 2 1 3
3 3 3
2 1 3
3 3 3
2 3 3
3 2 3
2 2 3
2 1 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
2 1 3
3 2 3
3 3 3
3 1 3
3 2 3
3 3 3
3 1 3
3 1 3
3 1 3
2 1 3
2 1 3

85
 2 2 3
2 2 3
2 1 3
2 2 3
2 1 3
2 1 3
3 1 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
2 2 3
AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
AC box Behind front instrument22M box 3 2 1 3
Lower structure rear sidea and b Tail side 3 1 2 2
Front control panel Cabin light itself Control pedestal 3 1 1 3
Green Brown Clear 4 1 1 2
1.1 m 1.5 m 1.7 m 4 1 1 2
Bottom of the cabin PaStarboard side Port side 2 1 1 2
Forward face of the caUnder the cabin Port side of the cabin 2 1 1 2
Fuel Grease XG - 283 Water or oil 4 1 1 1
Illuminate the upper padeIIluminate the main inst IIluminate the over hea3 1 1 3
Cooling Drain out accumulated oil Allor
the above 3 1 1 2
2 3 4 2 1 1 3
Synerva type 150 Synerva type 200 Synerva type 230 1 1 1 2
1.5 Watt 1.3 Watt 1.1 Watt 4 1 1 2
35 Watt 18 watt 21 Watt 4 1 1 1
21 Watt 40 Watt 35 Watt 2 1 1 3
21 Watt 40 Watt 35 Watt 1 1 1 2
250 watt 350 watt 450 watt 2 1 1 3
Tail boom Starboard side Under the cabin 3 1 1 1
Tail boom Starboard side Under the cabin 1 1 1 3
75 to 80 80 to 100 90 to 100 3 1 2 2
On co-pilot collective On both pilot and co-pilot None of the above 1 1 1 3
On co-pilot collective On both pilot and co-piloNone of the above 3 1 1 2
Collective stick Over head panel Main instrument panel 2 1 1 2
Three Five Two 4 2 1 1
2 4 6 2 1 1 3
2 3 4 1 1 1 2
SGE type - 31.02 SGE type - 31.03 SGE type - 31.75 1 2 1 3
SGE type - 31.02 SGE type - 31.03 SGE type - 31.75 3 2 1 2
SGE type - 31.02 SGE type - 31.03 SGE type - 31.75 4 2 1 2
3.8 Watt 4.8 Watt 4.3 Watt 3 1 1 2
21 Watt 40 Watt 35 Watt 3 1 1 2
50L 70L 90L 3 2 1 1
45 55 65 2 2 1 3
180 degree 270 degree 360 degree 4 1 1 2
Co-pilot Both a and b None of the above 1 1 1 3
15 min ON 45 min OFF 15 min ON 35 min OFF 10 min ON 45 min OFF2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 3 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2

86
 FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
3 1 3
2 1 3
3 2 3
2 2 3
2 3 3
CHAPTER 17
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
During flood During natural calamaties All the above 4 1 1 3
Cargo swing ATGM None of the above 2 1 1 2
3amps 4amps 5amps 1 1 1 2
3 amps 4 amps 5 amps 1 1 1 1
3amps 4amps 5amps 3 1 1 3
0.35m/sec 0.40m/sec 0.45m/sec 4 1 1 2
0.35m/sec 0.40m/sec 0.45m/sec 3 1 1 3
600kg 750kg 1000 Kg 4 1 1 2
600 kg 750 kg 900kg 3 1 1 2
Below passenger seat Near to fuel tank Outside the cabin rear 1 1 1 2
48Volt receptacle. 34Volt receptacle. 12Volt receptacle. 1 1 1 2
To carry the casualties To carry under slung lo All the above 3 1 1 1
350 kg 250 kg 175 kg 4 1 1 3
Mechanically Pneumatically Manually 3 1 1 2
Cyclic control stick of co-pilot
Collective pitch control stick
Collective
of pitch control 1 1 1 3
Cyclic pitch control stick of
Collective
co pitch control stick
Collective
of pitch control 1 1 1 2
7x7Strands 10x10 Strands 15x15 Strands 2 1 1 2
30 Meters 25 Meters 26 Meters 2 1 1 1
30 Meters 25.5 Meters 27 Meters 1 1 1 3
Cargo swing ATGM None of the above 1 1 1 2
Sufficient to cause deaHarmful Advice 2 2 1 3
Engine Tail boom P2 air 2 2 3 2
3-3.2amps 3-5amps 2-2.5amps 1 2 1 1
Ammeter Bonding tester None of the above 2 2 1 3
5 secs 4secs 6secs 2 2 1 2
Push s/w Both a and b None 1 2 2 3
1000 kg 1275 kg 1750 kg 2 1 1 2
1000 kg 1275 kg 1750 kg 1 1 1 3
Manually A and B both None of the above 3 2 2 2
0.5 Meters 0.35 Meters 3.5 Meters 2 2 1 2
4 ways 5 ways 6 ways 1 1 1 2
Safety Ohmmeter Insulation tester Ohmmeter 2 2 1 1
100 hoisting / 1yrs 50 hoisting / 3months 50 hoisting / 2months 1 2 1 3
Downward/Decending For stopping None of the above 2 1 2 2
Downward/decending For stopping None of the above 1 1 1 3
175 200 250 4 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1

87
 FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
3 2 3
2 2 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3

CHAPTER 18
ENGINE GENERAL
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Combustion Expansion All A,B and C 4 2 1 1
Pulse jet Rocket Turbojet 2 2 1 2
Rocket Pulse jet Turbo shaft 3 2 2 2
Stator blades Rotor blades Stator and Rotor blade2 3 2 2
Pulse jet Rocket Turbojet 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 3 1
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 1 3 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 3 2 2
3 2 2
CHAPTER 19
CONSTRUCTION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Compressor assembly Turbine assembly None of the above 1 1 2 3
Increase the fuel flow andReduce the fuel flow andMaintain level flight 3 2 1 2
250 Engine Hrs 750:00 Engine Hrs 100:00 Engine Hrs 2 1 1 2
95.2 Mtr/sec 92.2 Mtr /sec 100 Mtr/sec 2 2 1 1
60 ltrs /Min 160 ltrs /Hr 72 ltrs /Hr 1 2 1 3
80 ltrs 20 ltrs 10 ltrs 1 1 2 2
Adjust idling device Send the engine for overhIf it is for more than 1 2 3 3
Only 5 minutes Only for immediate landin Aircraft can fly with no 1 3 1 2

88
200 gms/ hr 300 gms/ hr 400 gms/ hr 4 1 1 2
Four Long bolts Curvic coupling None 1 1 3 2
Increase Velocity and d Reduce velocity and inc None of the above 3 2 1 2
Needle bearing Deep groove ball bearingRoller bearing 3 1 1 1
11Blades 27 Blades 13 Blades 2 2 1 3
Needle bearing Deep groove ball bearing Roller bearing 4 2 1 1
Ball eye method Fir tree method Dove tail method 1 2 3 3
14 volts 10 volts 25volts 2 1 1 2
7 ltrs 10 ltrs 3 ltrs 1 1 2 3
42.5 Kg 45.2 Kg 44.2 Kg 4 2 1 2
Poor start Low JPT High JPT 4 2 1 2
0.435 Kg/hr 0.453 Kg/HP/hr 0.543 HP/hr 1 1 2 1
5.7 bar fuel pressure 5.2bar fuel pressure 5.1PSI pressure 1 1 1 3
45 / 1 60 / 1 15 / 45 2 1 1 3
Two stages of axial flow d1 stage axial and 2 stage
st nd
Two stages
radial of radial di1
diffuser 2 1 2
Anticlockwise Axially Longitudinal 2 1 2 2
Two stages of compressoTwo stages of compressThree Stages of compr3 2 1 1
16 years 16 Years 15 years 4 2 1 3
15 years 1750 hours or 15 years 18 years 1 1 2 2
RG Casing and compres Compressor casing and tuNone 2 2 2 3
Light alloy Titanium alloy Aluminum 2 1 3 2
Axial flow followed by Rad Only Axial flow diffuser Only Radial flow diffus 1 2 1 2
Axial flow diffuser Centrifugal compressor Axial flow compresso4 1 2 2
Stainless steel Titanium alloy Aluminum alloy 3 2 2 2
Exhaust diffuser Jet pipe Combustion chamber 2 2 2 1
Temperature before theTemperature after the firstTemperature at the outle 2 1 1 3
Flange shaft Stub shaft None of the shaft 1 3 1 1
Crown wheel Axial Compressor shaft Out put shaft 2 1 1 3
Bottom of Accessory drAt the bottom of RG casi Front bottom of RG Co2 1 1 2
Two ball bearings Roller at front and Ball at rBall at front and roller r1 3 1 3
Output shaft CSG Starter generator 3 1 1 2
Bottom of Accessory drivAt the bottom of RG casi Front top starboard 4 1 1 2
Crown wheel Stub shaft Turbine shaft 2 1 1 1
5737 RPM 2480 RPM 5773 RPM 4 1 1 3
Compressor casing Turbine casing Accessory drive Assy 1 3 1 3
Rectify it by emery paperWithdraw the engine Monitor the condition 3 1 3 2
A marmon collar and a Three special bolts It is welded with exhaus2 2 3 2
RG shaft Compressor shaft Flange shaft 1 1 2 1
Two ball bearings Roller at front and ball at r Ball at front and need4 3 1 3
Roller bearing at both Ball bearing at front end Ball bearing at front en2 1 2 2
Needle bearing Deep groove ball bearingRoller bearing 3 3 1 3
Plain bearing Needle bearing Roller bearing 3 1 1 2
Stainless steel Nimonic steel Titanium alloy 2 1 3 2
Two Three Four 3 2 1 2
Operation of P2 pressureSand elimination Gyro instrument ope4 2 1 2
Compressor casing Air intake Jet pipe 1 2 2 1
In the direction of P2 air Perpendicular to the P2 airNone of the above 1 2 2 3
Sand elimination Rescue hoist operation aGyro instrument opera3 1 1 1
NL Water ZOK-27 and water 4 1 2 3
25 hrs servicing 50 hrs servicing FFS 1 2 2 2
Change the spacer Replace the washer Call the HAL party fo 4 1 2 3
04 hrs 02 hrs 10 hrs 1 2 2 2
Stainless steel Nimonic steel Sheet metal 3 2 2 2
Turbine Turbine casing Ist stage of Nozzle g 4 1 1 1

89
Prevent air leak Prevent fuel leak Prevent oil leak 1 2 2 3
Can annular type Annular reverse flow Annular direct Flow 4 1 2 3
No. of blades decreasingNo. of blades increasing No. of blades increasin1 3 2 2
Marman collar Three streamlined sleevClamp 3 2 2 2
Curvic coupling and Fou Curvic coupling Sleeve coupling 2 1 2 1
FALSE 2 3 2 3
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 3 2 2
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 2 3 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 3 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 2 3 2 1
FALSE 1 3 2 3
FALSE 2 3 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 3 3 3
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2

90
 FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 3 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 3 3 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 2 3 3 3
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 3 1
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 3 3 3
FALSE 2 3 3 2
FALSE 2 3 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 3 3 3
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 3 3 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
3 2 2
2 2 2
3 1 2
2 1 2
2 2 1
2 2 3
3 1 1
2 1 3
2 2 2
2 2 3
2 2 2
chamber drain while switching OFF engine? 2 1 2
2 2 1
3 2 3
3 1 3
3 2 3

91
 3 1 3
2 2 2
3 2 2
3 2 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2 2 3
2 2 2
2 2 3
3 2 2
2 2 2
3 3 3
3 2 2
3 1 3
3 1 2
2 2 3
2 2 2
CHAPTER 20
FUEL SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
32 Volts 24 Volts 14 - 30 Volts 4 1 1 2
43.5 psi 72.5 psi 83.4 psi 4 1 1 3
15 - 20 Seconds 50 - 60 Seconds Minimum 45 Seconds4 1 1 2
600 gm / hr 01 ltrs / hr 100 gm/ hr 1 1 2 2
16 psi 11.6 psi 20.5 psi 3 1 2 1
-10 Deg C + 10 Deg C 75 Deg C 3 1 1 3
2 LTRS 7 LTRS 1 LTR 1 1 3 3
4.5 Kg / sec 5.4 Kg /sec 05 lbs / sec 2 1 1 2
Minimum 55 seconds Minimum 60 seconds Minimum 10 seconds 1 1 2 2
250 hrs 1500 hrs 1750 hrs 4 1 1 1
Constant speed Turbo shaft All A,B andC 4 1 1 3
680 HP 760 HP 550 HP 1 1 1 2
573 ltrs 550 ltrs 500 ltrs 2 1 1 3
5773 RPM 5000 RPM 6000 RPM 3 1 1 2
Amber light of micro p Green light coming ON Start / Stop light com 1 2 1 2
Convert Generator in to STo supply fuel to engine du
To supply fuel to engin1 1 2 2
Idling Device Manually by pilot Main fuel Pump 2 1 2 2
Practically varied accordin
Practically constant at dNone of the above 3 2 3 1
Fuel pressure P2 air pressure Altitude of air field 4 1 2 3
43.5 psi 72.5 psi 8 Bar 1 1 1 1
7179-8012RPM 7917-8012RPM 8012-7917 RPM 3 2 1 3
Rear of Metering needle Right side of damper pis Right side of damper s2 1 1 2
Idling Device Manually by pilot Main fuel Pump 1 1 2 3
During increased load coDuring decreased load conDuring sudden and hig 4 1 3 2
Damper scroll Metering Needle Spool Valve 3 2 2 2
Bottom of compressor caPort side of compressor c Starboard side of co 4 1 2 1
When booster pump is p By Micro switch of Micr Manually by pilot. 3 1 2 3
Control starting JPT witPrevent vapors or air locksControl the RPM of the2 1 2 2
Aircraft Fuel System Starting Fuel System Internal Fuel System 1 1 2 2
Bottom of compressor caPort side of compressor c Starboard side of co 4 2 2 1
Dual Ignition Coil Fuel pressure cutout swEFC 3 2 2 3
After Starting Phase onlyAfter idling rpm After CSG takes over 1 1 1 2
Four mounting bolts screLonger bolts used for box All 4 2 1 3
three bolts four bolts two bolts and spring 3 2 1 2

92
Three bolts Two bolts Two bolts and spring 1 1 2 2
Emergency shut off cockMain Fuel Pump Housing Constant Speed Gover1 1 1 2
To open the EFC To complete the electricTo c cut off the electrical3 1 1 2
Half throttle Micro switchClose throttle Micro swi Micro switch of Micro 3 1 1 1
630 degree centigrade on680 degree centigrade fo500 degree centigrade3 2 1 3
35,500 RPM for 5 Minut35,500 RPM for 5 Hrs onl 35,600 RPM for 5 Sec2 2 1 1
550 Deg C for 5 Minutes 680 Deg C for 2 second 500 Deg C 3 2 1 3
Tank collapse Incorrect Idling RPM Incorrect Max RPM 2 3 2 2
Starting Fuel System Main Fuel System Internal Fuel System 1 1 2 3
15 micron 30 micron 12 micron 2 2 2 2
Starting fuel system Aircraft fuel system Internal Fuel System 3 1 2 2
Starting Fuel System Main Fuel System Internal Fuel System 1 1 1 1
565 ltrs 575 ltrs 573 ltrs 2 2 1 3
ATF K-50 Petrol NL 73 None of the above 2 1 2 3
Prevent fluctuation of rp Release excessive fuel pr Prevent blockage of fuel 1 1 2 2
Three type Single type Four type 1 2 2 2
12 minutes 10 minutes 20 minutes 3 1 1 1
30 mints 05 mints None 1 1 1 3
21.7 PS 2.13 PSI 23.1 PSI 3 1 1 2
7.25 PSI 1.45 PSI 4 PSI 3 1 2 3
1.15 PSI 2 PSI 1.45 PSI 4 2 1 2
4.5 PSI 1.45 PSI 0.7 PSI 3 2 2 2
50 Ltrs 60 Ltrs 20 Ltrs 3 2 1 2
300 Ltrs / hrs 500 Ltrs / hrs 400 Ltrs / hrs 3 2 1 2
NL Teepol TCL 1 2 1 1
04 PSI 05 psi 2.03 PSI 1 1 1 3
10 Ltrs of ATF 20 ltrs of ATF 30 ltrs of ATF 2 1 1 1
0.81 M/S 0.92 G 0.72 M/S 4 1 1 1
2 PSI 5 PSI 6 PSI 2 2 2 3
Day temp. has reached Correct shim is fitted cor All A, B, C 4 1 2 2
VVIP checks After 05 hrs of flying whenAll A, B, C 4 1 2 3
15 Hrs of flying 5 Hrs of flying 10 Hrs of flying 3 2 2 2
2.03 PSI 04 PSI None 1 1 1 2
2.03 PSI differential pr 21 PSI differential pr 1.45 PSI differential pr 1 1 3 1
Turbine casing Exhaust Diffuser Combustion chamber 2 1 2 3
Rescue hoist operation Both Aand B Cargo operation 3 2 2 3
DIF to ignite the fuel of Both (a) and (b) Increased efficiency of3 2 2 2
P2 air Atmospheric air Fuel 2 2 1 2
Port side of compressor At the bottom of compressStarboard side of comp1 2 2 1
Burners Two Torch igniters Fuel Pump 3 1 2 3
60 Ltrs per Hr 45 Ltrs per Hr 500 Ltrs per Hr 1 2 1 2
43 psi 57 psi 55 psi 3 2 2 3
Air intake casing Compressor casing Turbine casing 3 1 2 2
Starting fuel system Main fuel system Micro pump 3 1 1 2
Stops Micro pump drain Ventilates torch ignitors B and C both 4 3 1 2
Sand elimination Rescue hoist operation Gyro instrument opera3 2 1 2
20 Ltrs per Hr 60 Ltrs per Hr 80 Ltrs per Hr 2 2 1 1
54.3 PSI 43.5 PSI 34.5 PSI 3 1 2 3
After Micro pump stopsAfter engine is switched Only during Idling RPM2 2 1 1
After EFC is opened After Micro pump is sto Till idling running of en 3 1 2 3
Starboard side of RG casBottom of Compressor casBottom of Accessory dr1 1 2 2
Sell seal O ring Simirit seal 1 1 3 3
Compressor casing Turbine casing RG cover 1 1 1 2
Whenever RPM drop is rWhen load on engine is inAll A, B, C 4 1 3 2

93
Compressor shaft and TuStub shaft and Turbine sTurbine shaft and flang3 2 3 1
Oil static supply and fuel Oil static supply and Oil roFuel static supply and O
1 1 1 3
1.5 Bar or 21.7 PSI 16 PSI 7.25 PSI 2 1 1 3
16 PSI 20.5 PSI 39.1 PSI 4 2 2 2
04 PSI 10 PSI 05 PSI 1 1 1 2
Tell tail indicator comes Unfiltered fuel will be fed Filter clogging warn 4 1 1 1
Tell tail indicator come By pass valve operates anAll the above 4 2 2 3
TCL Methanol White Spirit 2 1 2 2
VIP sortie LFS if barrele refueled All 4 1 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 3 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 3 3 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 3 2 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 3 3 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2

94
 3 1 2
2 2 2
2 1 1
2 2 3
3 2 1
2 1 3
2 1 2
3 2 3
2 2 2
2 2 2
3 2 1
2 2 3
2 2 3
3 2 2
3 2 2
2 1 1
3 2 3
1 1 2
3 2 3
3 1 2
3 1 2
3 2 2
3 1 2
3 1 1
2 2 3
3 1 1
2 1 3
2 2 2
2 1 3
3 2 2
3 1 2
2 2 1
2 1 3
2 1 3
2 2 2
3 1 2
3 1 1
2 2 3
3 1 2
3 1 3
2 1 2
2 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
2 2 1
2 2 3
2 2 1
2 2 3
2 2 2
2 2 3
2 2 2
3 3 3
3 2 2
2 1 3

95
 3 1 2
2 2 3
2 2 2
3 1 3
2 2 2
2 2 3
2 1 2

CHAPTER 21
OIL SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
22PSI 12PSI 20 PSI 1 2 1 2
Port and stbd auxiliar Rear bearing Only port and stbd auxi2 2 1 1
Scavenging Venting None of the above 1 1 2 3
Inlet of oil tank Outlet of oil filter Inlet of the oil filter 3 2 1 3
Only Hot zone Both Hot and cold zones From center section on1 3 1 2
Only Hot zone Both Hot and cold zones From center section on2 2 2 2
Oil filter clogging Engine change All A, B,C 4 3 2 1
With 05 ltrs of new oil With10 ltrs of new oil With 13 ltrs of new oil 2 1 2 3
2.4 - 3 M dan 3 + 0.2 / -0 M dan 3 +/-0.2 M dan 3 2 2 2
Engine platform by means MGB platform by means ofMGB platform by mean 4 2 2 3
Stainless steel sheet Nimonic steel None 1 1 1 2
Frothing Fumes All A,B,C 4 1 2 2
13 ltrs 10 ltrs 07 ltrs 2 1 2 2
Mod 143 Mod 145 Mod 132 3 1 2 2
Both auxiliary drive housCentre section Only Turbine rear bear1 1 1 1
RG Assembly Turbine rear bearing Auxiliary drive gear ho 3 2 2 3
10 PSI 20.5 PSI 39 PSI 1 1 2 1
Inlet of the oil filter Outlet of oil tank Inlet of oil tank 3 1 1 3
72.5 PSI 57 PSI 27.5 PSI 2 2 2 2
39.1 PSI differential pr 16 PSI 16 PSI differential pr 2 1 1 3
Top port side of RG casi Top starboard side of AccTop starboard side of 1 1 1 2
15 Micron 20 Micron 30 Micron 4 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 3 1 3
FALSE 2 3 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
3 2 3
2 2 2
2 2 3
3 1 2
3 2 3
3 2 2
3 1 3
3 1 2
2 1 2
2 2 3
3 1 2

96
 3 1 3
2 2 2
3 1 3
3 1 2
3 1 3
2 2 2
3 1 2
2 1 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
CHAPTER 22
ARTING AND STOPPING SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
5000 RPM 17500 +/- 1500 Rpm 0 RPM 4 2 1 2
17500 RPM 19500 RPM 28000 RPM 4 1 1 3
Prevent cutting off of Complete the circuit for staIndicate the pilot by 4 2 1 2
Only Compression load Push and pull load None of the above 3 2 1 3
Chapter 71 Chapter 73 Chapter 76 4 1 1 2
400 Hrs 800 Hrs Type-1 inspection 3 2 1 3
Engage first the front Engage first the rear and Engaging in sequence 2i 2 1 2
Between 15.3 - 19.2 mm25.07 - 28.07 mm 0.4 - 0.8 mm 1 2 2 3
Reject the washer Re-use the washer by poliAdd the shims equal to2 2 1 2
2.4 - 4 M dan 3.4 -3.9 M dan 4 - 5 M dan 3 3 2 3
04 +/- 0.25 mm 41 +/- 0.25 mm 40 +/- 0.25 mm 3 2 1 2
White knob Yellow knob Red knob. 4 1 2 3
Fire extinguisher placed One blade at front A, B and C 4 1 2 2
Less than 50 deg C 150 deg C Less than 150 deg C 4 1 1 3
Fully forward Fully forward and wire l Fully opened 3 1 1 2
Fully forward Beyond half throttle positi Just near half throttle 1 1 1 3
Cut off engine Operate emergency shut of Run engine at idle RPM2 1 2 2
Accelerate engine to m Run engine at idle RPM foOperate emergency shut 1 1 1 3
High oil temperature Oil dilution Low oil pressure 4 1 1 2
550O C 680O C for 2 seconds, once 630during
O
C TBO 3 1 1 3
Automatic control box Starting solenoid Valve None of the above 2 1 1 2
50 Deg C 75 Deg C 630 Deg C 2 1 1 3
Start/stop light comes onSwitching off the battery None of the above 1 1 2 2
15 Sec 20 Sec 30 Sec 3 1 1 3
Give a false start Give a vent run before stStart without booster 3 2 1 2
Kept in service after a Replace the jet pipe Change the engine 2 1 1 3
Avoid overheating of mi Avoid overheating of TachAvoid overheating of 1 2 2 2
Excessive tightening of du Faulty spraying and faulAll the above 3 2 1 3
False start High operating JPT High start JPT 4 2 1 2
Starting troubles High JPT or starting tro Fuel oil mixing 3 1 2 3
Starting failure High JPT during starting RPM fluctuation 1 2 1 2
Adjusting screw of meteMax RPM adjusting screwDamper scroll 4 2 2 2
Blockage of oil tank outl Blockage of oil inlet pas All the above 3 1 1 3
High JPT during start Incorrect Idling RPM Incorrect Max RPM 3 1 1 2
Oil leaks Air entering or leaking i Damper scroll faulty 3 2 1 3
High oil temperature Frothing of oil in oil tank Both B and C 4 1 1 2
EDP Jet Holder At any of the above 4 1 2 3
Fluctuation in oil pressur High oil pressure No oil pressure 3 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 3 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2

97
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 3 3 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 3 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 3 3 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
3 2 3
2 3 2
3 2 2
2 2 3
3 1 2
2 2 3
2 3 2
2 1 3
2 2 2
2 1 3
2 3 2
3 1 3
3 2 2
3 2 3
3 1 2
3 1 3
2 2 2
3 1 3
2 1 2
2 1 3
3 2 2
3 1 2
2 1 2
3 1 2

98
 CHAPTER 23
EFFICIENT AND JPT CORRECTION FACTOR
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
TI and SI servicing After engine change 100 hrs servicing 1 1 2 2
Tail pipe indicator calibraCollective pitch indicator cAll A,B,C 4 2 1 3
MRB is changed MRH/ MGB is changed At any of the above 4 2 1 2
45º 40º 25º 3 2 1 3
2 2 2
2 1 3
CHAPTER 24
INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
12-Dec-51 12-Jun-53 12-Jun-54 2 1 1 2
21-Jan-73 21-Jan-75 21-Jan-76 1 1 1 2
Russia USA Brazil 1 1 1 1
Light Aircarft Transport Aircraft Bomber 2 1 1 2
Position light ON Electrically safe None 3 1 1 2
Chetak Cheetal Cheetan 2 1 1 1
Five Groups Six Groups Eight Groups 3 1 1 3
12/30/1899 1 1 1 3
12/30/1899 2 1 1 3
12/30/1899 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 2
12/30/1899 1 2 1 3
1 2 1 3

CHAPTER 25
GENERAL INSTRUMENTS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Upper control pedestal pOver head panel Above the pilot seat 4 2 2 1
Backward Left Right 1 1 2 3
Blanking shield Dummy shield None of the above 1 1 2 2
Small Coil spring Small hair spring Small leaf spring 1 2 2 3
Single metal Light and heavy metal None of the above 1 2 2 2
2 deg 5 deg None of the above 1 2 1 2
To avoid corrosion T0 avoid sun glare effectTo protect the sensitiv 3 2 2 1
Different expansion coeMoving coil Wheat stone 2 2 1 3
Reflect the radiation of To prevent from damage All the above 2 1 3 2
30 minits 45 minits 60 minits 4 2 1 3
Stop No effect Band 1 1 1 2
4 digit 6 digit 3 digit 1 2 1 2
5 Volt to 28 volt DC 10 Volt to 24 volt DC None of the above 1 2 2 2
12 Vs 12V -30VDC 30 V 3 2 2 2
Timer Clock None of the above 1 1 1 1
More than 350 ma Less than 350 ma Less than 150 ma 3 2 2 3
25 MA 30 MA Less than 350 MA 4 1 2 2
ST/SP Button Fast Button Slow Button 1 2 2 3
Take Off Flying All the above 1 1 1 2
Downward Parallel Either side 2 2 2 2

99
Center Port side None of the above 2 1 1 1
Warning light panel Over head panel CB Panel 2 2 1 3
Alcohol Petrol White spirit 4 2 2 2
7.5 deg either side 7.5 Deg either side 15 Deg 3 2 1 3
Straight Flat Round 1 2 2 2
5 digit 7 digit 6 digit 2 1 1 2
More than 350 mA at 28 Less than 350 mA at 28 350mA at 28 V AC 3 1 1 2
5 Volt DC 12 Volt DC 24 Volt 1 2 2 2
Stop Reset All the above 2 2 1 1
Stop Reset All the above 3 2 1 3
±30 sec ±15 min ±30 min 2 1 3 2
Fuel CB Pitot CB Start CB 1 2 1 3
Gross weight / density altPitch /roll None of the above 1 1 1 2
1. 03 1.05 1.1 2 2 2 2
Neutral Low pitch All the above 1 2 1 1
Main rotor blades Both a and b Rudder control panel 2 2 1 3
MGB Underneath the cabin Pedestal panel 3 2 2 2
1000 Ohm 77 Ohm 122 Ohm 1 2 2 3
115 Volt AC 12 Volt AC 27 Volt DC 4 2 2 2
850 ohms 950 ohms 1000 ohms 4 2 2 2
60 deg 75 deg 90 deg 4 2 1 2
Current gross weight Best crushing speed Mean sea level pressu2 1 1 2
Moving Coil type Wheat stone bridge All the above 3 2 2 1
30 hours 48 hours 35 hours 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 2 3 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3

100
 FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 2 2
1 3 3 2
1 3 1 2
1 2 2 3
1 2 1 2
1 3 2 2
1 2 1 3
1 2 1 2
1 2 3 2
1 2 3 2
1 2 3 2
CHAPTER 26
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Bottom Top Anywhere 3 2 1 1
India/Al III /MOD/300 India/Al III /MOD /174 India/Al III /MOD /200 1 2 2 3
Hexagonal nut Jubilee clip All the above 1 2 3 2
Pressure Dynamic pressure Static pressure 3 1 1 3
27V DC 80 watts 36 V DC 80 watts 115V AC 80 watts 2 1 2 2
0 to 55000 ft 0 to 33500 ft 0 to 2000 ft 2 2 1 2
10,000 to 26, 000 ft 16,000 to26,000 ft None of the above 2 2 1 1
Glucium bronze Glucium copper Beryllium Bronze 1 2 1 3
single capsule assy Diaphragm assy Double wall assy 1 2 1 2
Right hand side bottomLeft hand side bottom corne Right hand side top co 2 2 2 3
Change in diaphragm Change in viscosity of air Temperature change 4 i 2 3 2
1000 ft 2000 ft 10,000 ft 4 2 1 2
1000ft 10,000ft 50 ft 1 2 1 2
10 ft 100 ft 50 ft 4 2 1 2
More than 10,000 ft 26,000 ft 55,000 ft 1 2 2 1
805 Millibar to1095 Millib1015 Millibar to1055 Milliba
0 Millibar to5500 Millib 1 2 2 3
200 ft 1100 ft 1000 ft 4 2 1 2
0 m bar to 1m bar 1m bar to 2m bar 0 m bar to 5 m bar 4 2 3 3
Two Three Four 3 2 2 2
Expand No. Change Constant 1 1 1 2
Expand No. Change Constant 2 1 1 1
0+/ - 50 feet Height above sea level +/None- of the above 3 1 1 3
3 ± 0.2 5 amps 4±5 amps None of the above 2 1 3 2
Bleed valve Pitot head Static vent 1 1 2 3
Two holes Three holes Four holes 4 2 2 2
Pitot CB Start CB Fuel CB 2 2 1 2
RNC- 40 wire RNC- 50 wire RNC- 60 wire 1 2 2 2
ON Remains Off Flicker 2 1 1 2
JPT crosses threshold seASI crosses threshold set OAT crosses threshold1 2 3 1
CF-3 CF-2 CF-1 4 1 2 3
India/SA- 315 /MOD /300India/SA- 315 /MOD 174 India/SA- 315 /MOD /23 2 2 2
ASI crossing the limit MR crossing the limit ALT crossing the limit 1 1 2 3

101
 Port Side in luggage compartment
Radio compartment Cockpit 1 2 2 2
7 6 8 2 1 2 2
15 MB 20 MB 16MB 4 2 2 1
16,000 feet 20, 000 feet 26, 000 feet 1 1 1 3
Dynamic pressure Static pressure All the above 3 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3

102
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
3 1 2
2 2 1
3 1 3
2 1 2
2 1 3
2 2 2
2 1 2
2 2 2
3 1 2
2 2 1
3 1 3
3 2 2
2 3 3
2 3 2
2 2 2
3 2 1
2 1 3
3 2 2
3 3 3
2 3 2
3 2 2
3 3 2
2 3 2
3 2 1
3 3 3
2 3 2
3 3 3
2 1 2
2 2 2
2 2 1
2 2 3
3 2 2
2 2 3

103
 CHAPTER 27
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
3 deg 4deg 5deg 2 2 3 1
Tank unit Indicator None of the above 1 2 2 3
Electrical generator Tacho-generator None of the above 3 1 1 2
3000 RPM 5000 Rpm 7000 RPM 3 2 2 3
Anticlockwise Optional All the above 3 1 3 2
4 Solid bolts 4Screws Fasteners 1 2 1 2
33,000 RPM 33,500 RPM 34,500 RPM 3 2 1 1
27 volts±1 volts 10 volts±1 volts 32 volts±1 volts 4 1 3 3
Ac box 1P box A/C battery 1 2 2 2
Three phase D C generatSingle phase AC generatorAll the above 1 2 1 3
Three phase AC SynchrSingle phase Induction mot Single phase Synchron2 1 2 2
0 to 450 RPM 0 to 200 RPM 0 to 500 RPM 2 2 1 2
50±3 Ώ 100±3 Ώ 20±3 Ώ 1 2 2 2
One pointer Two pointer Four pointer 3 2 2 2
Correction Factor Ageing factor All the above 2 1 3 1
Upper control pedestalWarning light panel Overhead panel 2 2 1 3
±40 deg C ±35 deg C 0 deg C 3 2 2 2
30 °C 40°C 50°C 1 2 1 3
16+2 ohms 16±0.2 ohms 16 - 2 ohms 3 2 1 2
Series Series parallel None of the above 2 2 1 2
Millimeter Moving coil All the above 1 2 2 1
CB panel Upper control pedestal pa Lower control pedestal3 2 1 3
Brass and Copper Nickel and Cadmium Alumel and Chromel 4 2 1 2
P2 pick off assembly Turbine assembly Fuel pump assembly 1 2 1 3
21.75 PSI 21.00PSI 21.5 PSI 2 2 1 2
105±5 deg c 110±2 deg c 115±5 deg c 3 2 1 2
Zero 100°C 800°C 1 2 2 2
O to 85 PSI O to 95 PSI O to 70 PSI 2 2 2 2
O to 80 deg c O to 120 deg c O to 50 deg c 3 2 2 1
-50 to 100 deg c -70 to 180 deg c -50 to 200 deg c 1 2 1 3
MGB oil tank Fuel tank None of the above 1 2 1 2
2200 Hrs 750 Hrs 1750 Hrs 4 2 2 3
200 Hrs 300Hrs On Condition 4 2 2 2
5 PSI 10 PSI 20 PSI 3 2 1 2
10 deg 20 deg 30 deg 2 2 1 1
Copper Brass Steel 1 2 2 3
200 ohms 122 ohms 77 ohms 3 2 1 2
50 Ohms 75Ohms 100 Ohms 4 2 1 3
TPT gauge Collective pitch indicator All the above 4 1 3 2
16.0 PSI 1.45 PSI 1.5 PSI 2 2 1 2
Upper control pedestal pWarning light panel Over head panel 3 2 2 2
Pressure s/w. Manometric s/w ON-OFF s/w 1 2 2 2
2.03 PSI 3.03 PSI 4PSI 2 1 2 1
1750 hrs 3200 hrs 5 Years 1 2 3 3
1750 hrs 3200 hrs 5 Years 1 2 3 2
94 to 302 deg C - 70 to 150 deg C - 92 to 302 deg F 3 2 3 3
Over read Zero No effect 1 2 1 2

104
Variable capacitance Electromagnetic b and c 1 1 1 2
On condition 3200 hrs 750 hrs 2 2 2 1
Copper element Paper element Brass element 1 1 3 3
On oil cooler On fuel filter base On oil tank 1 2 2 2
Copper Light alloy Steel 3 2 3 3
2.03 PSI 1.45PSI 21.75 PSI 3 2 1 2
Top of fuel tank Stbd of fuel tank Port side of fuel tank 1 2 2 2
Fuel filter s/w Manometric s/w. b and d 1 1 2 2
Upper pedestal panel Lower pedestal panel Over head panel 1 2 1 2
0 to 33,500 RPM 0 to 40,000 RPM 0 to 10,000 RPM 3 2 1 1
2.4 ohms 2.5 ohms 2.6 ohms 1 2 2 3
Wheat stone Anometer Synchronous motor 1 2 1 2
0 to 200 °C 0 to 800 °C 0 to 400 °C 3 2 1 3
Standard tank Sensing box None of the above 1 2 1 2
HAL (BC) HAL (HYD) HAL (LD) 4 2 3 2
Lower control pedestal pMain inst. Panel Over head panel 1 2 2 1
60±10 ltrs 50±5 ltrs 60+10 ltrs 4 1 1 3
Float chamber Fuel gauge Potentiometer housing 4 2 2 2
Warning light panel Pedestal panel Inside fuel contents 4 2 2 3
Wheat stone bridge a and b All the above 2 1 2 2
Variable capacitance Variable voltage Variable current 2 1 1 2
Regulate temperature Compensate the temperatur
Control voltage variati 1 1 3 2
Control temperature variaControl current Control voltage variati 1 1 3 2
Control temperature varControl current Control resistance 2 1 3 1
5 ltrs 50 ltrs 10 ltrs 1 2 1 3
Probe unit Fuel gauge All the above 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 3 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2

105
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 3 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1

106
 FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
3 1 2
2 3 1
2 2 3
2 1 2
2 2 3
3 3 2
2 3 2
2 2 2
3 2 2
2 2 1
sistance is checked? 3 3 3
2 2 2
2 3 3
3 3 2
2 2 2
3 3 1
2 2 3
2 2 2
2 1 3
3 3 2
3 2 2
2 3 2
2 3 2
3 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
3 3 3
3 1 3
2 2 3
2 2 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
2 1 3
3 1 3
3 3 3
CHAPTER 28

107
GYRO INSTRUMENTS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
±360 deg ±180 deg ±150 deg 2 2 1 1
Suction regulator Venturi head Manometric S/w 3 1 3 3
Right corner bottom Center Left corner bottom 3 2 1 2
1.45 PSI 1.1 bar None of the above 1 2 1 3
Inner ring Rotor Case 2 1 3 2
Jet of air Ball bearing Filter 1 1 3 2
16,000 - 19,000 RPM 21,000 - 23, 000 RPM None of the above 1 2 1 1
Outer gimble ring Rotor case Case 2 1 3 3
Horizontal axis Vertical axis Lateral axis 3 1 3 2
± 60 deg ± 70 deg ±75 deg 2 2 1 3
16,000 to 17,000 rpm 18,000 to 19,000 rpm 19,000 to 21,000 rpm 4 2 1 2
7deg nose up 8 deg nos 8deg nose up 9 deg nose none of the above 1 1 2 2
±110 deg in roll ±110 deg in pitch 110 deg in roll 2 2 1 2
Earth Gyro Tied Gyro Free Gyro 2 2 2 2
1.5 deg backward 2.5 deg forward 2.5 deg backward 1 2 3 1
NL petrol Trichloroethylene None of the above 3 2 1 3
Wire gauge Fine wire Joseph paper 4 2 2 2
200 hrs 400 hrs 100 and 200 hrs 4 2 1 3
Leak in suction line Suction line blocked All of the above 4 2 3 2
6 deg 9 deg 12 deg 4 2 3 2
5.54" of Hg to6.43" of Hg6.54" of Hg to 8.43" of Hg 2" of Hg to 3" of Hg 1 2 1 1
1,000 RPM to 2,000 RPM 10,000 RPM to 14,000 R 19,000 RPM to 21,00 4 2 1 3
Increase the suction Air to go out All the above 1 1 1 2
Com On No action None of the above 2 2 2 3
TSI DG Bank indicator 3 1 3 2
Vertical Lateral None of the above 1 1 2 2
Bottom left hand side Center Top center 1 2 2 2
Rigidity Torque All the above 1 1 3 2
Precession Torque A and B both 1 2 2 1
'B' C' ‘X’ 2 1 3 3
Horizontal axis Lateral axis A and B both 1 1 3 2
Outer gimble ring Rotor housing Rotor housing 2 1 3 3
Decrease the suction No effect None of the above 2 1 1 2
Decrease the suction No effect None of the above 1 1 1 2
12 ltrs/min 14ltrs/min 20 ltrs/ min 2 2 3 1
±60 deg ±70 deg ±100 deg 3 2 1 3
10 deg 15 deg 20 deg 1 2 1 2
18000 RPM to 19000 R 15000 RPM to 18000 RPM22,000 RPM 1 2 1 3
5 PSI to 7 PSI 1 PSI to 5 PSI 0 PSI to 1 PSI 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 3 2

108
 FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 3 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 3 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 3 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
2 2 2
3 2 2
2 2 2
2 1 2
2 1
2 1 2
2 2 2
3 2 2
2 2 2
3 2 2
on bar during banking. 3 3 2
2 2 2
2 1 2

CHAPTER 29
NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Corrector C Flux valve Bowl of the compass4 2 1 1
+/- 5 deg +/- 3 deg +/- 1 deg 4 1 2 3
15 deg 20 deg 25 deg 3 2 1 2
4 Months 8 Months 10 Months 1 1 2 3
Plastic Metallic Aluminum 1 1 1 2
10 Deg 15 Deg 20 Deg 2 2 1 2
Co-efficient A Co-efficient C Co-efficient B and C 4 2 1 1

109
 Silicon Gasoline None of the above 2 2 2 3
Silicon Petrol K, Oil 2 1 3 2
Unserviceable No effect None of the above 2 2 3 3
Swirl Transport More accuracy 1 1 1 2
AU 4D Copper Brass 1 1 2 2
2mm 5mm Not allowed 1 1 2 2
Electro magnetic Magnetic All the above 3 1 1 2
East & west All cardinal and sub cardNone of the above 3 3 2 1
Two bar magnet One ring magnet Two ring magnet 3 3
30 deg 60 deg 90 deg 1 2 2 2
Silicon Spirit None of the above 1 1 2 3
3.5 deg 3.0deg 2.0deg 3 2 2 2
3.5 deg 3.0deg 2.0deg 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 3
2 2 2
3 2 3
2 1 2
3 2 3
3 2 2
2 2 2

CHAPTER 30
OXYGEN SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Before charging of oxyDuring charging Both a and b 2 1 2 1
6 lit/ min 7 lit /min 8 lit /min 4 2 3 3
Medium Fast and steady Slow and steady 4 2 1 2
400 lit/min 500 lit/min 550 lit/min 1 2 1 3
2100 PSI 2150 PSI 2175 PSI 4 2 2 2
6000 ft 8000 ft 10,000 ft 1 2 1 2
Cylinder type GLF 313 Both a and b None 2 1 2 1
400 lit/min 500 lit/min 550 lit/min 1 2 1 3
6 years 7 years 9 years 1 2 1 2
6 years 7 years 20 years 1 2 1 3
Two cylinder Three Cylinders Four cylinders 4 2 1 2
4,000 ft 8,000 ft 10,000 ft 4 2 1 2
4,000 ft 8,000 ft 10,000 ft 2 2 1 2
Pursing Phobia None of the above 1 2 1 2
MC-511 Ulmer-Type –19 A and C 2 2 1 1

110
 Air Only Oxygen only None of the above 1 1 2 3
400 lit/min 500 lit/min 550 lit/min 3 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
3 1 2
3 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
3 2 2
3 2 2
3 2 2
3 2 2
CHAPTER 31
DUCTION TO RADIO INSTALLATION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
5 6 7 3 2 1 2
Alternator Battery None 1 1 2 3
Englant USA South Africa 1 1 2 2
SE Bangalore ECIL Hyderabad L-3 Coon Corp USA 2 1 1 3
ECIL Bangalore HAL Hyderabad ECIL Hyderabad 3 2 1 2
3-30 Khz 3-30 Mhz None 2 2 2 3
3-30 Khz 3-30 Mhz None 3 3 1 2
30-300 Khz 30-300 Mhz None 3 3 2 3
2 3 4 3 2 2 2
2 3 4 2 2 2 3

CHAPTER 32
AIRCRAFT INTERCOM SYSTEM
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
2 3 4 2 2 1 1

111
26V AC 27.5V DC 26V DC and 26 V AC 3 1 1 3
To provide transmission an
BOTH A AND B None of the above 3 2 1 2
1 Amp 4 Amps 3 Amps 1 1 2 3
3 Amps 2 Amps 4 Amps 1 1 1 2
4 2 3 2 2 1 2
PTT is pressed Change over switch is pl HF is selected 2 2 2 1
Normal H+V Emergency VHF Unmarked 2 2 1 3
Copilot Passenger Power supply 2 1 1 2
AM-55A O/P AM-54A O/P AM-55A bias voltage 1 2 2 3
AM 78A,AM 79B in BJ 8 AM-55B,AM 79B AM 55B alone 1 2 1 2
Loose connection of ear Dry soldering All the above 4 2 1 2
Emergency mode HF emergency mode E VHF emergency mode1 2 1 2
2 3 1 3 1 1 2
Volume Amlifier Channel mixing Amplifier Non of the above 2 2 1 1
Volume Amlifier Channel mixing Amplifier None of the above 1 1 1 3
24-26 V DC 26-28.5 V DC 26-30 V DC 3 2 1 2
FI-12A FI-15A FI-21A 3 1 2 3
500 Ohms 600 Ohms 750 Ohms 2 1 1 2
200 mw + 2 db 100 mw + 3 db 200 mw + 3 db 2 2 1 2
12-18 V DC 20-30 V DC 18-30 V DC 4 2 2 1
Audio I/P and earth Audio O/P and earth None of the above 2 2 1 3
330 Ohms 440 Ohms 420 Ohms 2 1 1 2
25.5 V DC 26.5 V DC 27.5 V DC 4 2 2 3
BE 1 CE 1 DE 1 3 2 1 2
Relay RL1 and RL 101 wil Only relay RL1 excited Only Relay RL 101 exc1 2 1 2
Junction Box Both a and b None of the above 1 2 1 2
For VHF Transmission Both a and b None of the above 1 1 1 2
10 Positions 11 Positions 12 Positions 3 2 1 1
6 , 7 , 11 6, 10, 11 5, 10 , 11 4 1 1 3
VHF available ICS available ADF available 4 2 1 2
C 201 C 102 C 202 2 1 2 3
The common audio booster Both A and B None of the above 3 1 1 2
HF ADF BJ-88C 1 2 1 2
HF Position VHF Position All the above 1 2 2 1
Individual volume controlCommon audio booster None am of the above 3 2 1 3
Junction box Jack box for pilot/co-piloJack box for passenger3 1 1 2
Test bench for CH-IC Jack box for pilot/co-pilot Jack box for passenger2 2 2 3
Junction box Jack box for pilot/co-pilot Jack box for passenger1 2 1 2
Junction box Jack box for pilot/co-pilot Jack box for passenger2 2 1 2
Chetak Both a and b None of the above 1 2 1 2
2 Amp 1.5 Amp 2.5 Amp 2 1 1 2
CJB-02 CJB-03 None of the above 2 2 1 1
CJB-02 CJB-03 None of the above 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2

112
 FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
2 1
1 1

CHAPTER 33
HF SSB
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
100 HZ 10Khz 1.1 KHz 2 1 2 1
2-30 MHz 2-25 MHz 2-29.9999 MHz 4 1 1 3
Simplex commn Semi-duplex None 2 2 2 2
2-10 MHz 2-20 MHz 5-10 MHz 2 1 1 3
Radio bay Cockpit Centre section 2 2 2 2
150 watt 37.5 watt 50 watt 2 1 1 2
Once Thrice Never 1 2 2 1
120 sec 90 sec 100 sec 2 2 2 3
2-30 MHz 10-30 MHz 5-10 MHz 3 2 3 2
Towel bar Long wire antenna Mast antenna 3 2 2 3
3 Modules 2 Modules 5 Modules 2 2 1 2
Above the tail boom Along with tail boom Below the cabin 3 2 1 2
PGM Button PTT SQ Sw 3 2 2 2
99 101 95 2 1 1 2
Power Amplifier Antenna Coupler Receiver Exciter 1 1
Power Amplifier/Anten Receiver Exciter None 2 3
Power Amplifier/AntennaReceiver Exciter None 3 2
6 digit 8 digit 4 digit 3 3
150 watt 37.5 watt 50 watt 3 2
300KHz - 3000KHz 30MHz-300MHz 300MHz-3000MHz 3 1 1 2
Sky wave communicatiGround wave communicatSpace wave communica 2 1 1 1
Less than HF commun.Equal to HF commun. AntNone of these 2 1 1 3
Press to talk Push to transmit Pass to talk 2 1 1 2
Amplitude modulation Pulse modulation and carrFrequency modulation
4 1 1 3
ELT HOMER ELT and HOMER 4 1 1 2
Sense antenna Loop and Sense antennNone of these 3 1 1 2
Sky wave communicatiLine of sight communicati Ground wave communic
2 2 1 2
2-30 MHz 10-30 MHz None 3 1 2 2
2-20 MHz 2-30 MHz None 1 2 2 1
100 HZ 150 Hz 200 Hz 2 1 1 3

113
 KCU 951 KCA 952 KTR 953 3 1 2 2
KCU 951 KCA 952 KTR 953 2 2 1 3
KCU 951 KCA 952 KTR 953 3 1 2 2
208,000 228,000 28,000 1 2 2 2
60 sec 90 sec 120 sec 4 1 1 1
45.005 MHz 45.055 MHz 45.045 MHz 4 1 2 3
45-75 MHz 47-55 MHz 47-75MHz 4 2 1 2
45.500 MHz 45.005 MHz 45.055 MHz 2 1 2 3
455 KHz 475 KHz 405 KHz 2 2 2 2
Twice Thrice Four Times 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
3 3 3
2 2 2
2 2 2
3 3 2
2 2 2
2 2 3
CHAPTER 34
VHF/UHF COMMUNICATION
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Pin switch IF Guard None of the above 2 1 2 1
Receiver only Synthesizer lock on All the above 4 2 1 3
Transmission section VTA
‘A’ and ‘B’ None of the above 4 1 2 2
225-399.975 MHz A and B both 115-145 MHz 3 1 1 3
5 digit 4 digit 3 digit 1 1 1 2
After 'CH' After 'PG' To check freq progr 4 1 1 2
50MHZ below the tuned f50 MHZ above the tuned fNone of the above 1 1 2 1
Main rxr Main Tx-Rx Main Tx 3 1 1 3
20 Watt 150 mw 50 mw 4 1 1 2
25 MHZ 25 KHZ 500 HZ 3 2 1 3
50 MHZ PLL Both ‘a’ and ‘b’ None of the above 3 1 3 2
0.209027777777778 As required No fixed cycle 2 1 1 2
10.7 MHZ 23.1 MHZ 21.4 MHZ 4 1 2 2
75 OHM 100 Ohm 60 Ohm 1 1 1 2
‘H’ Mode ‘M’+’G’ Mode ‘D’ Mode 3 1 1 1
20 Watts 150 Watts 550 Watts 4 1 1 3
15 16 17 3 1 1 2
118.335 MHZ 155.975 MHZ None of the above 3 2 2 3
2400 2240 2420 3 2 1 2
7500 7200 7000 4 1 2 2
19+1 20+1 22 2 2 2 1
10 + 0.5 Watt 8 + 2 Watt 10 + 0.5 Watt 1 1 1 3
120 W 150 W 180 W 1 1 2 2
550 W 750W 1000 W 2 2 1 3

114
 1.5 micro volts 1 micro volt 0.5 micro volts 1 1 2 2
2 microvolts 3 microvolts 4 micro voltrs 4 2 2 2
250 Kms 300 Kms 350 Kms 4 1 1 2
Channel Setting Programming of FrequencChecking preset chann1 1 2 2
Channel Setting Programming of FrequencChecking preset chann2 2 1 1
Channel Setting Programming of Freque Checking preset chann3 1 2 3
Channel Setting Programming of FrequencChecking preset chan4 2 2 2
150-199.975 MHz 110-149.975 MHz 125-175.975 MHz 1 1 1 3
250-375.975 MHz 250- 325.975 MHz 250-399.975 MHz 1 1 2 2
50 MHZ 55 MHz 60 MHz 2 2 1 2
10.7 MHZ 21.3 MHz 47.2 MHz 2 1 2 1
Faulty bonding connectioSupply from the source is None of the above 1 2 2 3
Faulty bonding connectioSupply from the source None of the above 3 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 3 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 3 2
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
2 1 2
1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 2
1 2 2
2 2 2
3 3 2
2 2 2
1 2 2

CHAPTER 35

115
ARC-610 A
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
±3⁰ ±4⁰ ±2⁰ 4 1 1 1
8 secs 6 secs 5 secs 3 1 1 3
56 72 40 3 2 2 2
–50⁰ C to –55⁰ C to –45⁰ C to 1 1 1 3
+55 ⁰C
50 Feets +60 ⁰C
40 Feets +60 ⁰C
30 Feets 4 1 1 2
20 mw 50 mW 100 mW 4 1 1 2
500 KHz 500 Hz 25 KHz 3 1 1 1
Figure of 8 Both 'a' and 'b' None of the 2 1 1 3
> 60 W 60 W above
Both 'a' 4 1 1 2
26V AC 115 V AC and
Both'c'a' 4 1 1 3
7220 7020 and
3220'b' 1 1 2 2
50 µv/mt 2 µv/mt 4 µv/mt 2 1 1 2
50 µv/mt 2 µv/mt 4 µv/mt 1 1 1 2
3000PF 1750 PF 1850 PF 3 1 1 2
14 Hrs 12 Hrs 10 Hrs 3 1 1 1
10 Amps 5 Amps 3 Amps 2 2 1 3
5 Amps 10 Amps 25 Amps 1 1 1 2
125Khz 758.5 KHz 1700.80 KHz 3 2 2 3
60 db Both 'a' 10 db 3 1 1 2
220 Hz and 'b'
220 Hz 220 Hz 2 2 3 2
fixed
RF Amps Osc
Both 'a' phase
Mixer 3 2 3 1
phase and 'b' Hz is shifted
stages
IF is 10.7 MHz 115V,400 IF is
output 2 1 1 3
ADF 00 generated
Six times in Rxr itself 220
ADFHz 88 2 2 2 2
VCO faulty Figure
Both 'a'of None of 3 2 3 3
Zero
and
Loop Amp Self 'b'
test the
TCXO 3 2 3 2
faulty Amp circuit'a' above
faulty of
Servo Both None 3 2 3 2
is Faulty faulty
and 'b' the
TRV-350 Ultrasonic QRPX-44B 1 1 1 2
above
135⁰ ±4 135⁰ ±3 135⁰ ±10 4 1 1 2
Loop ADF Any 1 1 1 1
position
Faulty position
Faulty position
All of 4 2 3 3
PSU
>9 db Rxr
9 db the
Both 'a' 4 1 1 2
above
and 'c
160-1800 KHz 180-1900 KHz 190-1700 KHz 4 2 2 3
9+M 10 10+M 2 3 3 2
26 V AC 400Hz Both a and b None 3 2 2 2
55 W 60W 75 W 3 2 2 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3

116
 FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 3
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
2 1 3
1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 2
1 2 2
2 2 2
3 3 3
2 2 2
CHAPTER 36
SSCVR
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
60mW 10mW across 600ohms 20mW 3 1 3 1
Orange Black International Orange 4 1 1 3
60 minutes 1.5 hrs 100 minutes 1 1 1 2
20 k ohms 30 k ohms 5 ohms 2 2 3 3
115V DC 115 V AC 400 Hz 27 V DC 2 1 1 2
35 db minimum 50 db 60 db 2 1 3 2
Fighter aircrafts Non-combat aircrafts Transport aircrafts 3 2 2 1
9.7 Kgs 8 Kgs 8.5 Kgs 2 1 3 3
2 3 4 3 1 2 2
2 3 4 1 1 2 3
2 3 4 4 1 2 2
2 3 4 2 1 2 2
26 V AC 115 V AC 400 Hz 100 V AC 3 1 3 2
3 2 4 4 1 1 2
150 m sec 250 m sec 200 m sec 4 1 3 1
28 V DC 30 V DC 26 V AC 2 1 3 3

117
 1 3 4 1 1 2 2
Non volatile Non volatile Flash memoNone 3 1 3 3
Green bank Yellow bank Should not defect 2 2 1 2
GSES MS-2007 Window XP 2 2 3 2
SE Bangalore HAL Bangalore L3 Comm, USA 1 2 1 1
MRU-120B FA-2100 Only b and C 4 2 3 3
FALSE 1 1 3 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 2 2
2 1 1
2 3 1
3 2 2
3 3 3
3 3 2
3 2 2
3 2 2

CHAPTER 37
GPS
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
1023 KHZ 1023 MHZ 1575.42 KHZ 2 1 3 1
< 25 MTRS >25 ft <25 ft 1 1 2 3
10,900KM 10,900MTRS 10,900 KNM 1 1 2 2
Civil aviation IAF None of the above 1 2 2 3
120 degree latitude 130 degree longitude 130 degree latitude 1 1 2 2
1023 MHZ 1575.42 KHZ 1023KHZ 1 1 3 2
24 6 4 1 1 1 1
4 2 6 2 1 1 3
4 6 2 2 1 1 2
3 6 1 2 1 1 3
4 2 6 2 1 1 2
4 1 3 4 1 1 2
70Ohms 50Ohms 55Ohms 3 1 1 2
2 Amps 4 Amps 1.5 Amps 1 1 1 2
Blue Green Yellow 3 1 2 1
Blue Green Yellow 3 1 2 3
10:9 hrs 11:56:9 hrs 11:56 hrs 3 1 3 2
4 plane 5 plane 6 plane 4 1 1 3
70Ohms 50Ohms 55Ohms 3 1 1 2
Atomic Digital Analog 2 1 1 2
Octagonal Triangulation None of the above 3 1 2 1

118
 Atomic Digital Analog 2 1 1 3
50 mtrs 100 ft 100 mtrs 1 1 2 2
18 Satellites 21 Satellites 24 Satellites 4 1 1 3
Received signal Received and transmitted None of the above 1 1 3 2
3 or more than 3 4 2 2 1 1 2
Ephemeris data Almanac data None of the above 1 2 2 2
Ephemeris data Almanac data None of the above 2 3 3 2
2A 2.5A 3A 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 2 1
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
CHAPTER 38
ELT/PRB
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
CSAR mode Disabled Unprogrammed 2 2 3 2
CSAR mode Disabled Unprogrammed 1 2 3 1
15 min on 20 min off 5 min on 5 min off 10 min on 10 min off 2 1 3 2
Contact with salty water Activation pin pulled out All the above 4 2 1 1
Reception GPS Fix and transmissi All the above 3 2 2 1
Reception Radiation None 2 2 2 2
5 years 2 years 6 years 2 1 2 1
18 hrs 24 hrs 36 hrs 2 1 2 2
Same mission code Same PC All the above 4 2 3 1
GPS position fix Position information of P All the above 4 2 1 1
243Mhz 406 MHz 286 MHz 3 1 1 2
282.5 MHz 284.5 MHZ 285.5 MHz 2 1 2 1
15 MHZ 25 KHz 25 MHz 3 2 3 2
700 gms 800 gms 900 gms 3 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
2 1 2 2

119
 CHAPTER 39
CHEETAL AIRFRAME
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Rescue Operation Pilot Training All The above 4 1 1 2
1960 Kg 1980 Kg 1970 Kg 1 2 1 3
3 micron 4 micron 5 micron 2 2 1 2
4 mm 6 mm 5 mm 4 1 1 2
1130 Kg 1150 Kg 1140 Kg 4 1 1 1
69.5 mm 71.5 mm 70.5 mm 3 2 1 3
5578 5588 5788 1 1 1 2
Reciprocating type Gear type Centrifugal type 1 1 1 3
GOV Fuel Pump Coll pick off 1 2 1 2
2400 Kg 2450 Kg 2300 Kg 4 1 1 2
OEP 60 OEP 70 OEP 38 3 1 1 2
1000 Kg 1900 Kg 1500 Kg 2 1 1 2
MGB & TGB IGB & Flexible IGB & MGB 4 2 1 1
drive shaft
Step down the r.p.m fro Both a and b To absorb the shocks f 3 1 1 3
60 Feet 90 Feet 75 Feet 1 2 1 1
6 Pneumatic shock absor6 hydraulic shock absorbe4 hydraulic shock ab 4 1 1 3
RZ 16 RZ 20 RZ 19 1 1 1 2
225 Kg 175 Kg 160 Kg 4 2 1 3
50kg+50kg 60kg+60kg 100kg+100kg 2 2 1 2
Clutch MDS and Free wheel unit MGB 1 1 1 2
1.2+1.5 bar 0.5 + 0.1 bar 2.0+2.5 bar 3 1 1 1
To step up the r.p.m of eClutch is not placed on Clutch is placed on Chee 3 2 1 3
Bevel gear system Spur gear system Worm gear system 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2

120
 FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1

CHAPTER 40
CHEETAL ENGINE
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Fuel flow control valve Booster pump Fuel filter 4 2 2 2
IGB and MGB MGB and main rotor MGB and TGB 2 3 1 2
Step down the rpm from Both a and b It act as a damper 3 3 1 2
2 3 4 2 2 2 1
Semi automatic control Manual control Full automatic control 4 2 1 3
Module 1 identification plModule2 identification platAbove all 4 3 2 1
Oposite direction Perpendicular direction A&B above 2 3 2 2
To provide nf informationTo provide nf speed infor A&C above 4 2 2 3
420 kw 723kw 839 kw 1 2 2 4
Oil system Fuel system Starting system 3 2 1 3
70% of Ng 17% of Nf 100% of Ng 2 2 2 4
Oil system Fuel system Both b&c 2 3 1 3
Constant vollume Pressure drop of 4% Pressure fluctuation 3 3 2 4
Rubber seals Carbon seal Labyrinth seal 4 3 1 2
Wax Synthatic oil Hypoid oil 3 2 1 3
P2 air P3 air Un pressurised 3 2 1 1
100% of Ng 70% of Nf 70% Ng 4 2 1 3
Shut down the engine iReduce the airflow for igv Does not exist 2 3 1 4
Second stage axial compCentrifugal compressor Equally by b&c above 3 3 1 4
Stators Casings All the above 2 2 1 3
Engine fuel system Manual control by pilot B&c above 2 3 2 4
Flexible shaft Rigid shaft Telescopic shaft 2 3 1 1
Nr Both a and b Ng 4 2 1 4
In the oposite direction At 37562 corresponding B&c above 4 3 2 2
View from rear countercl It can rotate in any directi Does not rotate 1 2 1 2
Decrease output RPM To adapt engine speed an None of above 3 3 1 3
To change sense of rotatTo absorb any misalign None of above 3 3 1 3
One digital channel an Two analog channel One digital channel 2 3 1 3
Entirely hydromechanicalMechanical devices By the pilot usingmfcl 1 3 1 4
37562 6000 42000 2 2 2 3
Differential pressure bet Starvation of oil High pressure relief val 2 3 1 4
Flexible coupling Gas coupling Curvic coupling 4 2 1 3

121
Pistone trype Zero rotor type Certrifugal type 4 2 2 2
To prevent carbonizati To ensure free rotation of To disconnect electric s 2 3 2 3
Centrifugal type Geo rotor type Vane type 1 2 1 4
Supply line to front beari Inlet line to rear bearing Supply line to rear be 4 3 2 2
Engine intermediate re Strain guage on the free tuFADEC 2 3 1 4
Driven by free turbine shDriven by free turbine shDriven directly by gas 3 3 1 2
To asist pressurization ofTo prevent oil leak to the To saperate oil from t 4 3 2 2
Removing the starting injRemoving the main injectoRemoving the air tappi 1 3 2 4
No fuel will be supplied t The starter generator will A&B above 4 2 1 4
To provide cockpit indiTo intimate a stand by elecA&B above 2 3 2 2
1.7 bar 4.7 bar 1.2bar 2 2 1 3
Opens or closes proportiFully opened Fully closed 3 2 1 4
Shut down electro valveDelta p valve Shut off valve 1 3 1 4
20 15 17 2 2 2 3
750 degree for 5 sec. 850 degree for 5 sec. 860 degree for 5sec 4 3 1 4
110+_1.5% 114+2% 112+2% 2 2 1 4
RH side of the combusti Top of the combustion ch Bottom of the combust 1 3 1 3
Reduction gear box Starter generator drive sFree turbine shaft 3 2 1 2
3 5 4 1 2 1 3
45,000 RPM 25,000 RPM 6,000 RPM 2 2 1 2
Remain constant at 45,0 Remain constant at 6000 Various according to lo 1 3 1 2
P3 pressor transmition The inlet of combustion c P2 pressor pick up loc 2 3 2 2
58 deg Fully closed No IGV in the engine 3 3 2 4
To asist pressurization ofTo prevent oil leak to the To saperate oil from t 4 2 1 2
Nimonic Titanium Vanadium 3 3 1 3
Rigid shaft Tail drive shaft Flexible shaft 4 3 1 4
163 deg c 115 deg c No such limitation 3 2 1 2
Rotary ctuator valve Bi-stable solenoid valveLinier actuator 3 3 1 1
FMU is fully opened FMU is fully closed FMU is half opened 1 2 1 4
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 3 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 2 2 4
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 3 2 4
FALSE 1 3 1 4
FALSE 1 2 1 4
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 1 2 2 4
FALSE 2 3 1 4
FALSE 2 3 2 3
FALSE 1 3 1 4
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 3 2 3
FALSE 1 3 1 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 2 3 1 2
FALSE 2 3 1 2

122
 FALSE 1 3 2 3
FALSE 1 2 1 4
FALSE 1 3 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 1 3 2 4
FALSE 1 2 2 1

CHAPTER 41
CHEETAL ELECT
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
On the control pedestal Near starter switch Inside DCMB 1 2 1 2
Engine control panel Warning lights panel Over head panel 3 1 1 3
On Over head panel On the control pedestal Near starter switch 2 1 1 2
Left side in centre sect Right side in centre sectioNone of the above 2 1 1 2
C2 Contactor EPC C4 Contactor 3 2 1 1
C2 Contactor C3 Contactor C4 Contactor 2 2 1 3
C2 Contactor C3 Contactor C4 Contactor 4 2 1 2
0 - 36 Volts 0 - 37 Volts 0 - 38 Volts 1 2 1 3
Generator control and pGenerator control and powGenerator control and p2 1 1 2
4KW 6KW 5KW 3 2 1 2
750 Amps 800 Amps 850 Amps 3 1 1 2
4mm 7mm 3mm 4 1 1 2
12mm 13mm 16mm 3 2 1 1
15 to - 32 deg C 15 to 32 deg C 15 to 35 deg C 3 2 1 3
Nickle plated iron Nickel plated silver Nickel plated gold. 1 2 1 1
30 volts 28 volts 24 volts 4 2 1 3
4 AH 12 AH 40 AH 4 2 1 2
5 Hrs 6 Hrs 8 Hrs 1 2 1 3
31.5 V AC 31.5 V DC 29 V DC 3 1 1 2
Analog control channel ofInverter power supply to Both (I) & (II) 4 1 1 2
Relay ‘M’ Both relay ‘A’ & ‘M’ Relay ‘B’ 2 2 1 1
20 Mints 25 Mints 10 Mints 1 1 1 3
6 KW 4 KW 8 KW 2 1 1 2
16 V 12 V 22 V 1 1 1 3
65 degree C 71 degree C 75 degree C 3 2 1 2
Over head panel Main Inst panel None of the above 3 1 2 2
Jet exhaust Main and tail rotor area All above 4 2 1 2
Main rotor A&B both None 3 2 1 2
Position light ON Electrically safe None 3 2 1 1
4 3 6 3 1 1 3
On upper control panelOn lower control panel Overhead the pilot 2 1 1 2
115 ± 5% 110 ± 1.5% 110 ± 5% 3 2 1 3
C2 C3 C4 3 2 1 2
Bottom shelf Top Shelf On Engine 1 2 1 2
Inside MIP 1P Junction box Inside DCMB 4 1 1 2
Receipt 24 V EBCB All the above 4 2 1 2
DCMB GCPU EBCB 3 1 1 3
100 Degree 0 Degree 56 Degree 4 1 1 2
48 V AC Both I & II None above 3 2 1 2
Relay ‘M’ Both relay ‘A’ & ‘M’ Relay ‘B’ 1 2 1 1

123
Side of engine Top of engine DCMB 3 2 1 3
200 % for 10 Secs 250 % for 2 Secs 300 % for 5 Secs 1 2 1 2
200 % for 2 Secs 250 % for 2 Secs 300 % for 5 Secs 2 2 1 3
200 % for 5 Secs Both I & II None of the above 3 2 1 2
11 Mins 11 Secs 10 Secs 3 1 1 2
FADEC Inside cabin Inside battery 1 1 1 2
C2 C3 C4 1 2 1 2
C2 C3 C4 2 1 1 1
C2 C3 C4 3 1 1 3
C2 C3 C4 4 1 1 1
EBCB fail FADEC fail FADEC degrade 1 2 1 3
7 9 3 3 2 1 2
B Sensors C Sensor D Sensor 3 2 1 3
Upper Control Panel Lower Control Panel Middle Control Panel 1 2 1 2
Upper Control Panel Lower Control Panel Middle Control Panel 2 1 1 2
± 4% ± 3% ± 5% 1 2 1 1
Upper Control Panel Lower Control Panel Middle Control Panel 2 1 1 3
180 Degree C 153 Degree C 183 Degree C 3 1 1 2
94% of NG 100% of NG 98% of NG 2 2 1 3
28+2 29+1 29+2 1 2 1 2
At 94% of NG At 98% of NG At 100% of NG 1 2 1 2
HES EPR C4 Contactor 1 2 1 2
GCPU DCMB Overhead Panel 3 2 1 2
GCPU DCMB Overhead Panel 3 2 1 1
IGB MGB TGB 1 1 1 3
8000 rpm to 12750 rpm 6000 rpm to 12750 rpm 6000 rpm to 12150 rp 1 1 1 2
4550 hrs 4050 hrs 4000 hrs 1 2 1 3
P2 Air cooled Air cooled with built in f None of the above 3 1 1 2
(+0.7/-0.2 Volts) (+0.4/-0.7 Volts) (+0.7/-0.4 Volts) 3 1 1 2
27.5 V DC 31.5 V DC 30.5 V DC 3 1 1 2
19.5 V DC 24.5 V DC 20.5 V DC 2 2 1 3
0.4 ± 0.2 V 0.5 ± 0.2 V 0.2 ± 0.5 V 3 2 1 2
9 to 22 amps 4 to 10 amps 20 to 22 amps 1 2 1 2
28.5 V 27.0 V 28.0 V 2 2 1 1
36 AH 46 AH 40 AH 4 1 1 3
53 Degree 56 Degree 65 Degree 3 2 1 2
53 Degree 56 Degree 65 Degree 1 1 1 3
EBCB mode Both I & II None 2 1 1 2
Two Three None 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE. 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2

124
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2

125
 FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
3 3 3
3 3 1
3 3 3
2 2 2
3 2 3
1 3 2
3 3 2
2 3 1

CHAPTER 42
INSTRUMENT
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
More than 102 % More than 105 % More than 104 % 4 1 1 2
NFcrosses threshold seNRcrosses threshold set vNG crosses threshold s2 1 1 2
NFcrosses threshold set NRcrosses threshold setNG crosses threshold s3 1 1 2
10 7 9 2 1 1 2
India / SA- 315 /MOD/1 India / SA- 315 /MOD/174India / SA- 315 /MOD/2 1 1 3
India / SA- 315 /MOD/1 India / SA- 315 /MOD/174India / SA- 315 /MOD4 1 1 2
28VDC 30VDC 24VDC 2 1 1 2
28VDC 30VDC 24VDC 2 1 1 1
More than 3 minutes Maximum 3 minutes Less than 9 minutes 3 2 1 3
2.5 minutes Maximum 3 minutes Less than 9 minutes 1 1 1 2
160° either side 180° 360° 4 1 1 3
Less than 1800 At 1800 None of these 1 1 1 2
Less than 1800 At 1800 None of these 2 1 1 2
Main Inst panel Over head panel None of the above 2 1 1 2
Electro magnetic pick-oElectro motive pick-off Electric magnetic pick-o2 1 2 2
5 Degree 6 Degree 7 Degree 2 1 1 1
Maximum limit Caution range Continuous range 3 1 1 3
Maximum operating range Caution range Continuous range 1 1 1 1
29 warning lights 27 warning lights 28
27 warning lights 2 1 1 3
Beneath the engine Top of engine. RH side of engine. 3 1 1 2
Venturi effect Thermal expansion Synchro principle 1 1 1 3
Parallel Connection Delta connection. Star connection. 2 1 1 2

126
Rear bearing support cExhaust pipe None of these 2 1 1 2
2.5 bar 2.7 bar None of these 1 2 2 1
Oil sump Power turbine None of these 1 1 1 3
Front face of engine Near to alternator Near to RH thermo cou2 1 1 2
65-100 ohms 0 - 500 ohms. 0 - 250 ohms. 2 1 1 3
180º 135º 120º 1 1 1 2
3 2 1 3 1 1 2
FADEC NF sensor Thermocouple 2 1 1 2
Ng indicator Dual Delta NG indicator 4 1 2 2
- 10 to 3 -8 to 2 -10 to 2 3 1 1 1
0-110 percentage 0 - 100 percentage 0-150 percentage 1 2 2 3
TGT calibration NR reading Engine limit reading 1 2 1 2
Newton Meter Meter /sec percentage 4 1 1 3
Eight Nine Ten 4 1 1 2
engine control panel Warning lights panel over head panel 3 1 1 2
Piezo resistive phonic wheel type Magnetic induction typ 2 2 1 2
65 degree C 71 degree C 75 degree C 3 2 1 3
Top most position Neutral position In between position 1 2 1 2
Top most position Neutral position In between position 2 2 1 2
FSS Part- I I FSS Part- III PMS 3 1 1 1
Change the end fitting caChange the complete setAircraft can be put un 3 1 1 3
28+2 29+1 29+2 1 2 1 2
Upper Control Panel Lower Control Panel Middle Control Panel 2 1 1 3
± 4% ± 3% ± 5% 1 2 1 2
Receipt 24 V EBCB All the above 4 2 1 2
Yellow arc red radial red triangle 2 1 1 2
Over head panel Main Inst panel None of the above 3 1 2 2
Over speed control Cock pit indication All the above 4 2 2 1
Yellow arc Green arc White dot 3 1 2 3
No of teeth Frequency None of the above 3 2 2 1
X2 X1 Y2 1 2 2 3
Kirchhoff law Newton law of motion Seeback effect 1 2 1 2
Alternator shaft Free turbine shaft Reduction pinion 1 1 1 3
35000 25412 11452 1 2 1 2
X1 X2Y2 Y2 2 2 2 2
X1 X3Y1 X2Y2 4 2 1 1
0-110 percentage 0 - 100 percentage 0 - 120 percentage 2 1 1 3
Number of theeth on wheBoth (a) and (b) Non of the above 1 1 1 2
5V DC 10 V DC 12 V DC 1 1 1 3
TPTO Alternator shaft Starter Generator shaft1 1 1 2
Starter Generator shaft Top of MGB Alternator shaft 3 1 1 2
Indicator fuel control none of these 2 2 1 2
17000 rpm 18000 rpm 19000 rpm 3 1 1 2
Gas generator shaft Starter generator shaft None of the above 1 1 1 1
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2

127
 FALSE 1 2 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 2 1 3
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 2 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 1
FALSE 1 2 2 3
FALSE 1 2 2 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 2 2
CHAPTER 43
CHEETAL RADIO
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Short Range CommunicBoth a and b None 2 1 1 2
Long wire antenna Broad band antenna J Type antenna 3 1 1 2
Line of sight communicBoth a and b None 2 1 1 2
Ground wave communicaLOS communication Tropo communication 3 1 1 2
25.0 KHz 35.5 KHz 50.0 KHz 2 1 1 3
0.167361111 As required by pilots No fixed cycle 2 1 1 2
2-30 MHz 30-420 MHz 30-399.975 MHz 3 1 1 2
0.5W+ 2.5 db 1.0W+ 1.5 db 0.5W+ 1.5 db 1 1 1 1
40.500 MHZ FM 45.500 MHz AM 50.500 MHz FM 2 2 1 3
121.500 MHz 123.5 MHz 143.5 MHz 2 1 1 2
154.6 MHz FM 156.8 MHz AM 156.8 MHZ FM 4 1 1 3
243 MHZ 338 MHz 399 MHz 2 1 1 2
Narrow band Frequency Narrow beacon FrequencyNone 1 1 1 2
***** 99999 ##### 1 1 1 2
Receiver Both a and b None 2 1 2 2
Synthesizer Module FaulModulator Module Faulty Filter Module Faulty 1 1 1 1
Synthesizer Module FauModulator Module Faulty Filter Module Faulty 2 1 1 3
Synthesizer Module FaulModulator Module Fault Filter Module Faulty 3 1 1 1
Synthesizer Module FaulModulator Module Faulty Filter Module Faulty 4 1 1 3
First IF Module Faulty Second IF/AF Module FaulController Module Faul 1 1 1 2
First IF Module Faulty Second IF/AF Module FaulController Module Faul 2 1 1 3
First IF Module Faulty Second IF/AF Module FaController Module Faul 3 1 1 2
First IF Module Faulty Second IF/AF Module FaulController Module Fau 4 1 1 2
PA Module Faulty Guard Receiver Module faInterface Module Fault 1 2 2 1
PA Module Faulty Guard Receiver Module faInterface Module Fault 2 1 1 3
PA Module Faulty Guard Receiver Module fInterface Module Fault 3 1 1 2
PA Module Faulty Guard Receiver Module faInterface Module Faul 4 1 1 3
Antenna / VSWR ModuleExternal Supply Module FaTX Limit Module 1 1 1 2
Antenna / VSWR Module External Supply Module FaTX Limit Module 2 1 1 2
Antenna / VSWR ModuleExternal Supply Module TX Limit Module 3 1 1 2

128
 Antenna / VSWR ModuleExternal Supply Module FaTX Limit Module 4 1 2 2
13 15 16 4 1 1 1
Outer Data Knob Both a and b None 1 2 2 3
4 5 6 2 2 1 2
Low Power Whisper All the above 4 1 1 3
Receiver only Both a and b None 2 1 1 2
TR + G Position G Position None 3 1 1 2
ON OFF None 2 2 1 2
FALSE 2 2 1 3
FALSE 2 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 1
FALSE 1 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 3
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 2 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 2 2 2 1
1 2 3
2 2 1
2 2 3
CHAPTER 44
THEORY OF FLIGHT
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Tail rotor failure For faster descending All the above 4 1 1 2
Altitude CG position All the above 4 1 1 2
Power changes Conservation of angular All the above 4 1 1 2
Bottom Front Rearward 2 1 1 2
Slightly up Slightly forward Neutral position 2 1 1 2
Tail rotor drift Tail rotor roll None of the above 1 1 1 2
Heavier than air aircraft Lighter aero plane Heavier aero plane 2 1 1 2
Parasite power Induced power All the above 3 1 1 2
Increased air density Both A and B none 3 1 1 2
Blade angle Angle of attack Both A and B 1 1 1 2
Blade angle Angle of attack Both A and B 2 1 1 2
Blade angle Angle of attack Both A and B 3 1 1 2
Phase angle Critical angle Acute angle 1 1 1 2
Transition yawing Pitching 2 1 1 2
Chord Height Length 1 1 1 2
Chord line Mean camber line Both A and B 1 1 1 2
Ground resonance Ground cushion Thrust reversal 4 1 1 2
Moving Collective down Moving Cyclic back Moving Cyclic Forward 3 1 1 2
Flapping Dragging None of the above 3 1 1 2
Nature of ground Wind All the above 4 1 1 2
Two rotor dia Half rotor diameter None of the above 1 1 1 2
Flapping hinge Dragging hinge None of the above 2 1 1 2
Velocity of RAF Surface of aerofoil All the above 4 1 1 2
Chord line Mean camber line Both A and B 2 1 1 2
Flapping Dragging Lead-Lagging 2 1 1 2
Gyroscopic precession Momentum Newton’s 3rd law of motion 2 1 1 2
Helicopter Gyro plane Aero plane 2 1 1 2
Tail rotor drift Tail rotor roll None of the above 2 1 1 2

129
 Semi-rigid rotors Rigid rotors Both A and B 1 1 1 2
Above the main rotor In line of main rotor In line of engine 3 1 1 2
Semi-rigid rotors Rigid rotors Both A and B 3 1 1 2
Lift Thrust Drag 2 1 1 2
Airflow reversal Retreating blade stall All the above 4 1 1 2
Rolling Pitching Torque reaction 4 1 1 2
Gyro plane Both A and B none 3 1 1 2
Gyro plane Hot air balloon Both B and C 3 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
CHAPTER 45

130
TECH ADMIN
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
CO AASQN Command HQ Both A and B 3 1 1 2
Class B Class C Cat B 2 1 1 2
Only IAFF(T) 700 Only IAFF(T) 701 None of these 1 1 1 2
Two Three None of these 3 1 1 2
IAAF-1023 TGF-1023 None of these 3 1 1 2
Material specific No Batch No all of the above 4 1 1 2
Log cord A/C servicing form Defect report form 2 1 1 2
Technicians Carried out by EO Both b and c. 2 1 1 2
Turn to port Turn to starboard Stop 3 1 1 2
2nd Line servicing. 3rd Line servicing. None of these 2 1 1 2
Sec-2 Sec-3 Sec-4 4 1 1 2
STI record SI record Major unserviceabillity 3 1 1 2
22º to 48º 25º to 50º 22º to 40 º 3 1 1 2
Receipt, storage and issue
Accounting and provisioninOnly (b) and (c ) are co 4 1 1 2
MCC CSDO Command 2 1 1 2
3Kms/hr 5Kms/hr. 7Kms/hr 3 1 1 2
Three point Four point One point 1 1 1 2
2 Line servicing.
nd
3 Line servicing.
rd
4th Line servicing 1 1 1 2
Argon Ozone Nitrogen 3 1 1 2
Vulcanized rubber Cooper Zinc 2 1 1 2
Only IAFF(T) 700 Only IAFF(T) 701 None of these 1 1 1 2
Two Three None of these 3 1 1 2
IAAF-1023 TGF-1023 None of these 3 1 1 2
Log card A/C servicing form Defect report form 2 1 1 2
Technicians Carried out by EO Both b and c. 1 1 1 2
Sec-2 Sec-3 Sec-4 4 1 1 2
STI record SI record Major unserviceabillity 3 1 1 2
22º to 48º 25º to 50º 22º to 40 º 3 1 1 2
MCC CSDO Command 2 1 1 2
3Kms/hr 5Kms/hr. 7Kms/hr 3 1 1 2
Recurrent One time None of these 2 1 3 3
CO SAEO Captain Air 2 2 2 2
SAEO SFSO GO 2 3 2 3
Argon Ozone Nitrogen 3 3 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2

131
 FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 3
FALSE 2 1 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 1

CHAPTER 46
EBT
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
1000 B.TH U 10000 B.TH U 100000 B.TH U 4 1 1 2
Specific heat Latent heat Thermal capacity 4 2 3 1
50 Ergs. 0.5 Ergs. 5 Ergs. 2 2 1 1
Thermo electic thermo Constanat volume gas th Constant pressure gas2 1 1 4
Florine Nitrogen Helium 3 1 1 3
Sir issac newton Sir william siemens Six 3 1 3 1
°Fahrenheit °Reaumur °Centigrade 2 1 1 3
1 ohms 4 ohms 0.25 ohms 2 2 2 4
Fuel flow meter Capacitance type Measurement of fuel 4 1 1 3
LF HF VHF 3 1 2 3
Fleming's right hand ruleGrip rule Faraday's law 3 2 2 1
Search radar Continuous web radar Secondary radar 1 1 1 2
Peak power and pulse wiPulse repetition frequenAverage power and pul3 3 1 2
Engine performance moniFlight performance monitoAuto pilot monitoring 1 1 1 3
Other than centre of the cAny point parallel to the c Tangent point of the cir1 1 2 4
II & III angle I &III angle II & IV angle 3 2 2 2
Vertical line Parallel lines Straight lines 4 1 1 1
Engineering drawing Pictorial drawing Non pictorial drawing 2 2 3 4
Splines cut on periphery Holes made on its face Serrations cut around i1 2 2 3
Rose bit drill Centre drill Arboring drill 4 2 1 4
Shell reamers Hand expanding reamers Hand parallel reamers 2 1 3 1
Set spanner C' spanner Crow foot spanner 4 2 2 2
Feeler guage Standard wire guage Screw pitch guage 4 1 1 2
Weight of the head Number stamped on it Overall length 3 1 2 3
Pin punch Hollow punch Nail punch 1 1 1 2
Material Part number Cost 3 1 2 2
Corrundom Silicon carbide Quartz 3 1 2 5
Colour Ductility Sonorous 3 2 2 3
Low carbon steel Medium carbon steel High carbon steel 3 1 2 1
Open hearth process Cyaniding process Nitriding process 1 1 2 2
Tang and to the tip of th Ferrtue to tip of the blade Handle end to tip of th 1 1 1 2
Length and degree of Thickness and degree of Material and degree of2 1 2 3

132
Locking plate Tab washer Split pin 2 1 2 1
Shell reamers Hand expanding reamers Hand parallel reamer 4 2 2 4
Driving fit Push fit Running fit 3 2 1 1
0.02mm 0.48 mm 0.98mm 3 1 1 4
Angular measurement Taper measurement Surface measurement 2 1 1 3
723°c 923°c 1023°c 2 1 2 2
Shaft diameter is less th Shaft diameter is equal Shaft length is equal t 3 1 2 5
Body Land Flutes 1 1 1 2
Driving fit Push fit Running fit 1 1 2 4
Circlip Tab washer Split pin 2 2 2 3
Mild steel Aluminium alloy Springsteel 4 1 1 3
Medium carbon steel Chrome nickel Low carbon steel 3 1 2 2
Stroke Bore Top dead centre 4
180° of crankshaft rotat360° of crankshaft rotation720° of crankshaft rotat2 1 1 5
180° movement of cranks360° movement of cranksh720° movement of cra4 1 1 5
Permanent magnet Contact breaker Magneto switch 2 1 2 2
Condenser C.b. Point Armature 1 2 1 4
Simple type super chargeTurbo super charger Two stage super charg3 2 2 4
Work Power Rated power 2 1 1 3
Thermal efficiency Volumetric efficiency Combustion efficiency 1 1 1 2
Fuel Air Air fuel mixture 4 1 1 3
Indicated horse power Frictional horse power Rated power 2 1 1 3
Water Oil Condenser 1 2 2 5
7 to 12 feet 13 to 18 feet 19 to 24 feet 2 2 2 5
Purolator filter Tecalemit filter Lockheed micronic fil4 2 2 5
Pipe to externally coned Pipe to pipe coupling Avimo coupling 3 2 2 4
Allow for initial swellin Flush the cock Test the cock 2 1 1 2
Poppet valve Disc valve Butterfly valve 4 2 2 5
100 PSI 110 PSI 120 PSI 2 1 1 4
Low fuel vapour loss High fuel vapour loss No fuel vapour loss 3 1 1 4
Low ambient pressure High ambient temperatureHigh density 2 2 2 4
Lp fuel filter Engine pump Hp fuel filter 3 2 2 4
Component Part Equipment 2 2 2 4
Only water finding capsuBoth water finding past Water reaction test 3 1 1 3
Purple Green Blue 3 1 1 4
Colour and specific heat Density and colour Specific gravity and spe1 1 1 3
20° c 15° c 10° c 3 1 1 4
3/4" 1/2" 1" 2 1 1 5
Excessive rpm Failure of mechanical seFailure of oil seal 3 1 2 3
600-1200 rpm 1200-2000 rpm 0-2000 rpm 4 1 1 3
3" venturi Throttle lever 4" emergency valve 1 2 1 4
200 300 400 3 1 2 4
Sulphide test Copper strip corrosion tFull specification test 4 1 1 3
Remove one or two sh Add on eor two shims Repair the shims 2 2 2 4
Flying Fatigue Manufacture 3 1 1 5
To save the human life aDevelop an individual's aTo prevent the irreparab 3 1 1 3
Highlight number of accidMake aware local people Pass new orders on flig1 1 1 3
CR&SS Air crew rest room Strategic locations in4 1 1 3
AOC Local administrator COO 3 1 1 4
Iiird to ivth line servicing Ist to ivth line servicing Iind to iiird line servicin3 1 1 4
Have high drag Not get lift Not maneuver 3 1 2 4
Directional stability Longitudinal stability Lateral stability 2 1 1 4
Swept area Disc area Plane area 3 2 2 4
Intermediate gear box Servo mechanism Clutch assembly 4 1 1 3

133
Elevator Aileron Rudder 3 1 1 4
Up thrust Weight Drag 3 2 1 4
Refuelling section Workshop Daily servicing secti 4 1 1 3
Tradesman who replenWo ic desk SNCO IC aircraft 2 1 1 3
IAFF(T) 700 IAFF(T) 7001 IAFF (T) 700b book II 2 1 1 3
IAFF(T) 700 sec 5 & 11 IAFF(T) 700 sec 5 & 8 IAFF(T) 700 sec 4 & 6 1 1 1 4
2 years 4 years 5 years 2 1 2 4
Cas Dfs Aom 2 1 1 3
First line servicing Second line servicing Forth line servicing 1 1 1 4
Administration Tools Provisioning 3 2 2 5
IAFF(Q) 447 IAFF(Q) 448 IAFF(Q) 429 2 1 2 5
8 10 13 4 2 3 5
Administrations Provisioning Masters 4 2 2 5
Registerer Concurrer Recommender 1 1 1 4
Sonic aircraft Super sonic aircraft Hyper sonic aircraft 4 1 1 3
Elevators Ailerons Flaps 3 1 1 4
Lateral axis Directional axis Lateral and directional 1 1 1 4
Exhaust cone Exhaust nozzle Diffuser 3 1 1 4
Auxiliary power unit External gearbox Internal gearbox 3 1 1 4
Customer air Pressurisation air Servicing air 2 2 2 5
Full performance ground Aircraft
r de-inhibitation run Air test of an aircraft 1 2 2 4
Supersonic aircraft Helicopter Propeller engine aircraf2 2 2 5
Igniters Nozzle guide vanes Jet nozzle 1 1 2 4
Scoop inlet Wing root air intake Variable geometry air4 1 1 5
Diffuser Compressor manifold Collector ring 2 2 2 4
Armament loading Cannibalization of rear fu Inspection of engine 1 2 2 4
Parallel Divergent Convergent-divergent 3 1 1 3
Inter stage seals Flow control valve Annular space between2 2 2 5
Increase in oil pressure Fluctuation in oil pressuNo effect on oil pressu 3 1 1 3
Automatic dump valve Fuel cut off valve Fuel bypass valve 2 1 2 4
Compresor Combustion chamber Atmosphere 2 1 1 3
60% 20% 30% 3 1 1 3
1200°c 1500°c 2000°c 4 2 2 3
30% 40% 70% 1 2 1 4
Their form Their form and method oTheir method of coolin 3 2 2 5
Pulsejet Rocket Turbojet 3 1 1 4
Reaction Impulse reaction Parallel 2 1 1 5
Temperature Pressure and temperaturePressure, temperatur4 2 2 4
Centre tapped full wave reHalf wave rectifier Centre tapped half wave 1 2 2 4
20 V 24 V 30 V 2 2 2 4
Thimble Pack cover Harness 2 2 1 5
Weight and height of aircHeight and speed of aircWeight and speed of air3 1 1 5
Closed position of dive bPutting landing lights on Putting on navigation li1 1 1 5
Blade tip Master station Leading edge to trailin 1 2 2 4
Contra rotating propeller Feathering propeller Negative pitch propelle1 1 2 3
Negative propeller Contra rotating propeller Constant speed propell1 2 2 4
Drag Thrust Weight 1 1 1 3
Thrust Lift Free stream velocity 2 1 1 4
Negative pitch propeller Co-axial propeller Feathering propeller 2 2 2 4
Return oil pressure is moOil supply fail to pcu Oil supply reduces to o3 2 2 5
Propeller hub Propeller slip ring Propeller blade 4 2 2 4
10° 15° 20° 3 1 1 4
5-6° 7-8° 9-10° 1 1 1 3
Rpm Rpm and airspeed Relative airflow 3 1 1 3

134
Less thrust More thrust More weight 1 1 1 3
Blade angle Angle of attack Angle of rotation 1 1 1 3
Less drag More lift More thrust 2 1 1 4
Bonded seal Square section seal Wiper ring 1 2 2 5
Double wheels Tandem wheels Multi wheels 4 1 2 3
Puncured before discardMarked before discarding Shown to the manufact1 2 2 5
Green lacquer finish Brown lacquer finish Yellow finish 1 1 1 4
Hycar. Covered hycatrol Uncovered hycatrol 4 2 2 4
Its lifting capacity The role of helicopter and
The engine power 3 1 2 4
Pump Accumulator Pressure regulator 3 2 2 5
The word top A thick line The word bottom 2 1 1 3
Magnesium Alluminium alloy Tinned steel 4 1 1 3
Felt Wire gauge Micronic 4 1 1 3
U' seal Bonded seal Wiper ring 3 1 1 3
Prevent distortion Prevent creep Take compression load3 2 2 4
Hub Drive locks Solid spoke plate 4 1 2 5
The trailing edge of elev The trailing edge of ele The trailing edge of el 3 2 2 4
Pitch on the aircraft Stall on the aircraft Roll on the aircraft 4 1 2 4
Bending under tension loVibration and bending uVibration and bending 3 2 2 4
Reduction gear Governor Universal clutch 1 1 1 4
Rotate clockwise Move back and forth Flap up and down 4 2 2 4
Duplex seal Wiper ring Bonded seal 4 1 1 3
Pitching Banking Straight and level fly 4 2 2 5
Dc to Ac Dc to Dc Ac to Ac 2 1 2 2
Frequency Current None of the above
Cubic centimeter Ampere hours None of the above 3 1 2 2
Greater than line voltageLess than line voltage None of the above 3 1 2 2
Increases Remains the same None of the above 3 1 2 2
Series Compound wound All the above 2 1 2 3
Voltage Frenquency All the above 3 1 2 2
Lead-acid Ni-Mh None of the above 1 1 2 2
Series Compound wound All the above 1 1 2 1
Maintenance spare partService letter Trouble shooting 2 1 2 3
Constant area Constant pressure None of the above 3 1 2 2
Centrifugal type Impulse type Both (a) and (c) 1 1 2 3
Speed of air Speed of light None of the above 1 1 2 2
Convergent shape Annular shape Both (a) and (b) 2 1 2 2
Forward bias Ac and dc both None of the above 1 1 2 2
Static minus dynamic pr Static pressure Dynamic pressure 4 1 2 2
Modified otto cycle Brayton cycle Carnaut cycle 3 1 2 1
Amplitute modulation Pulse modulation and carrFrequency modulation 4 1 2 3
Ergs/second Pound-feet/second Joule /second 4 1 2 1
Normalized Case hardended Refined 1 1 2 3
Pulsejet Rocket Turbojet 3 1 2 2
Insulators Semi Capacitors 1 1 2 3
Dc to ac conductors
Dc to dc Ac to ac 2 1 2 2
Not gate Nand gate Xor gate 2 1 2 2
Generator Alternator Converetor 2 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2

135
 FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 1
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 2 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 3
FALSE 1 1 2 2
FALSE 1 1 2 2

CHAPTER 47
PRACTICAL QUESTION
AIRFRAME

136
1
2

137
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
2

138
2
3
2

139
1
2
2
1
2
2
3
2
1
3

140
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
3

1
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2

141
QUESTION OPT 1
Audio out put level of TF-AP-6F is 250 milli volt.
Impedance of mic used in chetak H/C is 600 Ohms
Impedance of mic used in Chetak H/C is 75 OHMS
Name of the booster Amp is used in KR 42 A is AM 54A/B
No of PTT in Chetak H/C are
Out put Impedance of pre amplifier AM-54A/B is unbalance 100 Ohms
Power supply required for inter com system is
Purpose of ICS is
Relay RL-1 goes out of circuit during emergency mode of operation.
The fuse value used in CH-IC is
The fuse value used in ICS TF-AP-6F
The maximum number of persons who can avail intercom facility in a chetak H/C are
Till PTT is pressed, in normal mode of operation, the mic remains connected to selected radio equipment………
Total number of persons who can avail intercom facility in chetak helicopter are 3
1 Amp fuse for ICS is located in IN BJ 88C
1 Amp fuse is located in base of power supply filterSK-34
In normal H+V position of change over switch of KR-42 A ,ADF reception is not available.
On emergency mode of change over switch KR-42 a intercom available on the position
The relay RL-1 in KR-42A operates when
To have audio signals from all the radio equipments the normal/emergency switch of KR- 42 A is to kept on
In ICS TF AP 6F,FM 104 is used for
Potentiometer R 104 varies
Relay RL-101 comes in the PTT line of HF installation.
The ICS amplification chain is consists of
The junction box BJ 88C is located in nose section of the helicopter
The junction box BJ 88C is located in the radio bay.
Without amplifiers AM-54A, AM-55A, AM-78A, AM-79A junction box BJ 88C is known as (BJ90A
Crackling noise in TF-AP-6Fcan be due to
During ICS check, When PTT is pressed ICS should not cut off.
The channel discrimination circuit functions in
Junction box in indigenous ICS is called CH-IC 2
The maximum number of passengers who can avail intercom facility in Cheetah H/C is
Operating voltage of CH-IC 5 is 230V AC/32VDC
Antenna used in HFSSB Commn system is known as Whip Antenna
Channel spacing of HFSSB communication system is 25 KHz
Channel spacing provided by HF SSB Communication system is
Frequency range of HF SSB communication system is
Frequency range of HFSSB communication system is 2 KHz to 29 MHz
HFSSB Communication systems is consisting of
IN HF SSB system operation on single frequency is known as
In HFSSB communication system Better Frequency response is during night is for Freq
No of PTT in Cheetah H/C are
Power Amplifier/Antenna Coupler of HFSSB system is installed in
RF power output of KHF 950 in SSB mode is
STO switch in HFSSB Communication system has to be pressed for TXRX
Total no. of operating channel is the frequency range of HFSSB are 2,88,000
Warm up time for KHF-950 HF SSB system is
Better frequency response for day time operation in HF SSB communication is for
Clarifier Knob in KCU-951 is used for fine tuning
HF antenna is also known as
HF communication is achieved through sky wave communication only
HFSSB Communication systems is having only SSB Mode of communication
Long range communication with HFSSB can be achieved through ground wave communication
What do you mean by simplex communication ?
What is the basic Principle of HF Communication ?
Write briefly about all the LRUs of KHF 590.
Antenna of Bendix King HFSSB communication system is installed on
Antenna tuning of HF SSB Communication system is initiated by pressing
KTR 953 is installed in radio compartment
Number of preset channel channels in HF SSB Communication system are
Receiver Exciter unit of HF SSB is installed in Radio bay
What is the advantages of SSB technique in communication?
Write the location of different LRUs of KHF 950 in Cheetah helicopter.
10.7 MHz IF is obtained by heterodyning 60-70.7 MHZ signals.
50 MHz signal from VTA is amplified in which module before feeding IF main module.
BITE and VOGAD module provides audio input to the driver amplifier through ALC and KEYING module for modulating the
BITE facilities provided in VUC-201A is to check the serviceability of:
During BITE transmission and A2 Mode in VUC-201A, the MIC is disconnected and internal 1KHZ tone generated is conne
During receive mode of operation in VHF band in VUC-201A, the circuits which are come in operation.
Freq. Range of VUC-201A is
Frequency must be selected with
If reverse bias is applied to audio gate in audio and squelch circuit, the side tone can not be heard.
In audio and Squelch circuit detected AGC is compared with Squelch Ref voltage.
In the control unit of VUC-201A 'CK' is pressed
In VHF mode of operation, on receive mode the VCO out put will be
In VUC-201A, when squelch Sw. is put to On position, brings the squelch circuit to eliminate the unwanted noise in the head
Input signal at VHF front end can be between 225 - 399.975 MHz
Limiter circuit in VUC-201A gives a constant output of 4 dbm irrespective of input level variation
Mode selector switch on "M" means
O/P of TX mixer for 125 MHz, VCO O/P should be 175 MHz
Programming the frequency/channel on VUC-201A, the channel selector switch is to be kept on ‘M’ position only
The audio output of main receiver VUC-201A is :
The channel spacing between the frequencies in the VUC-201A is:
The circuits disabled during the receive mode of VHF in V/UHF Tran receiver VUC-201A are
The digital to analog converter (DAC), operates on the frequency selection code form the control box and provides two outp
The duty cycle or receive transmit cycle of VUC-201A is:
The first IF of guard receiver is:
The frequency synthesizer provides 150 MHZ to 2O5.975 MHZ injection signal in the VHF band and 250 to 349.975 MHZ in
The impedance of antenna 37R-2U used with VUC-201A is:
The monitoring of Guard signal is possible only if mode selector switch on control panel of VUC-201A is put to :
The power consumption of VUC-201A during transmit mode of operation is:
The VTA front end is fed with delayed AGC
What is the I/P of DAC module.
When PTT is pressed, the receive section of UTA, IF main and Guard receiver are disabled in VUC-201A trans-receiver
When PTT is pressed, the Transmit section of UTA, IF main and Guard receiver are disabled in VUC-201A Tran receiver
When squelch switch on control panel of VUC-201A is put to ‘ON’, the sensitivity of receiver is 3 micro volts.
Which of the following frequency can be selected in VUC-201A:
While programming the frequency/channel on VUC-201A, the channel selector switch can be kept on any channel.
AF response of ARC-610 A receiver
ARC-610 A is a superhetrodyne receiver.
ARC-610 A provides bearing information only.
ARC-610 A receiver is not provide in-flight programming facility.
ARC-610 A receiver provides the direction finding & amplitude modulated CW communication reception.
Bearing accuracy for 200 KHz & above in ARC-610 A receiver
Bearing resolution time of ARC-610 A receiver is not more than
How many equal parts are divided in the RMI of ADF receiver.
Loop antenna & Sense Antenna are not the part of ADF system.
Operating temperature for the operational of ARC-610 A receiver is
QE corrector provides the capacitance compensation for loop cable that are shorter than standard length of
QEC compensates the quadrantal error produced in ARC-610 A.
The ARC-610 A has eight sub-assemblies other than antenna fitted.
The ARC-610 A has facility of pre-selection of any ten channels in any combination out of a total of 3020 frequencies.
The ARC-610 A receiver is a High frequency automatic direction finder.
The Arrow pointer needle of the RMI indicates towards the transmitting station of NDB.
The audio out put across 600 Ω at 1 KHz, 30% modulated RF signal of ARC -610 A receiver will not less than
The channel spacing of ARC-610A receiver
The frequency range of ARC-610 A is 190 -1700 Hz.
The number of possible channels can be tuned in ARC-610 A receiver
The number of pretuned channels in control unit of ARC-610 A is '0+9'
The out put signal of Loop antenna is denoted as
The power consumption of ARC-610 A receiver is
The power supply required in ARC-610 A receiver
The power supply to RMI is 27.5 V DC only.
The RMI is graduated in circular pattern in 360 degree.
The RMI is located in the radio compartment.
The selectivity of ARC-610 A receiver is
The Sense Antenna Cable Equalizer (SACE) in ARC-610A is to compensate for the reduction of capacitance & Inductance
The sensitivity of ARC-610 A receiver in ADF mode
The sensitivity of ARC-610 A receiver in ANT mode
The Susceptiformer of ARC-610 A increased the Sense Antenna Capacitance to an apparent value of
Time for which ARC-610 A receiver can be operated continuously is
What is the CB rating value of ARC-610 A receiver
What is the fuse rating value of ARC-610 A receiver
Which frequency can be programmed in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver
Control phase winding of Servo motor gets amplified in 220 Hz Variable Servo Amplifier.
Direction of rotation of Servo motor ARC-610 A receiver depends on the phase of the power supplied to the Reference pha
Loop Antenna is a capacitive antenna.
Reference winding of Servo Motor is fed with
Rotation of search coil of the Goniometer is equivalent electrically to the rotation of the Sense Aerial.
Sense Antenna is a Inductive antenna
Susceptiformer is connected between Loop Antenna & ADF Receiver
The automatic gain control amplifier generates the required AGC voltage levels to the stages
The depth of modulation depends on the magnitude of the loop signal & falls to zero when the Goniometer search coil is ori
The dual loop signal induced in the loop antenna is fed to the Goniometer in the ARC-610 A reception.
The Goniometer coils reproduce the characteristics of magnetic field sampled by the coils of the fixed loop aerial.
The IF of ARC-610 A receiver is 455 KHz.
The Loop Antenna receives only the magnetic component of the EM wave.
The required tuning voltage for the varactors of loop & sense amplifiers are supplied by the tuning voltage generator.
The RF signal from the sense amplifier is converted to 10.7 MHz IF signal in the mixer circuit of ARC-610 A receiver.
The sense Antenna receives only the magnetic components of EM wave.
Which of the following statement regarding ARC-610 A is correct
Errors in stored frequency & channels in the control unit of ARC-610A receiver are displayed by
If Mode selector switch is put to the ANT position, the supply of Loop amplifier circuit is to cut-off.
Loop mode is not available in ARC-610 A receiver.
The channel number 0 to 9 is displayed by the left most LED in the control unit of ADF receiver.
The first toggle switch in the CU of ARC-610 A is to increase/decrease the frequency in hundredth digit by one step.
The inner knob of Volume/Intensity Control switch is to adjust the brightness for six digits LED display in the control unit of
The master audio Gain Control Switch is located in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver.
The middle toggle switch in the CU of ARC-610 A is to increase/decrease the frequency in decimal & unit in one step.
The outer concentric knob of Volume/Intensity Control switch is to adjust the audio out put from the ARC-610 a receiver.
The right toggle switch in the CU of ARC-610 A is to increase/decrease the frequency in tenth by one step.
The tester is used to test the ARC-610 A receiver knows as
When Test button in the control unit of ARC-610 A is pressed down ward ,the RMI pointer should read
While programming the frequency/channel in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver, the Mode selector switch is
While Programming the frequency/channel in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver, the PRO/STO switch is to STO positio
While scanning the Frequency/Channels in the control unit of ARC-610A receiver the channel selector switch is put to 'M' p
ARC-610 A is not switched 'ON' when ON/OFF switch of Control unit is put to 'ON' position
If no effect of Intensity control on LED display in control unit of ARC-610A,the cause may be due to faulty of Buffer card in t
If the code is present but no bearing available, the cause may be due to faulty Inverter.
If there is distorted & weak performance in the ADF system ,one of the probable cause may be due to fault of Control Unit
No audio reception & no bearing in RMI of ARC-610 A, the reason may be
Self test does not function properly in the control unit of ARC-610 A receiver
The audio reception is fine but no bearing in RMI of ARC-610 A, the reason may be
Audio output at audio monitor jack of SSCVR Control unit is
Color of MRU 120 is
Duration for which SSCVR can record voice communication is
In SSCVR non volatile Flash memory chip retain the data with no power.
In SSCVR retention of data is high due to solid state memory
Input audio impedance of SSCVR is
Power supply requirement of SSCVR is
Signal to noise ratio of SSCVR is
SSCVR can be used on fighter aircrafts
SSCVR is generally installed on
Weight of SSCVR MRU 120 is
Why international orange colour is chosen of painting MRU-120?
Write all the Sub-assemblies of SSCVR and their function.
Bulk erase switch is installed in chetak is wire locked at off/up position.
Communication of cockpit area mic is recorded on channel no. four.
Continuous recording of voice communication is possible on three channels.
Copilot's voice communication is recorded on channel no.
In SSCVR risk of data lost in case of accident is nil.
Input power supply to the PS-1 in MRU-120 is
No. of channels provided for recording in SSCVR are
One of the feature of SSCVR for immune to power interruption is
Output of PS-1 in MRU-120 is
Pilot's communication is recorded on channel no.
Type of memory used in SSCVR is
Write briefly about all front panel controls on control unit of SSCVR.
Write the function of all four channels of SSCVR.
GSES An application software of SSCVR is having pass word protection
On pressing Test in CU Needle should deflect to
SSCVR is having electromechanical devices in MRU
The software used for playing and download of voice data from MRU-120 is
What all equipments required to down and play voice data of SSCVR?
What is the procedure to erase data from SSCVR?
Write the procedure for testing SSCVR in Chetak helicopter.
Active LRUs of the GPS receiver model 9405N are 4
Atomic clock runs on atomic energy
C/A coded frequency of GPS system is
GPS receivers can provide position information with an error of
GPS satellites orbiting the earth at an altitude of
In case of any deviation of GPS satellites control is done by
In display unit on either sides 4 LED bars are located in MARG 9405-N
In GPS C/A code stands for civil aviation
In GPS system each orbit plane is displayed
In keyboard unit of GPS MARG 9405 -N the illuminated switches are arranged in 2x5 array
In MARG 9405-N the fuse is located in display unit
In MARG 9405-N the fuse is located in keyboard unit
L1 frequency of GPS system is
Marg 9405N has flight plan reverse navigation facility
No of flight plans used in Marg 9405 N are 20
No of active satellites in GPS are
No of atomic clock used in each GPS satellite is
No of maximum waypoints used in Marg 9405-N are 26
No of satellites in each orbit are
No of spare satellites in GPS are
No. of atomic clocks used in each GPS satellite is
No. of functional segments in GPS are
one of the advantage of GPS system is it save the fuel
The antenna impedance of 9405N is
The CB rating of GPS receiver MARG 9405-N is
The colour of LED in display unit of GPS system is
The colour of LED in display unit is
The display unit consists of 3 rows of 16 character display
The fuse located in receiver unit 9405N is rated at 1.5Amps
The GPS receiver 9405N operates from 28V DC
The GPS satellite has an orbital period of
The GPS satellites orbit the earth in
The number of push buttons in keyboard unit in Marg 9405-N are10
The Patch antenna impedance of 9405N GPS Rxr is
The power supply of GPS receiver 9405N can vary from 12V to 36V with built in protection.
The type of clock used in GPS is
The type of technique used in GPS receiver to compute receiver position is
Type of clock used in GPS MARG 9405 is
A good GPS receiver will take the principle of geometry called "geometric dilution of precision
Brightness control rotary switch controls the brightness of LED display and bar LED annunciators
GPS can give three dimensional position measurement accurate to within
GPS is a navigation system based on a
The display unit consists of 3 rows of display
The display unit has 16 characters in each row
The display unit of MARG 9405-N is not NVG compatible
The distance to a satellite is determined by measuring the travel time of the
The type of antenna used by GPS receiver 9405 N is Patch antenna
To determine the exact location no of points are required
During self test of PRB if green and red light flash after 20 seconds of pulling out of activation pin followed by
During self test of PRB if green and red light flash after ten seconds of pulling out of activation pin followed b
Duty cycle of SARBE 8+406 once the fix is obtained is
ELT will be automatically activated when
In CSAR mode frequency is between 277 to 287 MHz
In CSAR mode of SARBE 8 has 400 programmable channels
In CSAR mode PRB/ELT is used to determine
In SARBE 8 GPS antenna is used for
Maximum life of battery of SARBE 8 is
Maximum operational life of battery of SARBE 8 is
PRB/ELT has only one mode of operation
SARBE 8 CSAR +406 and SARFIND should be programmed using
SARFIND BE 594 or ALS takes an audio input from air band radio receiver to indicate
Satellite aided SAR frequency used in SARBE 8 is
Number of programmable channels in VHF range are
Explain the various 200.5 installation fitted in Chetak and Cheetah Helicopter
Explain the different frequency Categorisation
Write the sub-assemblies of ICS TF-AP-6F and explain in brief
Write the sub-assemblies of Change over Switch KR-42A and explain in brief
What is the advantages of SSB technique in communication?
Write the location of different LRUs of KHF 950 in Cheetah helicopter.
What do you mean by simplex communication ?
What is the basic Principle of HF Communication ?
Write briefly about all the LRUs of KHF 590.
Write short notes on preset channel operation of HF SSB system?
Draw the block diagram of VUC-201A and explain
Explain mode s200.2or switch with details of VUC-201A
Explain step by step the frequency programming of VUC-201A
Explai the guard receiver signal flow in VUC-201A
Explain the BITE switch function in VUC-201A
Explain the Receive function in VHF band of VUC-201A
Explain the Receive function in UHF band of VUC-201A
Write short notes on (a) Frequency Synthesizer and(b) Phase Locked Loop
Draw circuit diagram of VOGAD and explain
Draw the intsallation diagram ARC-610A and explain in brief
Write short notes on principle of operation of ARC-610A
Write subassemblies of ARC-610A
Explain control unit front panel of ARC-610A
Write short notes on Fixed Loop antenna
Write short note on QE corrector
Write short notes on (a) Sense antenna (b) Susceptiformer (c) Sense antenna Cable Equaliser
Write procedure of frequency programing of ARC-610A
Why international orange colour is chosen of painting MRU-120?
Write all the Sub-assemblies of SSCVR and their function.
Write briefly about all front panel controls on control unit of SSCVR.
Write the function of all four channels of SSCVR.
What all equipments required to down load and play voice data of SSCVR?
What is the procedure to erase data from SSCVR?
Write the procedure for testing SSCVR in Chetak helicopter.
Explain in brief the 3-bits of information contained in GPS Signals
What are the advantages of GPS?
What are the LRUs of GPS MARG 9405N? Explain each.
Expalin CSAR mode of operation in SARBE 8 CSAR+406
ICS CHIC system is manufactured by__________
ICS________system is manufactured by France
HF Bendix King is installed in _________ hellicopter
R/T Com set__________is installed in CTL Helicopter
The range of power supply used for radio installations is___________
The main source of all airborne radio equipments is___________
What are the VLF and LF frequency ranges?
What are the VHF and UHF frequency ranges?
What are the navigational equipments used in CTK/CTH/CTL helicopters?
What are the communication equipments used in CTK/CTH/CTL Helicopters?
What are the intercom equipments used in CTK/CTH/CTL Helicopters?
What are the different facilities provided for recording purpose in CTK/CTH/CTL Helicopters?
__________no of PTT used in CTH Helicopter
Intercom system utilises __________amps CB in CTK Helicopter
_________no of Jack boxes are provided inCTK helicoper
The pilot/copilot Jack box is known as ____________
Jack box CHIC-4 is used for _____________communication
On pressing PTT _________relay energises in station box
The output of station box is _________ milliWatt
In CHIC-1_________ audio without volume control is connected.
The indegenous intercom system in CTH / CTL helicopter comprises of ________ identical station boxes.
Describe the ICS system installed in CTH / CTL helicopter
Explain number of station boxes fitted in CTH / CTL helicopter
Write Normal mode of operation of station BOX CHIC-1?
Write Emergency mode of operation of station BOX CHIC-1?
Explain operation of CHIC-2
Write mode of operation of ICS system?
what are the types of amplifiers and pre-amplifiers used in Junction Box BJ88C ?
Draw the installation diagram of TF-AP-6F
What are the different volume controls used in TF-AP-6F?
Write the different sub assemblies of indigenous intercom system?
Power output in HF (Transmitter mode) set in SSB mode is________
Sensitivity of HF receiver is_____________in SSB mode.
The ________type of Whip antenna used for HF communication .
Frequency stability of HF receiver is________
The power O/P HF (transmitter) in AM mode is________
The secondIF Frequency in HF transceiver is____________
The first IF frequency of HF transceiver is__________
_________provides the LO signal for mixer stages.
The current consumption of HF transceiver in Transmit mode is _________
The current consumption of HF transceiver in reveive mode is _________
Write the sub assemblies of HF transceiver?
Draw the installation diagram of HF transceiver ?
Write the front panel control knobs of KCU-1051?
Write the function of power amplifier KAC-952?
Write down the procedure for frequency programming HF set.
Briefly explain the block diagram of HF receiver unit in HF set?
Write different types of antenna used for HF Transceiver?
Explain the function Display window in KCU-1051 HF set
Explain the function Volume knob in KCU-1051 HF set
Write the function of SSB receive mode of HF set?
The channel spacing of VUC -201A is_______________
VUC 201A can function within the power supply range of_______
__________is the guard receiver audio output
The sensitivity of VUC-201A in guard receiver is_________
The communication range of VUC-201A is_______
The VUC-201A can function upto an altitude of ______Kms
The type of modulation used inVUC-201A is_____
Frequency stability in VUC-201A is___________
______ is the first IF of VUC 201A
______ is the second IF of guard receiver of VUC 201A
The channel spacing of ACR-500LH is _________
The frequency range if ACR-500LH is______
The time out period in test function of Test push button of ACR-500LH is ______
The secure code display is of ________digits
The no. of guard frequencies used in CAR 500Lh are________
Write different LRUs of ACR-500LH
Write the different push buttons provided in CU of ACR-500LH
What are the different positiions of function selector sw of ACR-500LH
Explain the function of Test push button switch
Explain the function of SQL push button
Write the different push buttons of ICU
Briefly Explain the function of VTA
Briefly Explain the function of VPA
Briefly Explain the function of Keying an ALC
Explain the fuction of power supply module of VUC 201A
Write the assembly of ICU of VUC-201A?
Explain the function of Main IF module card
Explain the function DAC module card
The indication excitation supply of RMI is _______
The power consumption of ADF system is_____
Sensitivity of ADF system in antenna mode is_____
Sensitivity of ARC-610A system in ADF mode is_____
Audio O/P of ADF receiver is _________
ADF receiver can function continuously upto _____Hrs
Current consumption of ADF receiver is____
Channel spacing of ADF receiver is______
The hunting of ADF signal on RMI should not be more than_____
The loop signal lags _____ Deg behind the sense signal inADF
Explain the function of test switch
Write fuction of mode selector switch of ADF receiver?
Write breifly about frequency selector switch of ADF receiver?
Explain the function of RMI?
Wriite the function of program/store switch
The power consumption of SSCVR is______
Recording duration of MRU-120 is_______
______is the bulk erase operation time in SSCVR
CVR Data is protected against fire for a period of_______
The CVR can withstand upto temp of____ Deg
POwer supply requirement of FA-2100 is ______
Weight of SSCVR MRU 120 is _____Kgs
______no of channels can be recorded in SSCVR
The software used for data recording in SSCVR MRU-120 is____
_____is used for monitoring of data recording inFA-2100
Software use for downloading data in FA-2100 is___
The individual channel monitorinf facility of SSCVR is available in___unit
The L1 band sattelite frequency in GPS is______
The GPS system can work accurately within ____meter
Total ____no of sattelites for GPS system is orbibting the earth
The GPS sattelites orbiting the earth at an altitude of____NM
The GPS has ______functional segments
Total no of sattelite orbital planes is_____
Each orbital pplane of GPS sattelite is displaced ______Deg in longitude
The accuracy of GPS MARG-9405N is_____ meters
The GPS MARG 9405N display consists of _____ matrix
The antenna impedance of GPS MARG 9405N is _____
_____is the fuse rating of GPS receiver
In keyboard unit of GPS MARG 9405 -N the illuminated switches are arranged in _____ array
The ELT version is activated at a shock of______impact
Channel spacing of PRB/ELT is_____
The auxiliary frequency of PRB is____
The frequency range of PRB in CSAR mode is_______
The battery life of PRB/ELT is____Years
The power supply of BE594 ALS is ____Volt
The _____no of channels can be programmed in CSAR mode
The weight of SARBE 8 CSAR+406 is ____
The _______programmer inter face unit is for programming PRB/ELT
The SIRFIND can identify upto ____IDs inCSAR mode
Positional update is automatic a sequence of 2 min ON,____min OFF
Write the importance of aircraft cleaning especially during servicing
On TEST position of ACR-500LH, the transreceiver carries out transmit test as well as receive test
What is the purspose of 200.5 relay facility provided by V/UHF(ACR-500LH) system?
What is line of sight communication? Explain briefly with diagram.
Write all the frequency bands and guard frequencies available in respective band of V/UHF (ACR-500LH) system
 OPT 2 OPT 3 OPT 4 ANSWER OPTION TYPE
Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
3 4 Objective
Objective
27.5V DC 26V DC and 26 V AC Objective
BOTH A AND B Non of the above Objective
Objective
4 Amps 3 Amps Objective
2 Amps 4 Amps Objective
2 3 Objective
ected radio equipment……… Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
Change over switch is pl HF is selected Objective
of KR- 42 A is to kept on Emergency VHF Unmarked Objective
Passenger Power supply Objective
AM-54A O/P AM-55A bias voltage Objective
Objective
AM-55B,AM 79B AM 55B alone Objective
Objective
Objective
wn as (BJ90A Objective
Dry soldering All the above Objective
Objective
HF emergency mode E VHF emergency mode Objective
Objective
3 1 Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
10Khz 1.1 KHz 100 HZ
2-25 MHz 2-29.9999Mhz Objective
Objective
3 LRUs 5 LRUs Objective
semi-duplex None Objective
2-20 MHz 5-10 MHz Objective
1 4 Objective
cockpit centre section Objective
37.5 watt 50 watt Objective
Thrice never Objective
Objective
90 sec 100 sec Objective
10-30 MHz 5-10 MHz Objective
Objective
Long wire antenna Mast antenna Objective
Objective
Objective
mmunication Objective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
 Along with tail boom below the cabin Objective
PTT SQ Sw Objective
Objective
101 95 Objective
Objective
Subjective
Subjective
Objective
IF Guard None of the above Objective
and KEYING module for modulating the RF power amplifier. Objective
Synthesizer lock on all the above Objective
d internal 1KHZ tone generated is connected to head set Objective
e come in operation. ‘a’ & ‘b’ None of the above Objective
a and b both 115-145 MHz Objective
4 digit 3 digit Objective
an not be heard. Objective
Objective
after 'PG' To check freq programmed Objective
50 MHZ above the tuned fNone of the above Objective
eliminate the unwanted noise in the headset Objective
Objective
evel variation Objective
main Tx-Rx main Tx Objective
Objective
to be kept on ‘M’ position only Objective
150 mw 50 mw Objective
25 KHZ 500 HZ Objective
Both ‘a’ & ‘b’ None of the above Objective
rm the control box and provides two outputs Objective
As required No fixed cycle Objective
23.1 MHZ 21.4 MHZ Objective
he VHF band and 250 to 349.975 MHZ in the UHF band. Objective
100 Ohm 60 Ohm Objective
panel of VUC-201A is put to :‘M’+’G’ Mode ‘D’ Mode Objective
150 Watts 550 Watts Objective
Objective
16 17 Objective
disabled in VUC-201A trans-receiver Objective
e disabled in VUC-201A Tran receiver Objective
f receiver is 3 micro volts. Objective
155.975 MHZ None of the above Objective
tch can be kept on any channel. Objective
9 db Both 'a' Objective
& 'c Objective
Objective
Objective
mmunication reception. Objective
±4⁰ ±2⁰ Objective
6 secs 5 secs Objective
72 40 Objective
Objective
–55⁰ C to –45⁰ C to Objective
er than standard length of +60 ⁰C
40 Feets 30 ⁰C
+60Feets Objective
Objective
Objective
n out of a total of 3020 frequencies. Objective
Objective
 Objective
A receiver will not less than 50 mW 100 mW Objective
500 Hz 25 KHz Objective
Objective
7020 3220 Objective
Objective
Both 'a' & 'b' None of the Objective
60 W above
Both 'a' Objective
115 V AC & 'c 'a'
Both Objective
& 'b' Objective
Objective
Objective
Both 'a' 10 db Objective
& 'b'
e reduction of capacitance & Inductance in Sense cable shorter than 30 feets. Objective
2 µv/mt 4 µv/mt Objective
2 µv/mt 4 µv/mt Objective
n apparent value of 1750 PF 1850 PF Objective
12 Hrs 10 Hrs Objective
5 Amps 3 Amps Objective
10 Amps 25 Amps Objective
758.5 KHz 1700.80 KHz Objective
Objective
the power supplied to the Reference phase winding. Objective
Objective
220 Hz 220 Hz Objective
the Sense Aerial. Osc phase Objective
Objective
Objective
Both 'a' Mixer Objective
ro when the Goniometer search & 'b' stages with the Electric Components
coil is oriented for zero coupling Objective
RC-610 A reception. Objective
he coils of the fixed loop aerial. Objective
Objective
Objective
ed by the tuning voltage generator. Objective
ixer circuit of ARC-610 A receiver. Objective
Objective
115V,400 Hz is IF is Objective
e displayed by generated
Six times in Rxr itself 220 Hz
ADF 88 Objective
uit is to cut-off. Figure of Objective
Objective
ADF receiver. Objective
ncy in hundredth digit by one step. Objective
x digits LED display in the control unit of ARC-610 A. Objective
Objective
uency in decimal & unit in one step. Objective
out put from the ARC-610 a receiver. Objective
ency in tenth by one step. Objective
Ultrasonic QRPX-44B Objective
pointer should read 135⁰ ±3 135⁰ ±10 Objective
er, the Mode selector switch isADF Any Objective
position
er, the PRO/STO switch is to STO position. position Objective
the channel selector switch is put to 'M' position only. Objective
Faulty All of Objective
Rxrcard in the control unit. the
se may be due to faulty of Buffer Objective
Objective
ause may be due to fault of Control Unit Objective
Both 'a' None of Objective
& 'b' test
Self the
TCXO Objective
circuit
Both 'a' faulty
None of Objective
& 'b' across 600ohms
10mW the
20mW Objective
Black International Orange Objective
1.5 hrs 100 minutes 120 minutes
Objective
Objective
30 k ohms 5 ohms Objective
115 V AC 400 Hz 27 V DC Objective
50 db 60 db Objective
Objective
Non-combat aircrafts Transport aircrafts Objective
8 Kgs 8.5 Kgs Objective
Subjective
Subjective
Objective
Objective
Objective
4 3 Objective
Objective
115 V AC 400 Hz 100 v ac Objective
2 4 Objective
250 m sec 200 m sec Objective
30 V DC 26 V AC Objective
3 4 Objective
Non volatile Flash memorNone Objective
Subjective
Subjective
Objective
yellow bank should not defect Objective
Objective
MS-2007 Window XP Objective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Objective
Objective
1023 MHZ 1575.42 KHZ Objective
>25 ft <25 ft Objective
10,900MTRS 10,900 KNM Objective
IAF non of the above Objective
Objective
Objective
130 degree longitude 130 degree latitude Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
1575.42 KHZ 1023KHZ Objective
Objective
Objective
6 4 Objective
2 6 Objective
Objective
6 2 Objective
6 1 Objective
2 6 Objective
 1 3 Objective
Objective
50Ohms 55Ohms Objective
4 Amps 1.5 Amps Objective
green yellow Objective
green yellow Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
11:56:9 hrs 11:56 hrs Objective
5 plane 6 plane Objective
Objective
50Ohms 55Ohms Objective
Objective
digital analog Objective
triangulation non of the above Objective
digital analog Objective
Objective
D annunciators Objective
100 ft 100 mtrs Objective
21 satellites 24 satellites Objective
Objective
Objective
Objective
received and transmitted snon of the above Objective
Objective
4 2 Objective
f activation pin followed by Disabled unprogrammed Objective
of activation pin followed b Disabled unprogrammed Objective
5 min on 5 min off 10 min on 10 min off Objective
activation pin pulled out all the above Objective
Objective
Objective
GPS Fix and transmissionAll the above Objective
Radiation None Objective
2 years 6 years Objective
24 hrs 36 hrs Objective
Objective
same PC All the above Objective
Position information of P All the above Objective
406 MHz 286 MHz Objective
4000 3500 Objective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
 Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
ble Equaliser Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
SE Bangalore Subjective
TF-AP-6F Subjective
CTH Subjective
ACR-500LH Subjective
26-28.5VDC Subjective
Generator Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
3 Subjective
5 Subjective
3 Subjective
CHIC-3 Subjective
Passenger Subjective
RL-1 Subjective
200 Subjective
ADF Subjective
identical station boxes. Three Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
150W PEP Subjective
1 microV Subjective
KA-98 Subjective
±20Hz Subjective
37.5W Subjective
455KHz Subjective
45.045MHz Subjective
Synthesizer Subjective
20 Amps Subjective
1 Amp Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
25KHz Subjective
22-31V Subjective
50mw Subjective
4µV Subjective
350Kms Subjective
21.3 Subjective
A2 & A3 Subjective
5PPS Subjective
50MHz Subjective
1.7MHz Subjective
25KHz Subjective
30 to 420MHz Subjective
20 Sec Subjective
5 Subjective
4 Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
26V 400Hz AC Subjective
60W Subjective
25µV Subjective
50µV Subjective
100mW Subjective
12 Subjective
700ma Subjective
0.5KHz Subjective
±2Deg Subjective
90° Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
 Subjective
Subjective
Subjective
60W Subjective
120 minutes Subjective
05 Sec Subjective
30 min Subjective
1100 Deg Subjective
28 V DC Subjective
9.7±3Kgs Subjective
4 Subjective
GSES Subjective
PIU Subjective
ROSE Subjective
MPU-4 Subjective
1575.42MHz Subjective
100 Subjective
24 Subjective
10900 Subjective
3 Subjective
6 Subjective
120 Subjective
30 Subjective
3rowsX16 characters Subjective
50Ohms Subjective
1.5 AMPS Subjective
2X5 Subjective
20G Subjective
25KHz Subjective
282.5MHz Subjective
277-287MHz Subjective
5Yrs Subjective
12 Subjective
400 Subjective
800gm Subjective
BE-591 Subjective
64 Subjective
20 Subjective
Subjective
Objective
l as receive test
Subjective
Subjective
of V/UHF (ACR-500LH) system Subjective
SUB OPTION TYPE CATEGORY SUB CATEGORYCOURSE ID
True/False Factual SK
True/False Application SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Application CK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Application MK
True/False Application CK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Application MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Application MK
True/False Application MK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Application MK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Application CK
True/False Application MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Application SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
 MCQ Application MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Application MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Application SK
Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Short Answers Application SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Factual CK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Application MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual CK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application MK
MCQ Factual CK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual CK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Application SK
True/False Application SK
True/False Application MK
MCQ Application CK
True/False Application SK
True/False Application MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application CK
True/False Application CK
True/False Application SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Application MK
True/False Application CK
True/False Application CK
True/False Application MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Application SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Application CK
True/False Application CK
True/False Application CK
True/False Application CK
 MCQ Application CK
MCQ Application CK
MCQ Application CK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual CK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application CK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Factual CK
Short Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Comprehensive CK
True/False Application MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual CK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Comprehensive CK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Application CK
Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Application SK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
True/False Application MK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
 MCQ Factual MK
True/False Application MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Application SK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Application CK
MCQ Application CK
MCQ Factual CK
MCQ Application MK
True/False Factual SK
True/False Factual SK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Application SK
MCQ Factual SK
MCQ Factual SK
True/False Factual MK
MCQ Application CK
MCQ Application MK
MCQ Factual MK
MCQ Factual CK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
 Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Short Answers Application SK
Short Answers Application SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Large Answers Comprehensive SK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
 Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Very Short Answers Application SK
Very Short Answers Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Fill Up the Blanks Factual MK
Fill Up the Blanks Application SK
Fill Up the Blanks Comprehensive CK
Very Short Answers Factual CK
True/False Application
Large Answers Application SK
CK
Large Answers Application CK
Large Answers Application CK
SUBJECT INDEX CHAPTER INDEX CHAPTER
200.1 200.1.1 AIRFRAME GENERAL
CTK AIRFRAME 200.1.2 CONSTRUCTION
200.1.3 TRANMISSION
200.1.4 ROTOR SYSTEM
200.1.5 SERVO SYSTEM
200.1.6 FLYING CONTROLS
200.1.7 LADING GEARS
200.1.8 VIBRATION
200.1.9 HEATING SYSTEM
200.1.10 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
200.1.11 BAD WEATHER PROTECTION
200.1.12 INSPECTION
200.2 200.2.1 GENERAL ELECTRIAL SYSTEM
CTK ELECT 200.2.2 DC POWER SYSTEM CTK
200.2.3 DC POWER SYSTEM CTH
200.2.4 NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY
200.2.5 AIRCRAFT STARTING SYSTEM
200.2.6 AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM
200.2.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
200.3 200.3.1 ENGINE GENERAL
CTK ENGINE 200.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
200.3.3 FUEL SYSTEM
200.3.4 OIL SYSTEM
200.3.5 STARTING AND STOPPING SYSTEM
200.3.6 AGEING COEFFICENT AND JPT CORRECTION FACTOR
200.4 200.4.1 INSTRUMENTS INSTALLATION
CTK INSTRUMENT 200.4.2 GENERAL INSTRUMENTS
200.4.3 FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
200.4.4 ENGINE INSTRUMENT
200.4.5 GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS
200.4.6 NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
200.4.7 OXYGEN INSTRUMENTS
200.5 200.5.1 RADIO INSTALLATION
CTK RADIO 200.5.2 AIRCRAFT INTERCOM SYSTEM
200.5.3 HFSSB
200.5.4 VHF/UHF COMMUNICATION
200.5.5 ARC 610A
200.5.6 SSCVR
200.5.7 GPS
200.5.8 ELT/PRB
300.1 300.1.1 CHEETAL AIRFRAME
CHEETAL 300.1.2 CHEETAL ELECT
300.1.3 CHEETAL ENGINE
300.1.4 CHEETAL INSTRUMENT
300.1.5 CHEETAL RADIO
500.1 500.1.1 EBT AIRFRAME
EBT 500.1.2 EBT ELECT
500.1.3 EBT ENGINE
500.1.4 EBT INSTRUMENT
500.1.5 EBT RADIO
500.6 500.6 THEORY OF FLIGHT
500.7 500.7 TECH ADMIN
T CORRECTION FACTOR
 SUBJECT INDEX FOR AIRCREW
SUBJECT
INDEX INDEX CHAPTER
600.1.1 AIRFRAME GENERAL
600.1.2 CONSTRUCTION
600.1.3 TRANMISSION
600.1.4 SERVO SYSTEM
600.1.5 FLYING CONTROLS
600.1 600.1.6 LADING GEARS
CTK 600.1.7 PARKING BRAKE
AIRFRAME 600.1.8 HEATING SYSTEM
600.1.9 VIBRATION
600.1.10 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
600.1.11 BAD WEATHER PROTECTION
600.1.12 TROUBLE SHOOTING
600.1.13 CTL AIRFRAME
600.2.1 GENERAL ELECTRIAL SYSTEM
600.2.2 DC POWER SYSTEM CTK
600.2.3 DC POWER SYSTEM CTH
600.2 600.2.4 NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY
CTK ELECT 600.2.5 AIRCRAFT STARTING SYSTEM
600.2.6 AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM
600.2.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
600.2.8 CTL ELECT
600.3.1 ENGINE GENERAL
600.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
600.3 600.3.3 FUEL SYSTEM
CTK ENGINE 600.3.4 OIL SYSTEM
600.3.5 STARTING AND STOPPING SYSTEM
600.3.6 AGEING COEFFICIENT AND JPT CORRECTION FACTOR
600.3.7 CTL ENGINE
600.4.1 INSTRUMENTS INSTALLATION
600.4.2 GENERAL INSTRUMENTS
600.4 600.4.3 FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
CTK 600.4.4 ENGINE INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMEN 600.4.5 GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS
T 600.4.6 NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
600.4.7 OXYGEN INSTRUMENTS
600.4.8 CTL INSTRUMENT
600.5.1 RADIO INSTALLATION
600.5.2 AIRCRAFT INTERCOM SYSTEM
600.5.3 HFSSB
600.5.4 VHF/UHF COMMUNICATION
600.5
600.5.5 ARC 610A
CTK RADIO
600.5.6 SSCVR
600.5.7 GPS
600.5.8 ELT/PRB
600.5.9 CTL RADIO
SUBJECT INDEX CHAPTER INDEX
QUESTION
500.2 500.2.1 A stepper motor does not rotate continuously as a
conventional motor does.
500.2 500.2.1 A transformer must not connected to DC source

500.2 500.2.1 For Aircraft constant frequency system 400 Hz has been
adopted as the standard
500.2 500.2.1 In a shunt generator the shunt field current is equal to
armature current.
500.2 500.2.1 In Aircraft Battery is used as a primary source of DC
Power in aircraft
500.2 500.2.1 Inverter is used to convert

500.2 500.2.1 Self excited generated are those whose field coils are
excited by the generated itself.
500.2 500.2.1 The capacity of a battery is measured in

500.2 500.2.1 The electrolyte used in Ni-Cd battery is H2S04

500.2 500.2.1 The main source of DC power is starter generator

500.2 500.2.1 The operating voltage range of DC power in aircraft is 22V

to 29V.
500.2 500.2.1 The phase voltage of a three phase star- connected AC
generator is
500.2 500.2.1 the process of converting an AC supply into a DC supply
is known as rectification
500.2 500.2.1 When a transformer raises the voltage it is called the step-
up transformer
500.2 500.2.1 When the rpm of a shunt wound motor increases the
current drawn by it
500.2 500.2.1 Which motor has the poorest speed control

500.2 500.2.1 Which of the following does not change in a transformer

500.2 500.2.1 Which type of Battery used in aircraft

500.2 500.2.1 Which type of generator is used in aircraft

500.2 500.2.1 For knowing the part no. of the components, the
concerned manual is to be referred is:-
500.3 500.3.1 In Gas turbine engine, Combustion occurs at :-

500.3 500.3.1 In which type of turbine, there is no change in pressure

between the rotor gas inlet and rotor gas exit:-
500.3 500.3.1 Mach no. is ratio of the speed of the body to :-
500.3 500.3.1 Pressure drop occurs in combustion chamber (CC) of GT
engine is due to :-
500.3 500.3.1 Propulsive efficiency of which engine decrease as forward
speed increase:-
500.3 500.3.1 The gas turbine engine operates on which of the
thermodynamic cycle:-
500.3 500.3.1 The purpose of impeller of Centrifugal flow compressor is
to:-
500.3 500.3.1 The Specific gravity of Kerosene fuel is :-

500.3 500.3.1 To achieve supersonic speed, shape of propelling nozzle

is to be made of:-
500.3 500.3.1 A fundamental requirement of a closed loop servo-
mechanism is
500.4 500.4.1 A Gyro with only one degree of freedom is known as a

500.4 500.4.1 A pitot head is used to measure

500.4 500.4.1 An automatic flight control system may be capable of

controlling the aircraft flight in
500.4 500.4.1 Apparent wander of a gyro is caused by rotation of the
earth
500.4 500.4.1 Compass swings should be carried out

500.4 500.4.1 Converted into degree Celsius -40°F is

500.4 500.4.1 In the International Standard atmosphere, the mean sea

level pressure is 1013.25 PSI
500.4 500.4.1 QNH is the equivalent sea level pressure at the airfield

500.4 500.4.1 Rigidity of a gyroscope depends on

500.4 500.4.1 Soft iron is comparatively……………. to magnetise whilst

hard iron is …….. to demagnetize
500.4 500.4.1 The direction gyro indicator is basically a vertical axis
earth gyro
500.4 500.4.1 The directive force of the earth's magnetic field

500.4 500.4.1 The maximum drift of a gyro, due to earth rate is 5° per
hour
500.5 500.5.1 A high frequency communication system is used for

500.5 500.5.1 Colour of Black box(Flight data recorder) fitted in aircraft is

500.5 500.5.1 Frequency band used for VHF communication is

500.5 500.5.1 HF communication system works on the principle of

500.5 500.5.1 Length of the antenna of VHF communication system is

500.5 500.5.1 PTT in communication system stands for

500.5 500.5.1 Radio Altimeter works on the principle of

500.5 500.5.1 The equipment used for searching an aircraft after a crash
is
500.5 500.5.1 The type of antennas required for Automatic Direction
Finder is/are
500.5 500.5.1 Which aircraft system uses a frequency of 4400MHz

500.5 500.5.1 In case of failure of Tail rotor, fuselage will rotate in the
direction of main rotor.
500.6 500.6.1 A vibration of large amplitude resulting from a forced or
self-induced vibration of a helicopter in contact with or
500.6 500.6.1 resting upon the
All helicopters ground
can is called
be called Ground
as aircraft butcushion.
all aircraft can
not be called as Helicopter.
500.6 500.6.1 Autorotation is carried out in the event of:-

500.6 500.6.1 Axis of rotation is always perpendicular to Plane of

rotation.
500.6 500.6.1 Collective and Cyclic control performs the function through
Swash plate arrangement which is known as control orbit.
500.6 500.6.1 Cyclic stick limits imposed by the following:-

500.6 500.6.1 Drag of a body moving through the air will vary as the
square of the speed, but the power required to balance the
500.6 500.6.1 drag will vary
Dragging as theby:-
is caused cube of the speed.

500.6 500.6.1 During Autorotation, relative air flow flows from:-

500.6 500.6.1 During Flaring, increase in rotor RPM is due to

conservation of angular momentum.
500.6 500.6.1 During Hover, rotor thrust is equal to weight.

500.6 500.6.1 For increasing the forward speed in level flight, pilot has to
move the cyclic stick forward and collective stick to:-
500.6 500.6.1 Glider falls in the categories of lighter than air but
mechanically driven aircraft.
500.6 500.6.1 Gyroplane is invented by Juan De La Cierva.

500.6 500.6.1 In Co-axial H/C, two main rotors are placed on top of each
other rotating in opposite direction to counter-act:-
500.6 500.6.1 In driving region (Autorotative region), Total reaction fall
ahead of Rotor trust (Axis of rotation).
500.6 500.6.1 In symmetrical aerofoil, the mean chamber line and chord
line are not same.
500.6 500.6.1 In the event of Autorotation, the immediate action is to
lower the collective to prevent RPM decay.
500.6 500.6.1 Kite falls in the categories of:-

500.6 500.6.1 Lift is always perpendicular to relative air flow and drag is
parallel to air flow.
500.6 500.6.1 Lift is increased as cube of relative air velocity.

500.6 500.6.1 List out the various powers required to overcome the
various drag.
500.6 500.6.1 Only In Hover condition, Shaft axis and Axis of rotation
both fall in same line.
500.6 500.6.1 Power required to induce a flow and produce rotor thrust is
referred as:-
500.6 500.6.1 Relative air flow is always opposite to the flight path.

500.6 500.6.1 Resultant of Lift and drag is called as rotor thrust .

500.6 500.6.1 The ability to take off vertically is one of the advantages of
a helicopter over the aero plane.
500.6 500.6.1 The additional lift produced while hovering near to ground
is due to:-
500.6 500.6.1 The angle between the tip path plane and the span wise
length of the blade is:-
500.6 500.6.1 The angle made by the Chord line of an aerofoil and plane
of rotation is :
500.6 500.6.1 The angle made by the Chord line of an aerofoil and the
relative air flow is :
500.6 500.6.1 The angular distance of pitch operating arm which is
positioned on the control orbit in the advance of the blade
500.6 500.6.1 to compensate
The angular motionPhase of Lag is known
helicopter aboutas:-the normal axis is
called rolling.
500.6 500.6.1 The change of attitude from a forward flight condition to
induce a fairly de-acceleration (Sudden Stop) is known as
500.6 500.6.1 Flare.
The change of state from the hover to forward flight or
from
500.6 500.6.1 forward
The flight of
direction to h/c
hover is known as
is controlled by :collective stick.

500.6 500.6.1 The distance measured from the blade root to the blade
tip is called :
500.6 500.6.1 The distance between the leading edge and the trailing
edge
500.6 500.6.1 of
Theaneffect
aerofoil
thatsection
occursisduring
: flare is:-

500.6 500.6.1 The Flaring is carried out by:-

500.6 500.6.1 The fore and aft movement of the blade is known as:-
500.6 500.6.1 The forward moving blade is referred to as the retreating
blade while backward moving blade is referred as
500.6 500.6.1 advancing
The Groundblade.
effect depends on following factors:

500.6 500.6.1 The Ground effect is experienced up to height of :-

500.6 500.6.1 The ground effects decrease when height of the helicopter
decreases.
500.6 500.6.1 The hinge, which allows the blade to move freely up and
down is known as:-
500.6 500.6.1 The lift is dependant upon the following factors:-

500.6 500.6.1 The lift on the retreating half of the disc will be less than
that of the advancing half of the disc. This difference in lift
500.6 500.6.1 is referred
The to as the
line joining dissymmetry
leading edgeof lift.
and the trailing edge of
an aerofoil is :
500.6 500.6.1 The main cause of Tail rotor roll is the fitment of Tail rotor
in the level of Main rotor.
500.6 500.6.1 The movement of a blade in the vertical sense relative to
the Plane of rotation is :
500.6 500.6.1 The point on aerofoil where total lift is considered to act is
known as Centre of pressure.
500.6 500.6.1 The property by which the action occurs 90 o from the force
applied in the same direction as rotation is referred as:-
500.6 500.6.1 The rotorcraft which has a freely rotating wing providing
the aerodynamic force for Lift and forward thrust is
500.6 500.6.1 providing
The by a separate
side ways movement propeller as in adue
of helicopter conventional
to fitment of
aircraft.
Tail rotor in the process of counteracting torque reaction is
500.6 500.6.1 called:-
The system allows the blade to feathering, flapping and
dragging is known as:
500.6 500.6.1 The Tail rotor drift can be compensated by tilting the rotor
disc either by Cyclic stick, rigging the control or mounting
500.6 500.6.1 the
Thetilted maindrift
Tail rotor rotorcan
shaft.
be compensated by tilting the rotor
disc to opposite side of tail rotor thrust.
500.6 500.6.1 The Tail rotor roll can be compensated by fitment of tail
rotor:-
500.6 500.6.1 The type of rotor which allows the blade to feather only is:-

500.6 500.6.1 The vertical component of total reaction acting

perpendicular to the plane of rotation is called total rotor
500.6 500.6.1 thrust.
The vertical components of total reaction which is
perpendicular to relative air flow is referred as:-
500.6 500.6.1 To achieve a vertical climb, the total rotor thrust must be
increased. This can be done by increasing the pitch of the
500.6 500.6.1 blade.
To compensate the phase lag, the advanced angle is
given.
500.6 500.6.1 Various factors affecting maximum forward speed are:-
500.6 500.6.1 What are factors affecting maximum forward speed of
helicopter?
500.6 500.6.1 What is autorotation and list out circumstances in which it
is carried out?
500.6 500.6.1 What is flare and its effects?

500.6 500.6.1 What is Ground effect and what are factors affecting it?

500.6 500.6.1 What is Tail rotor drift? Which are the methods employed
to Compensate the tail rotor drift?
500.6 500.6.1 What is Tail rotor roll? Which are the methods employed
to Compensate the tail rotor roll?
500.6 500.6.1 What is torque reaction? Which are the methods
employed to Compensate the torque reaction?
500.6 500.6.1 When a blade flaps up, its center of gravity moves away
from the axis of rotation.
500.6 500.6.1 When power is applied to the rotor system, the fuselage
will tend to move in the opposite direction of the main
500.6 500.6.1 rotor.
Whichthis tendency
aircraft is take-off
cannot referredvertically:-
to:-

500.6 500.6.1 Which falls in the categories of lighter than air aircraft:-

500.6 500.6.1 While using collective stick, the pitch angle of all blade
changes collectively.
500.6 500.6.1 While using Cyclic stick, the pitch angle of blade alters
collectively.
500.6 500.6.1 With the help of sketch, draw the Genealogical tree of
Aircraft.
500.6 500.6.1 With the help of sketch, indicate various angle, flow and
components of total reaction.
500.7 500.7.1 The appropriate authority to sanction the cannibalization
of aircraft equipment is
500.7 500.7.1 According to standard store procedure, only 04 numbers
of tyres should be kept together one on top of another
500.7 500.7.1 Aircraft accidents and incidents are reported in IAF (F)
2022.
500.7 500.7.1 ARS items belong to

500.7 500.7.1 Both STI and SI entries are make in

500.7 500.7.1 Charter of duties MAG(Avn) Liaison with HAL on all

matter regarding ESP- design development production,
500.7 500.7.1 maintenance
Class and
'B' stores issue
are of which
those SI/STI.remain on charge, can
not be replaced except on their return to store and which
500.7 500.7.1 can not be condemned
Concession at unitinlevel.
is to be endorse section of IAFFT 700

500.7 500.7.1 Defect investigation report Performa as a follow up report

is.
500.7 500.7.1 Defect investigation report Performa is TGF-2022

500.7 500.7.1 During towing an A/C turning on the spot is to be avoided

to prevent the damage to tyre.
500.7 500.7.1 Every component package/Envelope will be marked with

500.7 500.7.1 Extension of component life” entry in IAFF (T) 700 to be

made in blue ink.
500.7 500.7.1 Hose assemblies, hoses and tubing shall be store in coils
or roll. .
500.7 500.7.1 IAFF(T) 701 belong to

500.7 500.7.1 In IAFF (T) 700, Life components monitoring is recorded in

Section ‘6’.
500.7 500.7.1 Items marked with double star (**) activities are carried out
by:
500.7 500.7.1 Left arm down, Right arm repeatedly moving upward -
backward. It indicates the aircraft
500.7 500.7.1 Maintenance flight is set up to carry out

500.7 500.7.1 OHR corner a post box painted in white and black strips.

500.7 500.7.1 Out of Phase Servicing Record is to be endorsed in

section of IAFFT 700.
500.7 500.7.1 Rubber articles should be protected from direct sun light

500.7 500.7.1 Schedule maintenance manual deals with removal and

installation procedure
500.7 500.7.1 Section -VI of Log card is for

500.7 500.7.1 Servicing Instructions are to be entered in Red Ink in IAFF

(T) 700.
500.7 500.7.1 Tarmac movement activities are controlled in guidance of
EO U H flight.
500.7 500.7.1 Tech publications are issued by CASD

500.7 500.7.1 Temperature is not a factor to affect storage of rubber

component.
500.7 500.7.1 The inner tube should be deflected and secured in a fix
position such as tight roll by rubber band .
500.7 500.7.1 The objective of calibration is to ensure uniformity of
measurement in all A/C equipment.
500.7 500.7.1 The relative humidity should not exceed 75 percentage
when component stored in standard store procedure.
500.7 500.7.1 The storage temperature should be between

500.7 500.7.1 The TSS is responsible for.

 500.7 500.7.1 The work order for second line servicing is
issued by:
500.7 500.7.1 Tractor towing speed of an a/c during day time should not
be more than
500.7 500.7.1 Tyre should be stored vertically In special racks
embodying support tubes so that each tyre is supported at
500.7 500.7.1 Utility helicopter Flight is responsible to carry out:

500.7 500.7.1 When refueling the fuel from barrel by pump directly into
air craft it must be ensure that fuel is passing through 5
36311.0 1 micron
Which of filter.
the following gas is particularly deleterious

36311.0 1 Which of the material deformation will be occurred when

contact with liquid and semi-solid materials.
36411.0 1 Actuated free wheel is installed on

36411.0 2 ARIS unit is mounted in between the main gearbox and

the fuselage
36411.0 2 Emergency exit windows are installed at side shells

36411.0 2 Floor board of ALH is designed to carry a unit load of 650

kg/m square.
36411.0 1 Hexagonal core and flex core are the forms of

36411.0 2 Hexagonal core is used for curved surface

36411.0 1 Honeycomb core is used for construction of

36411.0 4 List out the advance futures of ALH ?

36411.0 4 List out the emergency equipments installed in ALH and write their location

36411.0 2 Main gear box oil quantity required is 19.5 ltr

36411.0 2 Main rotor axis is tilted by 4º30’ fwd and 1º 30’ right ward

36411.0 2 MGB and IGB HOT W/L’s comes on CWP when the oil
temperature exceeds 118° C
36411.0 2 No of jacking points are in skid version ALH is 4

36411.0 1 Number of stretcher can be fitted inside the cabin

36411.0 2 Pilot and co-pilot door jettisoning assembly are hinged to

the frame # 2.
36411.0 1 Resin is applied on

36411.0 2 TGB is mounted on station no 12

36411.0 1 The advantages of composites are

36411.0 2 The ALH datum point is located at 4500.1 mm ahead from

the TPTO.
36411.0 2 The ALH is divided into 12 main stations

36411.0 2 The attachment region of the main rotor blade is called

Collar
36411.0 1 The cowlings are meant for

36411.0 2 The crew seat is equipped with a 5- point safety belt

system.
36411.0 1 The Emergency axe is located at

36411.0 2 The free wheel unit are cam and roller type

36411.0 2 The loading ram is designed to carry a uniformly

distributed load of 475 kg.
36411.0 2 The lumber support device is used to increase the length
of the seat
36411.0 2 The main rotor blade is attached to the hub through radial
elastomeric bearing assembly by a bolt and nut
36411.0 2 The main rotor blade speed of ALH is 314.06rpm

36411.0 1 The maximum take off weight of the wheel variant ALH is

36411.0 2 The oil cooling of the AGB is achieved by radiation through

36411.0 2 The pilot and co-pilot doors can be jettisoned from inside
only.
36411.0 1 The rescue hoist assembly is fitted on the RH side of the
ALH aircraft and the cable length is
36411.0 1 The skid type landing gear consists of

36411.0 2 The sliding door can be jettisoned from inside and only.

36411.0 2 The static discharger is made of aluminum alloy

36411.0 2 The static discharger who is screwed to the trailing edge

of the main rotor blade is made of Aluminum
36411.0 2 The tail rotor speed of ALH is 1566 rpm.

36411.0 2 The type of oil is used on MGB lubrication system is MIL-

H-5606.
36411.0 1 The weight of the cargo unit is

36411.0 2 Thermo setting resin on heating on cooling regain their

original mechanical properties
36411.0 4 What are the major assemblies of ALH transmission system ?

36411.0 4 What are the modules of hydraulics system ,write their location of different

36411.0 4 What are the role of that ALH ?

36411.0 4 What is the location and purpose of prime frames in centre fuselage?

36412.0 1 After five consecutive engine starts minimum break for

next start is to be given
36412.0 1 Alternator Hot warning light comes when alternator
winding temperature exceeds
36412.0 2 Dry motoring is restricted to 20 seconds to prevent overheat

36412.0 2 During automatic engine starting FADEC controls IGV and

36412.0 2 During engine starting relay A is energized and during

stopping relay M is energized
36412.0 2 During Engine starting shutdown electro valve will be in
open condition
36412.0 1 FADEC will shutdown the engine in case of free turbine
speed of the engine exceeding
36412.0 1 Front fire detector of engine is set at

36412.0 2 Minimum starting voltage of ALH is 28 Volts

36412.0 2 Over voltage protection given to generator by GCPU is

31.5 V
36412.0 1 Power loss warning comes on CWP when the engine (NG) dif

36412.0 1 Prime pump is located inside the

36412.0 1 Proximity s/w provide HYD-1 caution light when fluid level

36412.0 2 The engine power limit switch has two positions namely I

36412.0 2 The input voltage of static inverter is 28 volts and out put

36412.0 1 The operating voltage range of DC power in ALH is

36412.0 4 What are the main source of DC and AC power supply in

ALH, write down the power rating.
36412.0 4 Write down the function of FADEC.

36412.0 1 How many numbers of fuel tanks in ALH

36412.0 1 Where is auxillary tanks installed

36412.0 1 Which pump supply fuel to the engine from the tank
during starting
36412.0 1 How many fuel transfer pumps are installed in ALH

36412.0 1 Where is the transfer pump switches are located

36412.0 1 where is the location of Engine/ Fuel control panel

36412.0 2 Each supply tank is fitted with a fuel low level seser

36412.0 2 The fuel shutoff warning light comes on CWP when the
fuel shuttoff cock is operated
36412.0 2 The fuel cross feed warning light comes on CWP when
the fuel cross feed valve is in close condition
36412.0 2 The supply tank is fitted between the rat and met

36412.0 2 Transfer pumps are used to supply the fuel to the engine

36412.0 1 How many hydraulic package is in ALH hydraulic system

36412.0 1 Proximity switch is activated in which package

36412.0 2 The hydraulic pressure s/w is normally in open position

and closes when hydraulic pressure drop to 158 to 140
36412.0 1 bar
If Hydraulic package-1 fluid level drops below 1.5lit to 1.3
ltrs which sensor of hydraulic package will active
36412.0 1 Ventilation fans of heating and ventilation system are
supplied with
36412.0 2 Temperature s/w of heating and ventilation system
operates & shutdown the shutoff valve beyond 90°c
36412.0 2 The wind shield wiper system should not be operated on
dry windshield
36412.0 2 Door warning system provides indication of door open on
cwp
36412.0 1 How many door warning micro switches in ALH.

36412.0 1 In automatic engine starting which parameters doesn't

control the IGV
36412.0 1 The non-simulated engine based value of eng limit is de-
rated by
36412.0 2 FADEC is located on hinged panel

36412.0 2 OVSP control also provides an interlock to the other

FADEC computer so that it doesn’t shutdown its engine
36412.0 2 because
After OVSPof over
MTRspeed
Bite test, reset of the switch has to be
done prior to engine start
36412.0 1 Free Turbine over speed protection ensures a safety
function by automatic engine shut down in the event of
free turbine over speed which is
36412.0 1 Which is not a starting accessory

36412.0 1 The relay M is de-energized after speed of NG

36412.0 1 The process of rotating the engine without ignition only is

called
36412.0 1 The process of rotating the engine without fuel ignition is
called
36412.0 1 Dry motoring is restricted to

36412.0 2 CARGO HOOK CAPABLE OF PICKING UP &

TRANSPORTING UNDER SUNGS LOADS
36412.0 2 cargo hook carry the load from 5 kg to 2000 kg

36412.0 2 Hydraulic system is employed for release as an integrated

parts & control the cargo hook
36412.0 2 cargo hook assembly is mounted at the bottom structure
of the helicopter
36412.0 2 Cargo release s/w is located on collective grips of pilot &
co-pilot both
36412.0 2 When the load on cargo hook is 15 kg or more the load
ON hook green light on comes on MIP
36412.0 2 When the cargo load is release the CARGO REL amber
light comes on cargo control panel
36412.0 1 The power output of each alternator is

36412.0 2 ALT HOT' caution light comes on CWP when the

alternator winding temp. exceeds 182ºC
36412.0 2 Each alternator is connected to ACPU

36412.0 1 The function of inverter is to convert

36412.0 2 The capacity of static inverter is 350 KVA

36412.0 2 The INV caution light comes on the CWP indicates the
failure of the inverter
36412.0 2 Only 4 pins of AC external power receptacle is used to
connect the external AC to the distribution system
36412.0 1 The AC master box providing supply to the

36412.0 1 The power output of each generator is

36412.0 1 At what temperature GEN HOT warning comes on CWP

36412.0 2 The capacity of each battery is 36 AH

36412.0 2 The type of battery used un ALH aircraft is Li-ion

36412.0 1 How many generators are there in ALH aircraft

36412.0 2 The batteries are located at station # 3

36412.0 1 The over voltage limit for DC system is

36412.0 2 There is one master box in DC power system

36412.0 1 How many fire detector sensors are installed in each

engine
36412.0 2 The fire detector sensor detects the cooling of engine

36412.0 1 How many fire bottles are there in fire extinguishing

system
36412.0 2 CO2 is used as fire extinguishing agent in ALH aircraft

36412.0 1 The pressure of each fire bottle in ALH aircraft is

36412.0 2 Both the fire bottles can be used in single engine

36412.0 2 The fire bottles are operated when the fuel cock is in open
condition
36412.0 1 The explosive cartridge of fire bottle is operated by DC
signal of
36412.0 1 How many chip detectors are there in chip burning system

36412.0 2 There is only one chip detector for each engine

36412.0 1 The chip burning power module illuminates the FAULT

caution light on
36412.0 2 Actuated free wheel is used to check the rotor rpm

36412.0 2 The interlock relay for actuated free wheel is located

below instrument panel
36412.0 1 Maximum working load for rescue hoist is

36412.0 1 What is the length of cable used in rescue hoist

36412.0 2 In Army/Air force rescue hoist is hydraulic operated

36412.0 1 How many voice warning are there in ALH aircraft

36412.0 2 No priority is assigned to the messages in the event of

more than one fault occurrence
36413.0 2 ALH engine is fitted with reverse flow annular type of com

36413.0 2 ALH is fitted with Turbofan, free power turbine engine

36413.0 2 Centre cowling of Engine must be fitted before ground run

36413.0 2 Engine cowling are made of titanium material.

36413.0 2 Engine oil cooler is air cooled oil cooler

36413.0 2 Filtering capacity of fuel filter is 22 microns

36413.0 2 Fire wall is made of carbon composite

36413.0 1 Fuel from the following tank can not be dumped in emergen

36413.0 2 In case of FADEC fails, ALH engine can not be controlled m

36413.0 4 List down the various components involved in engine

starting system
36413.0 4 List out the various components of various modules of engine.

36413.0 1 Maximum fuel consumption of each TM 333 2B2 engine is

36413.0 1 Oil used in ALH engine is

36413.0 1 Power turbine speed is

36413.0 1 The maximum oil consumption of the engine is

36413.0 1 The power output of TM-333 2B2 engine is

36413.0 1 The weight of ALH engine is

36413.0 1 Variable in let guide vanes are operated by

36414.0 2 28 volt dc is required for lighting of standby gyro horizon.

36414.0 1 AFCS works on the principle of

36414.0 2 All Engine instrument are mounted at the centre of MIP.

36414.0 2 BACARA is installed at Cabin Top

36414.0 2 Composite cylinder of Oxygen system is white in color.

36414.0 1 CSAS actuators is also known as

36414.0 2 Engagement of upper mode is displayed only on ANP

36414.0 2 Engine limit indicator indicates the delta Ng of the engines

36414.0 4 Enumerate the Engine instruments installed on ALH

36414.0 2 FDU does not require any periodic maintenance

36414.0 1 FDU indicate the fuel quantity in

36414.0 1 FDU is installed on which panel

36414.0 1 Flight and navigation instruments installed in ALH are

36414.0 1 In ‘NORM’ position of the static selector valve the static

pressure is obtained from
36414.0 1 Ng sensor is installed on -.

36414.0 1 Oxygen cylinder for Aircrew is installed at

36414.0 1 Parallax error is minimized by inclining the MIP by

36414.0 2 RMI also indicates the relative bearing of a selected ADF of t

36414.0 2 Serviceability of RMI is indicated by blue color in Dolls Eye

Indicator.
36414.0 2 The baro altimeter receive input from pitot ports of pitot
static probe.
36414.0 1 The basic configuration of the Main instruments of ALH is
in
36414.0 1 The heading signal required for RMI operation is provided
by
36414.0 2 The static pressure output from the two probes is cross
manifold to reduce the Side Slip error.
36414.0 1 The total no. of indication in CWP is

36414.0 4 What are the salient features of the Instrument panel of

ALH?
36414.0 2 When auto trim are OFF, Upper mode cannot be engaged.

36414.0 2 When QNH is set, then altimeter reads airfield height with
respect to the sea level.
36414.0 4 Write down the components of AFCS

36414.0 4 Write down the components of AHRS

36415.0 2 26AC, 400Hz is required for RMI of ADF system

36415.0 2 Antenna used by GPS of DGNS is located at nose cone

36415.0 2 Two antenna of RAM 703A is used for One for TX and
Other for reception
36415.0 4 Define “simplex” and “semi-duplex” communication of HFSSB (KHF-950) s

36415.0 1 FDR/CVR system can withstand the impact force value of

36415.0 1 FDR/CVR( MADRAS) unit is installed on

36415.0 2 HF system works on Sky wave propagation

36415.0 2 HF system works on surface wave communication

36415.0 2 IFF system installed on ALH works on the principle of

primary radar
36415.0 2 In DGNS, DVS radiates four microwaves beams for
calculation of velocities in three axes
36415.0 2 Intercom system gets supply from Main Bus Bar

36415.0 2 Junction box of ICS N-200 is located at avionics bay

36415.0 4 List out the Avionics systems installed on ALH aircraft

36415.0 1 Location of area MIC is on

36415.0 4 Mention all the modes of operation provided by IFF

system.
36415.0 1 No of station boxes used in ICS N-200 system are

36415.0 1 Power supply for IFF system is

36415.0 2 Preset height can be selected in RAM-703 A system from

0-40mtr
36415.0 1 Power amplifier and antenna coupler unit is installed on

36415.0 2 The antenna of RAM 703A are installed under the tail
boom
36415.0 2 The Antenna used in HFSSB communication system is
generally known as Whip antenna
36415.0 1 The basic principle of IFF works on

36415.0 2 The better frequency for night in HF SSB communication

is 10-30MHz
36415.0 1 The digital Indicator of radio altimeter is installed on the

36415.0 1 The location of loop and sense antenna of DFS –43A is

at
36415.0 2 The maximum permissible time for transmission in V/UHF
ACR 500.1LH is 60 secs
36415.0 1 The operating frequency of WX Radar is
36415.0 2 The safe distance from the Wx Radar antenna must be
minimum 15 feet while operating the Weather Radar
36415.0 1 system.
The transmission and reception of the communication
signal on one frequency known as
36415.0 2 The two antennas provided with ELT system are used at a
time
36415.0 2 The type of communication used in V/UHF system is Sky
wave communication
36415.0 2 Total 25 hrs of flight data and 30minutes of voice data can
be recorded by the FDR/CVR MADRAS system
36415.0 1 Transmission duration of ELT system at 121.5 and 243
MHz is
36415.0 4 What is the purpose of Weather radar system installed on ALH and menti

36415.0 4 What is the purpose of DGNS and write the LRUs of the system.

36413.0 4 List down the various functions of secondary air system.

36413.0 4 Briefly explain the operation of Aircraft fuel system

36413.0 4 List down the various components of engine fuel system in

sequence
36413.0 4 List down the various components of engine oil system in
sequence.
36413.0 4 List down the various power ratings in AEO and OEI mode
with their duration.
36413.0 4 List down the various cowling of engine

36413.0 2 Fuel used in TM 333 2B2 engine is ATFK-50

36413.0 2 SCR can be used for maximum duration of 02 minutes

36413.0 2 Dump valve is fitted in RMT

36413.0 2 ALH engine is equiped with 04 in no of starting injectors

36413.0 1 Fuel is supplied to the respective engine through

36413.0 1 max oil consumpution of each engine is

36411.0 4 What are the emergency equipment is installed on ALH write there purpos

36411.0 4 What are the optional equipment is installed on ALH write there Name and

36411.0 4 What do you mean about composit material ?

36411.0 4 What are the advantage of composit material?

36411.0 4 What are the disadvantage of composite material

36411.0 4 How many stretcher can install on ALH write there purpose and location ?

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of force feel system

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of ARIS

36411.0 4 Why the VIS installed in flying control system?

36411.0 4 What are there main components of transmission system write there name

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of primary frame write there name ?

36411.0 4 What are the main components of hydraulic system write there name and

36411.0 4 What is the function of MGB

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of AGB

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of IGB

36411.0 4 Write the components name of main rotor flight control system?

36411.0 4 Write the component name of tail rotor flight control system

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of momentary feel mechanism ?

36411.0 4 what is the advance feature of center post?

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of rotor brake system and write there components nam

36411.0 4 What is the purpose of tail boom empennage?

36414.0 4 What is auto trim ?

36414.0 4 What is the operating principle of AFCS?

36414.0 4 What are the puposes of the AFCS?

36414.0 4 What are upper mode provided in ALH?

36414.0 4 What is a parallel actuator ? Name them.

36414.0 2 AFCS contains (BITE) facility for maintenance and preflight

36414.0 2 All sensors of AFCS provides digital signal to the computer

36414.0 2 Auto pilot modes are also known as upper modes

36414.0 2 AHRS is a sensor for auto pilot mode

36414.0 2 PCU is installed on center console

36414.0 2 BACARA converts ARINC signal of AHRS to synchro signal

36414.0 2 Cyclic beep trim can be used even if AFCS computer and P

36414.0 1 AFCS System failures are displayed on

36414.0 1 Which colour is indicated on RMI flag when RMI is in OFF c

36414.0 1 The AFCS of ALH is a dual

36414.0 1 AFCS Computer provides which signal to servo control

36414.0 1 The power supply required for the integral lighting of OAT g

36414.0 1 The range of OAT indicator is

36414.0 1 The range of ''g'' meter is

36414.0 2 The clock fitted in ALH is eight day mechanical clock

36414.0 2 OAT is direct reading thermometer

36414.0 2 The sensor of CNI is voltmeter tranducer

36414.0 2 CNI indicates cyclic stick movement in longitudional and vert

36414.0 4 Write down the principle and operation of G meter?

36414.0 4 Explain about BITE test 1 of MMI?

36414.0 1 No of main Gyro Horizon mounted on MIP

36414.0 1 Standby Gyro Horizon shows

36414.0 1 RMI receives signals from

36414.0 1 For which instrument stand by magnetic compass is fitted a

36414.0 2 28 V DC is required for Gyro Horizon main

36414.0 2 Gyro failure flag comes when rotor speed is less than 180
36414.0 2 Stand by magnetic compass is a self contained magnetic un

36414.0 4 What is the purpose of Radio Magnetic Indicator?

36414.0 4 What is indicated by main Gyro Horizon?

36414.0 1 FDU displays the engine fuel flowing rate in

36414.0 1 The power supply is required for FDU

36414.0 1 First two windows of FDU displays quantity of fuel of

36414.0 1 The colour of the LEDs of FDU are

36414.0 2 FDU displays the fuel quantities of different tanks in ltrs

36414.0 2 The FDU has built in brightness control and blinking contro

36414.0 4 What is built in test of FDU ?

36414.0 2 MGB oil pressure transmitter is located at TPTO of MGB

36414.0 1 MGB oil temp sensor probe is located at

36414.0 4 What are the types of transmission system instruments ?Explain any one

36412.0 4 What is the purpose of GCPU?

36412.0 4 What is the purpose of ACPU?

36412.0 4 What are the various accessories of engine starting system?

36412.0 4 What is the purpose of chip burning system

36412.0 4 Write short note on Aircraft fuel system.

36412.0 4 What is the purpose of proximity switch of hydraulic system?

36412.0 4 Describe the voice warning system.

36412.0 4 Write short note on Cargo hook system.

36412.0 4 Write short note on Rescue hoist system.

36412.0 4 Write short note on EFG system.

1 Which is not the LRU of ICS(N-200) system?

36415.0
 1 Which is not the LRU of HFSSB(KHF – 950) system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of V/UHF(ACR-500.1LH) system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of ADF(DFS –43A) system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of IFF(1410A) system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of Radio Altimeter(RAM 703A)
36415.0 system?
1 Which is not the LRU of Weather Radar 1400C system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of FDR/CVR system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of DGNS system?
36415.0
1 Which is not the LRU of ELT-503 system?
36415.0
1 Which of the following is not a voice warning signal?
36415.0
1 No. Of audio warnings monitored by INTERCOM system
36415.0 are
1 The maximum no. of persons who can avail the facility of
36415.0 Intercom in ALH are
1 The main purpose of ICS system is to communication
36415.0 between
1 Total number of LRUs in ICS N-200 system are
36415.0
1 PTT is meant for
36415.0
1 ESM stands for
36415.0
1 The intercommunication is achieved through
36415.0
1 Total number of voice warning signals interfacing with ICS
36415.0 are
1 In HF SSB system SSB Stands for
36415.0
1 Which is the system used for long range communication
36415.0 in ALH Aircraft?
1 Which is the system used for short range communication
36415.0 in ALH Aircraft?
1 Which is used as a navigation system in ALH Helicopter?
36415.0
1 GPS antenna is installed at
36415.0
1 Towel bar antenna is installed at
36415.0
 1 Weather Radar antenna is installed at
36415.0
2 The intercom System fitted on ALH is ACR500.1LH.
36415.0
2 The Short range V/UHFcommunication equipment fitted
36415.0 on ALH is HFSSB KHF950.
2 The Long range HFcommunication System fitted on ALH
36415.0 is ACR500.1LH.
2 The intercom System fitted on ALH is ICS N200.
36415.0
2 The purpose of IFF system fitted on ALH is to distinguish
36415.0 the friendly aircraft from the hostile aircraft.
2 The purpose of ADF system fitted on ALH is to distinguish
36415.0 the friendly aircraft from the hostile aircraft.
2 The purpose of Intercom system fitted on ALH is to
36415.0 provide short range Line of Sight communication..
2 The purpose of IFF system fitted on ALH is detect storms
36415.0 along the flight path and give the pilot a visual indication in
2 colorpurpose
The of their intensity
of Weather radar fitted on ALH is detect
36415.0 storms along the flight path and give the pilot a visual
2 indication
The purpose in color of theirsystem
of HFSSB intensityfitted on ALH is to provide
36415.0 long range air to ground, air-to-air and ground-to-ground
2 communication
The for bothsystem
purpose of V/UHF voice and fitteddata.
on ALH is to provide
36415.0 long range air to ground, air-to-air and ground-to-ground
2 communication
The purpose of ADF for both voicefitted
system and on data.
ALH is to indicate the
36415.0 direction of arrival of the electromagnetic waves i.e., Non
2 Directional
The purpose Beacons (NDBs).
of IFF system fitted on ALH is to indicate the
36415.0 direction of arrival of the electromagnetic waves i.e., Non
2 Directional
The purpose Beacons
of Radio(NDBs).
Altimeter fitted on ALH is to provide
36415.0 the immediate height from the terrain over which it is flying
2 The purpose of Weather Radar fitted on ALH is to provide
36415.0 the immediate height from the terrain over which it is flying
2 The purpose of IFF system fitted on ALH is to provide
36415.0 Navigational and steering information like present position,
2 bearing
The and distance
purpose of DGNStofitted
go toon selected
ALH is waypoints,
to provide
36415.0 velocities in 3 axes of the helicopter etc
Navigational and steering information like present position,
2 bearing and distance
The purpose to go to
of IFF system selected
fitted on ALH waypoints,
is to acquire and
36415.0 velocities in 3 axes of the helicopter etc
record all the essential flight data and also voice data for
2 the purpose
The purposeof ofaccident
FDR/CVR / incident
fitted onprevention and
ALH is to acquire and
36415.0 investigation.
record all the essential flight data and also voice data for
2 the
Thepurpose
purposeof ofaccident / incident
Radio Altimeter prevention
fitted on ALHand is to aid in
36415.0 investigation.
locating the crashed aircraft fitted with ELT for search and
2 rescue
The operations
purpose of ELT fitted on ALH is to aid in locating the
36415.0 crashed aircraft fitted with ELT for search and rescue
2 operations
Junction box is an LRU of FDR/CVR installed on ALH.
36415.0
2 Junction box is an LRU of Intercom System installed on
36415.0 ALH.
 2 Station box is an LRU of Intercom System installed on
36415.0 ALH.
2 Receiver Exciter is an LRU of V/UHF System installed on
36415.0 ALH.
2 Receiver Exciter is an LRU of HFSSB System installed on
36415.0 ALH.
2 Towelbar Antenna is an LRU of V/UHF System installed
36415.0 on ALH.
2 Towelbar Antenna is an LRU of HFSSB System installed
36415.0 on ALH.
2 Power Amplifier & Antenna Coupler is an LRU of V/UHF
36415.0 System installed on ALH.
2 Power Amplifier & Antenna Coupler is an LRU of HFSSB
36415.0 System installed on ALH.
2 Antenna Switching Unit is an LRU of HFSSB System
36415.0 installed on ALH.
2 Antenna Switching Unit is an LRU of V/UHF System
36415.0 installed on ALH.
2 Antenna Switching Unit is an LRU of IFF System installed
36415.0 on ALH.
2 Transponder is an LRU of IFF System installed on ALH.
36415.0
2 Transponder is an LRU of ADF System installed on ALH.
36415.0
2 Antenna Drive Unit and Antenna is an LRU of IFF System
36415.0 installed on ALH.
2 Antenna Drive Unit and Antenna is an LRU of Weather
36415.0 Radar System installed on ALH.
2 Modular Airborne Data Recording/Acquisition System
36415.0 (MADRAS) is an LRU of Weather Radar System installed
2 on ALH. Airborne Data Recording/Acquisition System
Modular
36415.0 (MADRAS) is an LRU of FDR/CVR System installed on
2 ALH.
Area Mic (Remote Microphone) is an LRU of Intercom
36415.0 System installed on ALH.
2 Area Mic (Remote Microphone) is an LRU of FDR/CVR
36415.0 System installed on ALH.
2 CVR control unit is an LRU of FDR/CVR System installed
36415.0 on ALH.
2 CVR control unit is an LRU of Intercom System installed
36415.0 on ALH.
2 Emergency Location Transmitter is an LRU of Intercom
36415.0 System installed on ALH.
2 Emergency Location Transmitter is an LRU of ELT-503
36415.0 System installed on ALH.
4 What is the purpose of Intercom System installed on
36415.0 ALH ?
4 What is the purpose of HFSSB system installed on ALH ?
36415.0
 4 What is the purpose of Power Amplifier and Antenna
36415.0 Coupler of HFSSB communication system?
4 What is the purpose of V/UHF system installed on ALH ?
36415.0
4 What is the purpose of ADF system installed on ALH ?
36415.0
4 What is the purpose of IFF system installed on ALH ?
36415.0
4 What is the purpose of Radio Altimeter system installed on
36415.0 ALH ?
4 What is the purpose of Weather Radar system installed on
36415.0 ALH ?
4 What is the purpose of Flight Data Recorder/Cockpit Voice
36415.0 Recorder installed on ALH ?
4 What is the purpose of Emergency Location Transmitter
36415.0 (ELT) system installed on ALH ?
4 What is the purpose of Doppler Global Navigation System
36415.0 (DGNS) installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of Intercom
36415.0 System() installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of HFSSB system
36415.0 installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of V/UHF system
36415.0 installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of ADF system
36415.0 installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of IFF system
36415.0 installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of Radio Altimeter
36415.0 system installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of WX RDR system
36415.0 installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of Flight Data
36415.0 Recorder/Cockpit Voice Recorder installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of Emergency
36415.0 Location Transmitter (ELT) system installed on ALH ?
4 List out all the LRUs with their location of Doppler Global
36415.0 Navigation System (DGNS) installed on ALH ?
4 What is a Portable interface unit and write its purpose?
36415.0
4 List down the communication equipments fitted on ALH.
36415.0
4 List down the Navigation equipments fitted on ALH.
36415.0
4 List down the identification equipments fitted on ALH.
36415.0
4 List down the miscellaneous equipments fitted on ALH.
36415.0
 4 What are the safety precautions to be observed while
36415.0 operating Weather Radar system?
36414.0 5 ASDFDF
OPT 1 OPT 2 OPT 3 OPT 4 ANSWER OPTION TYPE SUB OPTI CATEGOR
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

AC to DC DC to Dc to Dc AC to AC 2 1 1 2
AC
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Volts Cubic Ampere None of 3 1 1 2

centimet hours the
1 ers
FALSE above 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Equal to Greater Less None of 3 1 1 2

line than than the
voltage
1 line
FALSE line above 1 1 1 2
voltage voltage
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Decrease Increase Remain Both A 3 1 1 2

s s s the and B
Shunt smes
series Compou All the 2 1 1 2
nd above
wound
Current Voltage Frequen All the 3 1 1 2
cy above
Ni-Cd Lead- Ni-MH None of 1 1 1 2
Acid the
Shunt series Compou above
All the 1 1 1 2
nd above
wound
Maintena Mainten Service Trouble 3 1 1 2
nce ance letter shooting
manual
Constant Constan Constan manual
spare None of 4 1 1 2
volume parts
t area t the
catalogu pressur above
Reaction Centrifu Impulse Both (a) 4 1 1 2
e
type gal type e
type and ©
Speed of Speed Speed Local 1 1 1 2
sound of air of air speed of
at sea at sea sound
level level
CC not Converg Annular Both (a) 2 1 1 2
enclosed ent shape and (b)
as Jet Turbo
Pure shape By of CC
pass None of 3 1 1 2
cylinder
engine prop turbo the
Otto engine
Modified Brayton above
jet Carnaut 4 1 1 2
cycle Otto engine cycle
cycle
To cycle
To To Both (a) 3 1 1 2
increase accelera increase and (b)
pressure
0.72 te
0.92 G 0.81 0.72 M/S 4 1 1 2
and pressur
velocity e only
Converge diverge Convent Both (a) 4 1 1 2
of air
nt shape nt shape - and (b)
A stable an Diverge
a tacho feedback 4 1 1 2
nt shape
reference interlock generat
device
tied control space
gyro earth or rate gyro 4 1 1 2
gyro gyro
dynamic static static dynamic 2 1 1 2
minus plus pressur pressure
static
Azimuth, dynamic Azimuth
Azimuth e Azimuth 1 1 1 2
pressure pressur
elevation and only and
and
1 velocity
FALSE elevation 1 1 1 2
velocity only only
on the at the only on on the 3 1 1 2
tarmac taxi way the active
-56.5°C -108°C -20°C runway
compas -40°C 4 1 1 2
s
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

weight, mass, weight, rate of 2 1 1 2

force radius of rate of precessio
applied
easy ; gyration
easy ; precessi
difficult ; n and the
difficult ; 1 1 1 2
and
difficult and
easy on
easyand force
difficult
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

varies increase is increases 3 1 1 2

with the s as the greatest as
heading
1 magneti
FALSE at the magnetic 2 1 1 2
of the c magneti latitude
Short Long Both a None 1 1 1 2
range range and b
Green Black White Orange 4 1 1 2

30KHz - 300KHz 30MHz- 300MHz- 3 1 1 2

300KHz - 300MHz 3000MHz
Line of 3000KH Ground Space
Sky 2 1 1 2
sight z
wave wave wave
communi commun commun communi
cation ication ication cation
More Less Equal to None of 2 1 1 2
than HF than HF HF these
commun.
Press commun
to Press commun
to Push to Pass to 2 1 1 2
Ant . Ant
transmit talk . Ant
transmit talk
Pulse Amplitu Pulse Frequenc 4 1 1 2
modulatio de modulati y
n
DME modulati
ELT on and ELT
HOMER modulatio
and 4 1 1 2
on carrier n and
HOMER
Loop Sense Loop None of 3 1 1 2
antenna antenna and these
HF Sense ATC
Weather Radio 3 1 1 2
communi radar antenna
altimeter radar
cation
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2
system
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Engine Tail For All the 4 1 1 2

failure rotor faster above
1 failure
FALSE descend 1 1 1 2
ing
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

All up Altitude CG All the 4 1 1 2

weight position above
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Periodic Power Conserv All the 4 1 1 2

drag changes ation of above
change
Top Bottom angular
Front Rearward 2 1 1 2
moment
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Slightly Slightly Slightly Neutral 2 1 1 2

down up forward position
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Torque Tail Tail None of 1 1 1 2

reaction rotor rotor roll the
1 drift
FALSE above 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Lighter Heavier Lighter Heavier 2 1 1 2

than air than air aero aero
aircraft
1 aircraft
FALSE plane plane 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Rotor Parasite Induced All the 3 1 1 2

profile power power above
power
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Increased Increase Both A All the 4 1 1 2

pressure d air and B above
below
Conning density Angle of
Blade Both A 1 1 1 2
rotor
angle angle attack and B
Conning Blade Angle of Both A 2 1 1 2
angle angle attack and B
Conning Blade Angle of Both A 3 1 1 2
angle angle attack and B
Advance Phase Critical Acute 1 1 1 2
angle angle angle angle
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Flapping Transitio yawing Pitching 2 1 1 2

n
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Span Chord Height Length 1 1 1 2

Chord Chord Mean Both A 1 1 1 2

line camber and B
Torque Ground Ground line Thrust 4 1 1 2
reaction resonan cushion reversal
Moving ce Moving Moving Moving 3 1 1 2
Collective Collectiv Cyclic Cyclic
up
Featherin e down Draggin
Flappin back Forward
None of 3 1 1 2
g g g the
above
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Height Nature Wind All the 4 1 1 2

of above
Rotor ground
Two Half None of 1 1 1 2
diameter rotor dia rotor the
1 FALSE diamete above 2 1 1 2
r
Featherin Flappin Draggin None of 2 1 1 2
g hinge g hinge g hinge the
Density Velocity Surface above
All the 4 1 1 2
of air of RAF of above
1 FALSE aerofoil 1 1 1 2

Chord Chord Mean Both A 2 1 1 2

line camber and B
1 FALSE line 2 1 1 2

Featherin Flappin Draggin Lead- 2 1 1 2

g g g Lagging
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Inertia of Gyrosco Moment Newton’s 2 1 1 2

motion pic um 3rd law of
Gyro precessi
Helicopt Gyropla motion
Aero 3 1 1 2
dyne on
er ne plane
Torque Tail Tail None of 2 1 1 2
reaction rotor rotor roll the
Articulate drift
Semi- Rigid above
Both A 1 1 1 2
d rotors rigid rotors and B
1 rotors
FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Below the Above In line of In line of 3 1 1 2

main the main main engine
rotor
Fully rotor rotor
Semi- Rigid Both A 3 1 1 2
articulate rigid rotors and B
d
1 rotors
FALSE 1 1 1 2

Weight Lift Thrust Drag 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Design Airflow Retreati All the 4 1 1 2

limit of reversal ng above
cyclic blade
stick. stall
 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Drifting Rolling Pitching Torque 4 1 1 2

reaction
Gyro Gyropla Auto Both B 4 1 1 2
dyne ne gyro and C
Gyro Gyropla Hot air Both B 3 1 1 2
dyne ne balloon and C
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

OC MF CO Comma Both A 3 1 1 2
AASQN nd HQ and B
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Class A Class B Class C Cat B 2 1 1 2

Both in Only Only None of 1 1 1 2

IAFF(T) IAFF(T) IAFF(T) these
700
1 and 700
FALSE 701 1 1 1 2
701.
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

One Two Three None of 3 1 1 2

these
IAAF- IAAF- TGF- None of 3 1 1 2
1022 1023 1023 these
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Part no Material Batch All of the 4 1 1 2

specific No above
1 No
FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Compone Log A/C Defect 2 1 1 2

nt record cord servicin report
sheet
1 FALSE g form form 1 1 1 2
Carried
superviso Technici out by Both b 2 1 1 2
rs ans EO and c.
Straight Turn to Turn to Stop 3 1 1 2
ahead port starboar
1st Line 2nd d Line
3rd None of 2 1 1 2
servicing Line servicin these
1 servicin
FALSE g. 2 1 1 2
g.
Sec-1 Sec-2 Sec-3 Sec-4 4 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Modificati STI SI Major 3 1 1 2

on record record record unservice
1 FALSE abillity 2 1 1 2
record
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

10º to 22º to 25º to 22º to 40 3 1 1 2

20º 48º 50º º
Maintena Receipt, Accounti Only (b) 4 1 1 2
nce of all storage ng and and (c )
serviceab and provisio are
le aircraft issue of ning of correct
 TCR MCC CSDO Comman 1 1 1 2
d
8Kms/hr 3Kms/hr 5Kms/ 7Kms/hr 3 1 1 2
hr.
Two point Three Four One point 1 1 1 2
point point
1st Line 2nd Line 3rd Line 4th Line 1 1 1 2
servicing servicin servicin servicing
1 g.
FALSE g. 1 1 1 2

Carbon Argon Ozone Nitrogen 3 1 1 2

dioxide
Polithyne Vulcaniz Cooper Zinc 2 1 1 2
ed
LH rubber
RH RH and both the s 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Kevlar preHoneycom
Carbon com
All of the 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Flex Core OX Core SandwichFiber 3 1 1 2

1 1 2

LH and write their locations? 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

4 2 6 8 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Dry fabricsMonolithiPre-preg None of 1 1 1 2

the
1 FALSE above 2 1 1 2
High Excellen Skilled Only (a) a 4 1 1 2
fatigue t
strength
1 resistan
FALSE 2 1 1 2
ce to
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Covering To give Both (a) one of the 3 1 1 2

the aerodyn
respectiv
1 amic
FALSE 1 1 1 2
e shape
Cock-pit near the On the none of 2 1 1 2
door co- co-pilot top of the
pilot
1 side collectiv
FALSE the above 1 1 1 2
e frame #
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

4000 Kg 500.10 Kg
5555 Kgs5505 Kgs 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

80 feet’s 131 feet’s40 meter both (b) an 4 1 1 2

One Two Two Two 3 1 1 2

cross cross cross cross
tube
1 and tubes
FALSE tubes tubes 2 1 1 2
two skid and and two and two
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

2 Kgs 3 Kgs 4 Kgs 5 Kgs 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2
on system ? 1 1 2

their location of different modules? 1 1 2

1 1 2

in centre fuselage? 1 1 2

15 min 20 min 10 min 25 min 1 1 1 2

165°C 153°C 180°C 80°C 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

100+ 1.5 105+ 1.5 110+ 1.5 115+ 1.5 3 1 1 2

200+40° 200+50° 400+40° 500.1+40 1 1 1 2

°
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

8 percenta5 percent6 percent10 percent 1 1 1 2

FMT MMT RMT Supply 4 1 1 2

Tank
1.3 to 1.1 L1.5 to 1.31.5 to 1.6None of th 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

19V to 22V to 19V to 22V to 2 1 1 2

29V. 29V. 32V. 32V.
1 1 2

1 1 2

2 3 4 5 4 1 1 2

outside inside engine cabin 2 1 1 2

cabin cabin bay roof
Pressure Transfer Prime HP pump 3 1 1 2
pump pump pump
3 2 5 6 2 1 1 2

Certercon Center Instrum Overhea 4 1 1 2

sole post ent d panel
panel
Certercon console
Center panel
Instrum Overhea 1 1 1 2
sole post ent d panel
panel
1 console
FALSE panel 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

one two three four 2 1 1 2

package package in both none of 1 1 1 2

1 2 package these
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Pressure Pressur Proximit temp 3 1 1 2

switch e sensor y switch switch
115v,1ǿ 115v,1ǿ 28 v DC 26 v AC 2 1 1 2
AC / 28 v ,AC
DC
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

4 5 7 none of 2 1 1 2
these
T1 T4.5 NG IGV 2 1 1 2

4.04% 4.04% 4.40% 4.40% 2 1 1 2

NF NG NG NF
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

NF>110± NF<110 NF<100 NF> 1 1 1 2

1.5% ±1.5% ±1.5% 100±1.5
%
Starter Igniter Starting HP pump 4 1 1 2
generator plug electrov
70% 75% alve
34% 69% 1 1 1 2

dry wet both a & none of 2 1 1 2

motoring motorin b the
dry g
wet aboveof
both a & none 1 1 1 2
motoring motorin b the
15 sec g
17 sec 20 sec above
25 sec 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

4 KVA 5 KVA 5 VA None of 2 1 1 2

the
1 FALSE above 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

DC to AC AC to AC to DC to DC 1 1 1 2
DC AC
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

115v 3Ø 115v 1Ø 26v 1Ø all of the 4 1 1 2

main bus main main above
10 KW bus
5 KW bus
6 KW 20 KW 3 1 1 2

100 C 153 C 170 C 165 C 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2
4 1 3 2 4 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

19.5 V 28 V 31.5 V 115 V 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

3 2 6 4 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 3 2 5 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

14 bar 1 bar 600 psi 300 psi 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

31 V 24 V 28 V 115 V 3 1 1 2

2 6 5 3 3 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Overhead Inter MIP CWP 4 1 1 2

panel seat
1 console
FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

816 Kg 273 Kg 213Kg 115 Kg 2 1 1 2

40 mtrs 60 mtrs 53 mtrs 26 mtrs 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

10 9 3 12 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2
 1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

FMT ST-1/2 RMT None of a 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

es of engine. 1 1 2

250 ltr/hr 160 200 400 ltr/hr 1 1 1 2

ltr/hr ltr/hr
OEP-70 0X-38 0X-27
All the 3 1 1 2
above
4500.10 RPM
36562 RPM
37000 R 37562 RP 4 1 1 2

400 ml /hr 300 ml/hr(a) 200 ml/hr

100 ml/hr 2 1 1 2

901 KW 801 KW 820 KW 850 KW 2 1 1 2

200 Kgs 150 Kgs 166.5 KgsNone of a 3 1 1 2

40 Bar fue40 Bar oiAir pressNone of th 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

wheat phonic close none of 3 1 1 2

stone wheel loop these
bridge
1 FALSE feed 1 1 1 2
back
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

series parallel both none of 1 1 1 2

these
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2
 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

liters kilogram gallon none of 2 1 1 2

these
centre MIP over None of 2 1 1 2
post head these
GH, ASI, RMI, panel
GH, None of 3 1 1 2
VSI RAD STDBY the
pilot sideALT,
copilot GH,
cockpit above.
none of 4 1 1 2
probe GH
side RMI the
starter probe front above
none of 1 1 1 2
generator alternat face of these
drive
#5 or drive
centre engine
#9 none of 2 1 1 2
shaft shaft
post these
12 14 15 16 3 1 1 2
degree degree degree degree
rearward. rearwar
1 FALSE rearwar rearward. 1 1 1 2
d. d.
1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Six T A Z 2 1 1 2
Configura Configur Configur Configura
tion ation
AFCS ation
ADU tion
Gyro 1 1 1 2
Magneto horizon
meter
1 FALSE Main. 1 1 1 2

55 66 60 76 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2
on of HFSSB (KHF-950) system. 1 1 2

3400 g 3500.1 3600 g 3300 g 1 1 1 2

g
Tail boom Avionics RH side LH side 3 1 1 2
bay Aft Aft
1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

Center Over TOP control 3 1 1 2

post head center unit
panel of 1 1 2
instrume
4 3 5 6 2 1 1 2

26 28 VDC 26 None 2 1 1 2
VAC,28 , 115 V VAC ,11
VDC
1 AC
FALSE 5VAC 2 1 1 2

RH side LH side RH Side Radome 3 1 1 2

Hinged hinged Avionics
panel
1 panel
FALSE bay 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

Primary Second a and None 2 1 1 2

radar ary b
1 radar
FALSE 2 1 1 2

Instrume Center Center Avionics 1 1 1 2

nt panel console post bay
Tail boom Nose Under Above 3 1 1 2
cone the the pilot
1 FALSE cabin seat 1 1 1 2

9375 + 5 9373 + 9575 + 9310 + 1 1 1 2

MHz 5MHZ 5 MHZ MHz
 1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

Simplex Semi- Semi – None 1 1 1 2

comm. duplex simplex
1 comm.
FALSE comm. 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

24 hrs 36 hrs 48 hrs 12 hrs 3 1 1 2

stalled on ALH and mention their LRUs. 1 1 2

s of the system. 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

FMT MMT ST RMT 3 1 1 2

100 ML 200 ML 300 ML 500.1 ML 3 1 1 2

per Hr per Hr per Hr per Hr
n ALH write there purpose and location ? 1 1 2

LH write there Name and location ? 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2
 1 1 2

e purpose and location ? 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

system write there name and location 1 1 2

1 1 2

m write there name and location ? 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

control system? 1 1 2

ol system 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

ite there components name 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2
 1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

ANP CWP PCU ALL of the 4 1 1 2

Blue Black Red White 1 1 1 2

Simplex dig
Duplex dig
Triplex diNone of th 2 1 1 2

digital electricaldeviationmechanica 2 1 1 2

10 v dc 5 v dc 5 v ac 15 v dc 2 1 1 2

-45⁰C to -40⁰C to -30⁰ C t -35⁰ C to 1 1 1 2

-2.5 to +5 -2.5 to + +2.5 to - -2.5 to -5 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

One Two Three Four 2 1 1 2

Speed Attitude Altitude None of th2 1 1 2

AFCC DOPPLER
Magnetom
None of th3 1 1 2

RMI ADF GH None of th1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2
 1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

Ltr/ hr Kg/ hr Gallon / hnone of th 2 1 1 2

26 V DC 30 VDC 24 V DC 28 V DC 4 1 1 2

FMT & MMRMT& STST1 & STFMT & ST3 1 1 2

Red Green Amber none of th 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 2 1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 FALSE 1 1 1 2

TPTO annular Oil pumpNone of th 2 1 1 2

ments ?Explain any one 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

ng system? 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

lic system? 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

Junction Station Control All above 21 1 2

Box Box unit
Receiver/ Transpo Control Antenna 21 1 2
Exciter nder unit
TransceiveControl uAntenna Antenna Sw 41 1 2

Receiver/ Control uReceiverAntenna 11 1 2

Exciter
TranspondPower Antenna Control uni 21 1 2
Amplifie
r
TransreceiControl uAntenna S
Antenna 31 1 2

Reciver Colour DiAntenna Aerial 41 1 2

Transmitt Test
er unit switch
MADRAS Receive Area MicAntenna 21 1 2
r/Exciter
G Switch GPS Ant MCDU DVS 11 1 2

Receiver G SwitchAntenna SHIU 41 1 2

Switching
Main Eng fire MCR unit
Radio 41 1 2
rotor high I altimeter
RPM
2 3 4 warning
5 21 1 2

3 4 5 6 31 1 2

Pilot, Co- Pilot, Pilot, b &c 41 1 2

Pilot Co-Pilot Co-Pilot
2 &
3 &
4 ATC None 11 1 2
Passen
Press to Press to None a&b 11 1 2
talk transmit
Electronic Electrica Electron None 31 1 2
support l supply ic
Meter
Junction meter
Station support
Microph All 41 1 2
box box measur
one & above
9 10 head
11 12 31 1 2
phone
Signal Single Signal 21 1 2
side Side Spectru Secondar
Band
ICS Band
V/UHF m
IFFBand yHF
Signal
SSB 41 1 2
Band
HF SSB ADF V/UHF ICS 31 1 2

ICS ADF HF SSB V/UHF 21 1 2

Nose Bottom Avionics End Plate 41 1 2

Cone of Bay
Nose Aircraft
Tail Avionics End Plate 21 1 2
Cone boom Bay
Avionics Top of Nose Bottom of 31 1 2
Bay Aircraft Cone Aircraft
TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2
TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 2 1 1 2

TRUE FALSE 1 1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2
1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2
1 1 2

1 1 2
SUB CAT COURSE ID
SUBJECTCHAPTER
I INDEX
QUESTION OPT 1
CHAPTER 44
THEORY OF FLIGHT
Q NO QUESTION OPTION1
500.6 500.6 Autorotation is carried out in the event of:- Engine
500.6 Cyclic stick limits imposed by the following:- failure
All up
500.6 Dragging is caused by:- weight
Periodic
500.6 During Autorotation, relative air flow flows from:- drag
Top
500.6 For increasing the forward speed in level flight, pilot has to move Slightly
the cyclic stick forward and collective stick
500.6 In Co-axial H/C, two main rotors are placed on top of each other to:- down
Torque
rotating in opposite direction
500.6 Kite falls in the categories of:- to counter-act:- reaction
Lighter
500.6 Power required to induce a flow and produce rotor thrust is referred than Rotorair
as:-
500.6 The additional lift produced while hovering near to ground is due profile
Increased
power
500.6 The angle between the tip path plane and the span wise length of pressure
to:- Conning
the blade is:- below
angle
500.6 The angle made by the Chord line of an aerofoil and plane of Conning
rotor
500.6 The angle made by the Chord line of an aerofoil and the relative air angle
rotation is : Conning
500.6 flow
The is :
angular distance of pitch operating arm which is positioned on angle
Advance
the control orbit in the advance of the
500.6 The change of state from the hover to forward flight or fromblade to compensate Phase angle
Flapping
Lag is
forward known
flight as:-
to hover is known as :
500.6 The distance measured from the blade root to the blade tip is called Span
500.6 :The distance between the leading edge and the trailing edge Chord
of an aerofoil section is :
500.6 The effect that occurs during flare is:- Torque
500.6 The Flaring is carried out by:- reaction
Moving
500.6 The fore and aft movement of the blade is known as:- Collective
Feathering
up
500.6 The Ground effect depends on following factors: Height
500.6 The Ground effect is experienced up to height of :- Rotor
500.6 The hinge, which allows the blade to move freely up and down is diameter
Feathering
known as:-
500.6 The lift is dependant upon the following factors:- hinge
Density of
500.6 The line joining the leading edge and the trailing edge of an aerofoil air
Chord
is :
500.6 The movement of a blade in the vertical sense relative to the Plane Feathering
500.6 of
Therotation
property is :by which the action occurs 90 o from the force applied Inertia of
500.6 in
Thetherotorcraft
same direction
which has as rotation
a freely is referred
rotating as:-providing the
wing motion
Gyro dyne
500.6 aerodynamic
The side ways force for
movement Lift and
of forward
helicopter thrust
due tois providing
fitment of by
Tail arotor in Torque
separate propeller as in a conventional aircraft.
500.6 The system allows the blade to feathering, flapping and dragging is reaction
the process of counteracting torque reaction is called:- Articulated
known as:
500.6 The Tail rotor roll can be compensated by fitment of tail rotor:- rotors
Below the
500.6 The type of rotor which allows the blade to feather only is:- main
Fully rotor
500.6 The vertical components of total reaction which is perpendicular to articulated Weight
relative air flow is referred as:-
500.6 Various factors affecting maximum forward speed are:- Design
500.6 When power is applied to the rotor system, the fuselage will tend to limit of
Drifting
cyclic
500.6 move
Whichinaircraft
the opposite
cannot direction of the main rotor. this tendency is
take-off vertically:- Gyro
stick. dyne
referred to:-
500.6 Which falls in the categories of lighter than air aircraft:- Gyro dyne
500.6 In case of failure of Tail rotor, fuselage will rotate in the direction of 1
500.6 main rotor. of large amplitude resulting from a force or self-induced 1
A vibration
500.6 vibration of a helicopter
All helicopters can be called in contact with or
as aircraft butresting uponcan
all aircraft the ground is 1
called Ground cushion.
500.6 not
Axisbe of called
rotation asisHelicopter.
always perpendicular to Plane of rotation. 1
 500.6 Collective and Cyclic control performs the function through Swash 1
500.6 plate
Drag of arrangement
a body moving which is known
through the as
air control
will varyorbit.
as the square of the 1
speed, but the power required to balance
500.6 During Flaring, increase in rotor RPM is due to conservation the drag will vary as ofthe 1
cube of the speed.
500.6 angular momentum.
During Hover, rotor thrust is equal to weight. 1
500.6 Glider falls in the categories of lighter than air but mechanically 1
500.6 driven
Gyroplane aircraft.
is invented by Juan De La Cierva. 1
500.6 In driving region (Autorotative region), Total reaction fall ahead of 1
500.6 Rotor trust (Axisaerofoil,
In symmetrical of rotation).
the mean chamber line and chord line are 1
not same.
500.6 In the event of Autorotation, the immediate action is to lower the 1
500.6 collective
Lift is alwaysto prevent RPM decay.
perpendicular to relative air flow and drag is parallel to 1
air flow.
500.6 Lift is increased as cube of relative air velocity. 1
500.6 In Hover condition, Shaft axis and Axis of rotation both do not fall in 1
500.6 same
Only Inline.Hover condition, Shaft axis and Axis of rotation both fall in 1
500.6 same
Relative line.
air flow is always opposite to the flight path. 1
500.6 Resultant of Lift and drag is called as rotor thrust . 1
500.6 The ability to take off vertically is one of the advantages of a 1
500.6 helicopter
The angular over the aero
motion plane. about the normal axis is called
of helicopter 1
rolling.
500.6 The change of attitude from a forward flight condition to induce a 1
500.6 fairly de-acceleration
The direction of h/c is(Sudden
controlled Stop) is knownstick.
by collective as Flare. 1
500.6 The forward moving blade is referred to as the retreating blade 1
whileground
500.6 The backward moving
effects bladewhen
decrease is referred
heightasofadvancing
the helicopter blade. 1
decreases.
500.6 The lift on the retreating half of the disc will be less than that of the 1
500.6 advancing
The main cause half ofofthe disc.
Tail rotor This
rolldifference in liftofisTail
is the fitment referred to the
rotor in as 1
dissymmetry of lift.
500.6 level of Main
The point rotor. where total lift is considered to act is known as
on aerofoil 1
Centre
500.6 The Tailofrotor
pressure.
drift can be compensated by tilting the rotor disc 1
either by Cyclic
500.6 The Tail rotor drift stick,
canrigging the control by
be compensated or tilting
mounting the tilted
the rotor disc main
to 1
rotor shaft.
opposite side of tail rotor thrust.
500.6 The vertical component of total reaction acting perpendicular to the 1
500.6 plane of rotation
To achieve is called
a vertical climb, total
therotor
totalthrust.
rotor thrust must be increased. 1
500.6 This
To can be
compensate done theby increasing
phase lag, the
the pitch
advancedof theangleblade.
is given. 1
500.6 When a blade flaps up, its center of gravity moves away from the 1
500.6 axis
Whileofusing
rotation.
collective stick, the pitch angle of all blade changes 1
collectively.
500.6 While using Cyclic stick, the pitch angle of blade alters collectively. 1
500.6 What are factors affecting maximum forward speed of helicopter?
500.6 What is autorotation and list out circumstances in which it is carried
500.6 out?
What is flare and its effects?
500.6 What is Ground effect and what are factors affecting it?
500.6 What is Tail rotor drift? Which are the methods employed to
500.6 Compensate
What is Tail rotor the tail
roll?rotor
Whichdrift?are the methods employed to
500.6 Compensate
What is torquethe tail rotorWhich
reaction? roll? are the methods employed to
500.6 Compensate
With the help of thesketch,
torquedrawreaction?
the Genealogical tree of Aircraft.
500.6 With the help of sketch, indicate various angle, flow and
components of total reaction. CHAPTER 45
TECH ADMIN
Q NO QUESTION OPTION1
500.7 500.7 The appropriate authority to sanction the cannibalization of aircraft OC MF
equipment is
500.7 ARS items belong to Class A
500.7 STI entry is made in Both in
500.7 Concession is to be endorse in section of IAFFT 700 IAFF(T)
One
700 and
500.7 Defect investigation report Performa as a follow up report is. IAAF-1022
701.
500.7 Every component package/Envelope will be marked with Part no
500.7 IAFF(T) 701 belong to Compone
500.7 Items marked with double star (**) activities are carried out by: nt record
sheet
500.7 Left arm down, Right arm repeatedly moving upward - backward. It supervisorStraight
indicates the aircraft sahead
500.7 Maintenance flight is set up to carry out 1st Line
500.7 Out of Phase Servicing Record is to be endorsed in section of servicing
Sec-1
IAFFT 700.
500.7 Section -VI of Log card is for Modificatio
500.7 The storage temperature should be between n record
10º to 20º
500.7 The TSS is responsible for. Maintenan
500.7 The work order for second line servicing is ce
TCRof all
issued towing
by: serviceabl
500.7 Tractor speed of an a/c during day time should not be more 8Kms/hr
e aircraft
than
500.7 Tyre should be stored vertically In special racks embodying support Two point
500.7 tubes so that each
Utility helicopter tyreisisresponsible
Flight supported at to carry out: 1st Line
500.7 Which of the following gas is particularly deleterious servicing
Carbon
500.7 Which of the material deformation will be occurred when contact dioxide
Polithyne
with liquid and semi-solid materials.
500.7 In AF, Both STI and SI entries are made in Both in
500.7 In AF, Concession is to be endorse in section of IAFFT 700 IAFF(T)
One
700 and
500.7 In AF, Defect investigation report Performa as a follow up report is. IAAF-1022
701.
500.7 IAFF(T) 701 is Compone
500.7 In Servicing Schedule, Items marked with double star (**) activities nt record
areAF,
carried sheet
500.7 In Out out by: Servicing Record is to be endorsed in which
of Phase supervisor
Sec-1
section of IAFFT 700. s
500.7 Section -VI of Log card is used for Modificatio
500.7 The optimum storage temperature should be between n record
10º to 20º
500.7 In AF, the work order for second line servicing is issued by: TCR
500.7 While towing an Aircraft during day time the Tractor towing speed 8Kms/hr
500.7 should
Servicingsnot Instructions
be more than (SI) are Non Recurr
500.7 Station flight safety meeting is chaired by SFSO
500.7 The responsibility of operation of crash and salvage is Unit AEO
500.7 Which of the following gas is particularly poisionous Carbon
500.7 According to standard store procedure, only 04 numbers of tyres dioxide
1
should be kept together one on top of another
500.7 Aircraft accidents and incidents are reported in IAF (F) 2022. 1
500.7 Class 'B' stores are those which remain on charge, can not be 1
500.7 replaced except on their
Defect investigation reportreturn to store
Performa is and which can not be
T-2022 1
condemned at unit level.
500.7 During towing an A/C turning on the spot is to be avoided to prevent 1
500.7 the damage
Extension of to tyre.
component life” entry in IAFF (T) 700 to be made in 1
blue ink.
500.7 Hose assemblies, hoses and tubing shall be store in coils or roll. . 1
500.7 In IAFF (T) 700, Life components monitoring is recorded in Section 1
500.7 ‘6’.
OHR corner a post box painted in white and black strips. 1
500.7 Rubber articles should be protected from direct sun light 1
500.7 Schedule maintenance manual deals with removal and installation 1
500.7 procedure
Servicing Instructions are to be entered in Red Ink in IAFF (T) 700. 1
500.7 Tarmac movement activities are controlled in guidance of EO U H 1
500.7 flight.
Tech publications are issued by CASD 1
500.7 Temperature is not a factor to affect storage of rubber component. 1
500.7 The inner tube should be deflected and secured in a fix position 1
such as tight roll by rubber band .
500.7 The objective of calibration is to ensure uniformity of measurement 1
500.7 in
The allrelative
A/C equipment.
humidity should not exceed 75 percentage when 1
component stored in standard store procedure.
500.7 When refueling the fuel from barrel by pump directly into air craft it 1
500.7 must
In AF,be ensure
Aircraft that fuel and
accidents is passing through
incidents 5 microninfilter.
are reported IAF (F) 2022. 1
500.7 Class 'B' stores are classified as those items which remain on 1
500.7 charge,
When the cannot beisreplaced
Aircraft except on
towed, turning on the
theirspot
return
is totobe
store and to 1
avoided
which cannot be condemned
to tyre. at life
unit level.
500.7 prevent the damage
In AF, Extension of component entry in IAFF (T) 700 is to be 1
made in blue ink.
500.7 In IAFF (T) 700 used in Air Force, Life components monitoring is 1
recorded in Section ‘6’.
500.7 Schedule maintenance manual of an Aircraft, deals with removal 1
500.7 and
In AF, installation
Servicingprocedure
Instructions are to be entered in Red Ink in IAFF 1
(T) 700.
500.7 In AF, Tech publications are issued by CSDO 1
500.7 The main objective of calibration is to ensure the uniformity of 1
measurement in all Aircraft equipment.
500.7 According to standard store procedure, the relative humidity should 1
500.7 not exceedmaintenance
Schedule 75 percentage whendeals
manual component is stored
with removal and installation 1
procedure
500.7 The rubberised components must be avoided from the direct sunligh TRUE
500.7 AEO is to authorise extensions of maximum 03 days in respect of calTRUE
500.7 STI`s are issued by NASDO. 1
500.7 Radiography is one of the NDT technuiques. 1
 OPT 2 OPT 3 OPT 4 ANSWER OPTION TSUB OPTI CATEGORSUB CAT COURSE ID
APTER 44
Y OF FLIGHT
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
Tail rotor For faster All the 4 1 1 2
failure
Altitude CG descendin above
All the 4 1 1 2
g
position above
Power Conservat All the 4 1 1 2
changes
Bottom ion
Frontof above
Rearward 2 1 1 2
angular
Slightly Slightly
momentu Neutral 2 1 1 2
up forward position
Tail rotor Tail rotor None of 1 1 1 2
drift roll
Heavier Lighter the above
Heavier 2 1 1 2
than air aero
Parasite Induced All the aero 3 1 1 2
aircraft
power plane plane
Increased power
Both A above
none 3 1 1 2
air
Blade density and B
Angle of Both A 1 1 1 2
angle
Blade attack and
Angle of Both A B 2 1 1 2
angle
Blade attack and
Angle of Both A B 3 1 1 2
angle
Phase attack
Critical and
Acute B 1 1 1 2
angle angle
Transition yawing angle
Pitching 2 1 1 2
Chord Height Length 1 1 1 2
Chord line Mean Both A 1 1 1 2
camber
Ground Ground Thrust and B 4 1 1 2
resonanc line
cushion reversal
Moving Moving Moving 3 1 1 2
e
Collective Cyclic Cyclic
Flapping Dragging None of 3 1 1 2
down back Forward
thetheabove
Nature of Wind All 4 1 1 2
ground above
Two rotor Half rotor None of 1 1 1 2
dia diameter
Flapping Dragging None of the above 2 1 1 2
hinge hinge
Velocity Surface of All thethe above 4 1 1 2
of RAFline Mean
Chord aerofoil aboveA
Both 2 1 1 2
camber
Flapping Dragging Lead- and B 2 1 1 2
line Lagging
Gyroscopi Momentu Newton’s 2 1 1 2
cHelicopter m Gyro 3 rd
Aero law of 2 1 1 2
precessio plane motion
plane of
Tail
n rotor Tail rotor None 2 1 1 2
drift roll
Semi-rigid Rigid the
Both Aabove 1 1 1 2
rotors rotors and
Above the In line of In line of B 3 1 1 2
main rotor main
Semi-rigid Rigid rotor engine
Both A 3 1 1 2
rotors
Lift rotors
Thrust and B
Drag 2 1 1 2
Airflow Retreatin All the 4 1 1 2
reversal
Rolling g blade above
Pitching Torque 4 1 1 2
stall reaction
Gyro Both A none 3 1 1 2
plane
Gyro and air
Hot B Both B 3 1 1 2
plane
FALSE balloon and C 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
 FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
APTER 45
CH ADMIN
OPTION2 OPTION3 OPTION4 ANS CAT DIF PRI
CO Comman Both A 3 1 1 2
AASQN d HQ and B
Class B Class C Cat B 2 1 1 2
Only Only None of 1 1 1 2
IAFF(T)
Two IAFF(T)
Three these
None of 3 1 1 2
700 701
IAAF- TGF-1023 these
None of 3 1 1 2
1023
Material Batch No these
all of the 4 1 1 2
specific
Log cord A/C above
Defect 2 1 1 2
No servicing report
Technicia Carried Both b 2 1 1 2
ns form
out by EO form
and
Turn to Turn to Stop c. 3 1 1 2
port
2nd Line starboard
3rd Line None of 2 1 1 2
servicing.
Sec-2 servicing.
Sec-3 these
Sec-4 4 1 1 2
STI SI record Major 3 1 1 2
record
22º to 48º 25º to 50º unservice
22º to 40 3 1 1 2
abillity
Receipt, Accountin ºrecord
Only (b) 4 1 1 2
storage
MCC g and
CSDO and
Comman(c ) 2 1 1 2
and issue provisioni are
d
3Kms/hr
of all 5Kms/hr.
ng of 7Kms/hr
correct 3 1 1 2
Three Four point One point 1 1 1 2
point
2nd Line 3rd Line 4th Line 1 1 1 2
servicing.
Argon servicing.
Ozone servicing
Nitrogen 3 1 1 2
Vulcanize Cooper Zinc 2 1 1 2
d rubber
Only Only None of 1 1 1 2
IAFF(T)
Two IAFF(T)
Three these
None of 3 1 1 2
700 701
IAAF- TGF-1023 these
None of 3 1 1 2
1023
Log card A/C these
Defect 2 1 1 2
Technicia servicing
Carried report
Both b 1 1 1 2
ns form
out by EO form
and c.
Sec-2 Sec-3 Sec-4 4 1 1 2
STI SI record Major 3 1 1 2
record
22º to 48º 25º to 50º unservice
22º to 40 3 1 1 2
abillity
ºComman
MCC CSDO record 2 1 1 2
3Kms/hr 5Kms/hr. d
7Kms/hr 3 1 1 2
Recurrent One time None of th 2 1 3 3
CO SAEO Captain Air 2 2 2 2
SAEO SFSO GO 2 3 2 3
Argon Ozone Nitrogen 3 3 2 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 2 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 1 1 1 2
FALSE 2 2 3 2
FALSE 1 3 2 2
FALSE 1 3 2 3
FALSE 2 1 3 2
FALSE 1 2 3 1